4Day. Precision Solutions Products & Services. Edition 4

Transcription

1 Edition 4 Take full advantage of our Industry-Leading 4Day Weight Re-calibration Services Rice Lake raises the bar with 4-day turnaround for weight re-calibration service. Complete the re-calibration form available on catalog page 255 or go to to submit a request. It s so easy. weightrecal@ricelake.com Fax to Call our Weight Specialists with questions or to request a quote Send us your weights with the completed form Precision Solutions Products & Services 230 W. Coleman St. Rice Lake, WI Change Service Requested Customer Service Representative Hours: 6:30 AM to 6:30 PM Monday through Friday 8:00 AM to Noon on Saturday USA CANADA/MEXICO INTERNATIONAL Rice Lake Weighing Systems PN /08 Specifications subject to change without notice edition 11

2 Table of Contents Balances Mixers Pipettes Static Solutions Weights Weight Accessories Reference Weight Calibration Request Form...255

3 Table of Contents Customer Assistance Table of Contents Balances Rice Lake A & D Weighing Acculab Ohaus Sartorius Mixers Vortex-Genie Additional Accessories Disruptor Genie Disruptor Beads MicroPlate Genie Roto-Shake Genie Pipette Rice Lake Breeze/Pipette Sets Tips To Improve Your Pipetting Technique Static Solutions Static Solutions Static Brushes Ionizing Strips Static Brushes Accessories Ionizing Strip Accessories Staticmaster Ionmaster NIST Weights Avoirdupois Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights Cast Iron, Grip Handle Test Weights Grip Handle Weights Heavy Nesting Slab Weights Individual Cylindrical Weights Grip Handle Weights Ring Weights Decimal Pound Cylindrical Weights Dish Weights Slotted Weights Weight Sets Metric Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights Grip Handle Weights Cylindrical Individual Weights Grip Handle Weights Leaf Weights Ring Weights Cube Weights Weight Sets Troy Individual Weights Penny Weights Individual Weights ASTM Weights Avoirdupois Slotted Interlocking Weights Hangers Fairbanks Round Interlocking Fairbanks Square Interlocking Howe Round Slotted Interlocking Weights Howe Counterpoise Hanger Weights Toledo Triangle Weights Toledo Counterpoise Hanger Weights Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits Grip Handle Individual Weights Individual Hook Weights Individual Weight Hooks Individual Leaf Weight Kits Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits Weight Sets Metric Slotted Interlocking Weights Hangers Fairbanks Hexagon Weights Fairbanks Round and Square Hangers Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits Grip Handle Individual Weights Individual Hook Weights Individual Weight Hooks Individual Weight Kits Individual Leaf Weight Kits Weight Sets PrecisionSolutions

4 Table of Contents Continued OIML Weights Metric Grip Handle Weights Leaf Weight Kits Individual Cylindrical Weight Kits Weight Sets Weight Accessories Sealing Plugs Clean Room Cases Replacement Cases Pelican Cases Transfer Cart Touch-Up Repair Paint Dust Covers Cloves Transfer Equipment Standard Balance Slab Clean Room Table Standard Balance Table Anti-Vibration Reference Ordering Mass Standards and Test Weights NIST Handbook 44 Accuracy Classes OIML International Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification U.S. Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards ASTM Weight Classification Metric Weight Tolerances U.S. Field Standard Weight Classification Avoirdupois Tolerance Conversion NIST Metric Weight Tolerances Ordering Weights and Weight Sets Conversion Factors of Units of Measure Calibration Service Selection Guide Documentation TMAP Calibration Report TMAP Traceable Certificate RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report Certificate of Accuracy How will a NVLAP-Accredited Calibration Lab Benefit Me? Traceability Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards Weight Cleaning Procedures Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights Weights, Balance and Uncertainty Factors in the Environment Ordering Laboratory Documentation Glossary of Terms Returns and Warranties Critical Specifications and Ordering Information Shipping Information Forms Weight Recalibration Request Form PrecisionSolutions 3

5 Notes: 4 PrecisionSolutions

6 Balances Contents Rice Lake MB Series...6 QB Series...8 A&D Weighing Phoenix GH Series...10 Gemini GR Series...12 Orion HR Series...14 AD-4212A Series...16 GX Series...18 GF Series...20 GF-G Series...22 GF-P Series...24 FXi & FXi-WP Series...25 AD-1683 Static Eliminator...27 EK-i Series...28 EW-i Series...30 GX-K Series...32 GF-K Series...34 GP Series...36 MS-70/MX-50/MF-50 Series...38 Viscometers...40 Acculab Atilon Analytical...41 Atilon Precision Industrial...42 ALC Series...43 VICON Series...45 ECON Series...45 Pocket Pro Series...47 SVI Series...48 Ohaus Discovery...49 Pioneer...51 Voyager Pro...53 Explorer Pro Analytical...55 Explorer Pro Precision and High Capacity...57 Explorer Pro NTEP Precision and High Capacity...59 Adventurer Pro...61 Moisture Analyzers...65 Scout Pro...67 Compact Scale...69 CL Compact Series...70 Hand-Held Series...71 YA Pocket Series...71 Triple Pro Beam...73 Harvard Trip...73 Harvard Junior...75 School and Primer...75 Dial-O-Gram & Cent-O-Gram...77 Field Test Scale...78 Heavy Duty Solution...78 FD Food Portioning...79 Valor Valor 3000 Xtreme...83 Valor Valor Sartorius Genius Ultra-Micro & Micro...87 ME Semi-Micro Series...89 Extend Series...91 CPA Series...93 LA Reference Series Analytical...95 LA Reference Series Toploading...97 Talent Series...99 MA Series...101

7 Rice Lake MB Series Top Loader Balances Rice Lake Standard Features Large 0.64 in (16.5 mm) six-digit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Automatic zero-tracking Three units of measure Double-ended tuning fork load sensor eliminates warm-up time 115 VAC adapter included or 230 VAC adapter optional, 50/60 Hz Five-year limited warranty MB-3000E Overall Dimensions (W x D): 7.0 in x 8.9 in (180 mm x 230 mm) Tare Range: 1.5% to full scale Admissable RH%: 80% (max.) AMBient Temperature: 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) Semi-Automatic Calibration: External calibration with reference weight Repeatability/Std. Dev: MB-150SL, MB-1500SL: ±0.003 g MB-150L, MB-300L: ±0.01 g MB-600PL: ±0.02 g MB-1500L, MB-3000L: ±0.1 g MB-6000PL: ±0.2 g Specifications Calibration Mass (Recommended ASTM Class 6): MB-150SL, MB-150L: 150 g MB-300L: 300 g MB-600PL: 600 g MB-1500SL, MB-1500L: 1500 g MB-3000L: 3000 g MB-6000PL: 6000 g Linearity: MB-150SL, MB-1500SL: ±0.005 g MB-150L, MB-300L: ±0.01 g MB-600PL: ±0.02 g MB-1500L, MB-3000L: ±0.1 g MB-6000PL: ±0.2 g Sensitivity Drift (ppm/ C/span): ±8 g % of Minimum Division: MB-150L: 0.05 MB-300L, MB-3000L: 0.1 MB-600PL, MB-6000PL: 0.2 MB-150SL, MB-1500SL, MB-1500L: 0.25 Pan Sizes: MB-150E, MB-300E, MB-600P, MB-1500S: 5.56 in (140 mm) dia MB-150S: 4.3 in (109 mm) dia MB-1500E, MB-3000E, MB-6000P: 6.7 in x 5.6 in (170 mm x 142 mm) Series Capacities MB-150SL MB-150L MB-300L MB-600pL MB-1500sL MB-1500L MB-3000L MB-6000pL g 150 x x x x x x x x 0.1 ct 750 x x x x x x ,000 x ,000 x 1 oz 5.2 x x x x x x N/A N/A lb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 6.6 x x PrecisionSolutions

8 Rice Lake MB Series Rice Lake MODEL # capacity est. Ship weight price MB-150SL g x g... 6 lb... $ MB-150L g x 0.01 g... 6 lb MB-300L g x 0.01 g... 6 lb MB-600PL g 0.01 g... 6 lb MB-1500SL...1,500 g x 0.01 g... 7 lb MB-1500L...1,500 g x 0.1 g... 7 lb MB-3000L...3,000 g x 0.1 g... 7 lb MB-6000PL...6,000 g x 0.1 g... 7 lb Options/Accessories description price VAC adapter VAC adapter Internal rechargeable battery RS-232 interface w/din-5 pin connector (Incompatible with PN 42169) In-use cover Additional operating manual Rice Lake PrecisionSolutions 7

9 Rice Lake QB Series Top Loader Balances Rice Lake Standard Features Automatic zero tracking Large 0.5 in (12.5 mm) six-digit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) 12 units of measure Counting and checkweighing mode Double-ended tuning fork load sensor eliminates warm-up time In-use cover 115 VAC adapter included or 230 VAC adapter optional, 50/60 Hz Five-year limited warranty QB-620E Overall Dimensions (W x D): 8.1 in x 12.2 in (208 mm x 310 mm) Scale Tare Range: 1.5% to full scale Display Refresh: Five-level selectable Admissable RH%: 80% (max.) Ambient Temperature: 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) Semi-Automatic Calibration: External calibration with reference weight Repeatability/Std. Dev: QB-150E, QB-300L, QB-620L: ±0.01 g QB-600L: ±0.02 g QB-3000SL: ±0.04 g QB-1500L, QB-3000L, QB-6200L, QB-6000E, QB-12KE: ±0.1 g SPECIFICATIONS Linearity: QB-150E, QB-300L, QB-620L: ±0.01 g QB-600L: ±0.02 g QB-3000SL: ±0.06 g QB-1500L, QB-3000L, QB-6200L, QB-6000E, QB-12KE: 0.1 g Sensitivity Drift (ppm/ C/span): QB-3000L: ±5 QB-6000E, QB-12KE: ±8 QB-150E, QB-300L, QB-600L, QB-1500L, QB-3000L: ±10 % of Minimum Division: QB-150E, QB1500L: QB-300L, QB-600L, QB-3000L: 0.05 QB-620L, QB-6200L: 0.1 QB-3000L, QB-6000E, QB-12KE: 0.25 Calibration Mass (Recommended ASTM Class 6): QB-150E: 150 g QB-300L: 300 g QB-600L: 600 g QB-620L: 620 g QB-1500L: 1,500 g QB-3000L, QB-3000S: 3,000 g QB-6200L: 6,200 g QB-6000E: 6,000 g QB-12KE: 12,000 g Pan Sizes: QB-150E, QB-300E, QB-600, QB-620E: 5.5 in (140 mm) dia QB1500E, QB-3000E, QB-3000S, QB-6200E, QB-6000E, QB-12KE: 7.5 in x 7.5 in (190 mm x 190 mm) Series capacities QB-150E QB-300L QB-600L QB620L QB1500L QB-3000L QB-3000SL QB-6200L qb-6000e qb-12ke g 150 x x x x x x x x x ,000 x 1 kg 0.15 x x x x x x x x x x ct 750 x x x x x ,000 x ,000 x 0.05* 31,000 x x x 5 oz 5.2 x x x x x x x 0.005** 210 x x x 0.05 lb 0.33 x x x x x x x x x x ozt 4.8 x x x x x x x x x x 0.05 dwt 96 x x x x x x x 0.005*** 3900 x x x 0.05 gn 2300 x x x x ,000 x 2 46,000 x 2 46,000 x ,000 x 2 92,000 x 5 180,000 x 20 tl (Hong-Kong) 4 x x x x x x x x x x 0.02 tl (Chinese) 3.9 x x x x x x x x x x 0.02 tl (Taiwan) 4 x x x x x x x x x x 0.02 mom 40 x x x x x x x x x x 0.2 * Readability is 0.1 when the weight value is more than 10,000 ** Readability is when the weight value is more than 100 *** Readability is 0.01 when the weight value is more than PrecisionSolutions

10 Rice Lake QB Series Rice Lake MODEL # capacity est. ship weight price QB-150E g x 0.01 g... 9 lb... $ QB-300L g x 0.01 g... 9 lb QB-600L g x 0.02 g... 9 lb QB-620L g x 0.01 g... 9 lb... 1, QB-1500L...1,500 g x 0.1 g lb QB-3000L...3,000 g x 0.1 g lb QB-3000SL...3,000 g x 0.01 g lb... 1, QB-6000E...6,000 g x 0.2 g lb... 1, QB-6200L...6,200 g x 0.1 g lb... 1, QB-12KE...12,000 g x 1 g lb... 1, Options/Accessories Description price VAC adapter VAC adapter In-use cover Additional operating manual Rice Lake PrecisionSolutions 9

11 A & D Weighing Phoenix GH Series Analytical/Semi-Micro Balances A & D Weighing Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 8.54 in x 17.4 in x in (217 mm x 442 mm x 311 mm) Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable) / 10 times per second (unstable) Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) RH < 85% Repeatability/Std. Dev: GH-120, GH-200: 0.1 mg GH-202: 0.1 mg/0.02 mg GH-252: 0.1 mg/0.03 mg GH-300: 0.2 mg Standard Features Simple and easy to operate. Adapts to your environment GLP/GMP/GCP/ISO compliance which outputs the calibration data and ID number of the balance for calibration confirmation to the AD-8121B printer Internal calibration mass; full digital calibration System diagnostic to alert operator of abnormal weighing conditions Underhook capability for density determination and weighing magnetic substances RS-232C bi-directional interface Data memory function Time and date function WinCT communication tools software Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) specifications Linearity: GH-120, GH-200: ±0.02 mg GH-202: ±0.02 mg/±0.03 mg GH-252: ±0.02 mg/±0.01 mg GH-300: ±0.3 mg Sensitivity Drift (ppm/ C/span): ±2 ppm when automatic self calibration is not used Pan Size: 3.6 in (90 mm) dia Weight (APPROX): 18.7 lbs (8.2 kg) Power: 100, 120, 220, 240 VAC (AC adapter) 50Hz/60Hz Calibration Mass: GH-120: 50 g/100 g GH-120: 100 g/200 g GH-202, GH-252: 20 g/50 g/100 g/200 g GH-300: 100/200/300 g Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities GH-120 GH-200 GH-202 GH-202 GH-252 GH-252 GH-300 g 120 x x x x x x x mg x x x x ,000 x x x 0.1 oz 4.23 x x x x x x x ozt 3.8 x x x x x x x dwt 77.2 x x x x x x x ct 600 x x x x x x x mm 32 x x x x x x x GN 1852 x x x x x x x t (Tola) 10.3 x x x x x x x TL (Tael) 3.2 x x x x x x x PrecisionSolutions

12 A & D Weighing Phoenix GH Series A&D MODEL # CApacity est. ship weight price GH Series GH g x 0.1 mg lb/8.2 kg... $2, GH g x 0.1 mg lb/8.2 kg... 3, GH g x 0.1 mg lb/8.2 kg... 3, GH /51 g x 0.1 mg/0.01 mg lb/8.2 kg... 4, GH /101 g x 0.1/0.01 mg lb/8.2 kg... 4, Options/Accessories MODEL # Description price GH-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum GH-08...Ethernet option for GH AD Anti theft device AD Density determination kit AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display AD Remote controller AD Static eliminator... 1, CC:103E...Carrying case for GH series SW:128...Foot switch TB:136...AC adapter (120V) TB:137...AC adapter (220V) TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (220V) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 11

13 A & D Weighing Gemini GR Series Analytical/Semi-Micro Balances A & D Weighing Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 9.8 in x in x in (249 mm x 330 mm x 327 mm) Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable) / 10 times per second (unstable) Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) RH < 85% Repeatability/Std. Dev: GR-120, GR-200, GR-300: g GR-202: / g Standard Features GLP/GMP/GCP/ISO compliant software outputs the calibration data and ID number of the balance for calibration confirmation to the AD-8121B printer Easy access door system Automatic self-calibration Data memory function Underhook capability for density measurement and weighing magnetic material Internal calibration standard Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) RS-232 bi-directional interface WinCT communication tools software Specifications Linearity: GR-120, GR-200, GR-300: ± g GR-202: ± g/± g Sensitivity Drift (ppm/ C/span): 5º C-30ºC/50ºF-86ºF Pan Size: 3.3 in (85 mm) dia Weight (APPROX): 13.2 lb (6.0 kg) Power: 100, 120, 220, 240 VAC (AC adapter) 50Hz/60Hz Calibration Mass: GR-120: 50 g/100 g GR-200: 100 g/200 g GR-300: 200 g/300 g GR-202: 100 g/200 g Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities GR-120 GR-200 GR-202 GR-202 GR-300 g 120 x x x x x mg x x x x x 0.1 oz 4.2 x x x x x ozt 3.8 x x x x x dwt 77 x x x x x ct 600 x x x x x mm 32 x x x x x GN 1851 x x x x x t (Tola) 10 x x x x x TL (Tael) 3.1 x x x x x PrecisionSolutions

14 A & D Weighing Gemini GR Series A&D MODEL # CApacity est. ship weight price GR g x 0.1 mg lb/6 kg... $2, GR g x 0.1 mg lb/6 kg... 2, GR g x 0.1 mg lb/6 kg... 3, GR g/210 g x 0.01 mg/0.1 mg lb/6 kg... 4, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price GH-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum GH-08...Ethernet option for GH AD Anti-theft device AD Density determination kit AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display AD Remote controller AD Static eliminator... 1, CC:103E...Carrying case for GH series SW:128...Foot switch TB:136...AC adapter (120V) TB:137...AC adapter (220V) TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (220V) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 13

15 A & D Weighing Orion HR Series Analytical/Semi-Micro Balances Standard Features GLP/GMP/GCP/ISO compliant software outputs the calibration data and ID number of the balance for calibration confirmation to the AD-8121B printer Optional battery pack (HR-60, HR-120 and HR-200) System diagnostics to alert operator of abnormal weighing conditions RS-232C bi-directional interface (option for HR-60, HR-120 and HR-200. Standard for HR-300i and HR-202i) Underhook capability for density measurement and weighing magnetic materials Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) WinCT communication tools software A & D Weighing Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 8.4 in x 12.6 in x 11.9 in (213 mm x 319 mm x 301 mm) HR-202i, HR-300i: 8.54 in x 17.4 in x in (217 mm x 442 mm x 311 mm) Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable) / 10 times per second (unstable) Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) RH < 85% Repeatability/Std. Dev: HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: g HR-202i: / g HR-300i: g specifications Linearity: HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: ± g HR-202i: ±0.0002g/± g HR-300i: ± g Sensitivity Drift (ppm/ C/span): ±2 ppm when automatic self calibration is not used Pan Size: HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 3.3 in (85 mm) dia HR-202i, HR-300i: 3.6 in (90 mm) dia Weight (Approx): HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 12.5 lb (5.7 kg) HR-202i, HR-300i: 17.6 lb (8.0 kg) Note: Orion HR series does have internal calibration *Optional 10 hours of continuous operation with rechargeable battery pack (HR-09) for HR-60, HR-120 and HR-200 only. Power: *100, 120, 220, 240 VAC (AC adapter) 50Hz/60Hz Calibration Mass: HR-60: 50 g HR-120: 100 g HR-200: 200 g HR-202i: 20/50/100/200 g HR-300i: 100/200/300 g Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities HR-60 HR-120 HR-200 HR-202I HR-202I HR-300I g 60 x x x x x x mg x x x x x x 0.1 oz 2.1 x x x x x x ozt 1.9 x x x x x x dwt 38 x x x x x x ct 300 x x x x x x mm 16 x x x x x x GN 925 x x x x x x t (Tola) 5 x x x x x x TL (Tael) 1.5 x x x x x x PrecisionSolutions

16 A & D Weighing Orion HR Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price HR g x 0.1 mg (NTEP CPC #97-084) lb/7.5 kg... $1, HR-60-C...60 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/7.5 kg... 1, HR g x 0.1 mg lb/7.5 kg... 1, HR-120-C g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/7.5 kg... 2, HR g x 0.1 mg lb/7.5 kg... 2, HR-200-C g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/7.5 kg... 2, HR-202i...51 g/220 g x 0.01 mg/0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/8.0 kg... 3, HR-300i g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/8.0 kg... 3, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price HR-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum HR-03...Serial interface (RS-232C) for HR-60/120/ HR mA current loop interface for HR-60/120/ HR-09...NiCd battery pack for HR-60, HR-60-C, HR-120, HR-120-C, HR-200, HR-200-C only AD Anti-theft device AD Density determination kit AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display AD Static eliminator... 1, AD Remote controller CC:103E...Storage/carrying case for HR-60, HR-120, HR-200-C versions only TB:110C...HR AC adapter (120V) TB:136...HR-i adapter (120V) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 15

17 A & D Weighing AD-4212A Series Analytical Balances A & D Weighing Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): Weighing Unit: 3.1 in x 9.0 in x 3.5 in (80 mm x 230 mm x 90 mm) Display Unit: 9.3 in x 5.9 in x 6.1 in (237 mm x 150 mm x 155 mm) Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Repeatability/Std. Dev: AD-4212A-100: g AD-4212A-200, AD , AD : g 30 g, g, 0.04 mg AD-4212B-201: 0.1 mg AD-4212B-301: 0.2 mg Linearity: AD-4212A-100: ± g AD-4212A-200: ± g AD , AD : ± g AD-4212B-102: +/-0.1 mg AD-4212B-201: +/-0.2 mg AD-4212B-301: +/-0.3 mg Standard Features Comparator output (Hi/OK/Lo) feature for manual or automatic operation as well as buzzer function GLP/GMP compliant software output Breeze break for maximum accuracy and fastest response Standard calibration weight Simple operator reference card provided Multi-weighing units Time & date clock function Data memory function for weighing, calibration, counting and Hi/OK/Lo values Counting & percent mode Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS) WinCT communication tools software RS-232C bi-directional interface specifications Display Refresh Rate: 10 times per second or 5 times per second (selectable) Sensitivity Drift (ppm/ C/span): ± 2 ppm when automatic self calibration is not used 10º to 30ºC/50ºF-80ºF Pan Size: AD-4212A-100, AD-4212A: 2.0 in x 2.0 in (50 mm x 50 mm) AD , AD : 2.8 in x 2.8 in (70 mm x 70 mm) AD-4212B-102: 2.8 in (70 mm) dia AD-4212B-201/301: 2.0 in x 2.0 in (50 mm x 50 mm) Weight: Weighing Unit: Approx. 4.4 lb (2 kg) Display Unit: Approx. 4.4 lb (2 kg) Power Supply: AC Adapter Power Consumption: Approx. 11VA (supplied to the AC adapter) Calibration Weight Oml F1: AD-4212A-100: 50 g AD-4212A-200: 100 g AD , AD : 200 g AD-4212B-102: 50 g AD-4212B-201: 100 g AD-4212B-301: 100 g I/O Interface: RS-232C Comparator Output: Three level with buzzer External Contact Input: Re-zero and print Warranty: Five-year limited warranty 16 PrecisionSolutions

18 A & D Weighing AD-4212A Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price AD-4212A g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/4 kg... $4, AD-4212B g x 0.01 mg with RS-232C lb/4 kg... 6, AD-4212B g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/4 kg... 5, AD-4212A g x g with RS-232C lb/4 kg... 3, AD-1212B g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/4 kg... 5, AD-4212A g x g with RS-232C lb/4 kg... 4, AD-4212A ,100 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C lb/4 kg... 4, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price AD-4212A-01...BCD output (factory installed, 4 month leadtime) AD-4212A-07...Extension cable, 1 meter AD-4212A-08...Extension cable, 3 meter AD-4212A-19...Stainless steel breeze break (200 g only) A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 17

19 A & D Weighing GX Series Toploader Balances A & D Weighing Standard Features Internal calibration weight Auto environmental compensation IP54 splash proof operator keyboard RS-232C bi-directional interface WinCT communication tools software GLP/GMP/ISO compliant to either AD-8121 printer or computer. Transmits date, time, ID number, serial number and calibration data Auto re-zero function Interval time setting; time and date built-in Rechargeable battery option for portable needs Data memory function Multiple weighing modes: Counting, Percentage and Comparator Modes Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS) Vacuum Florescent Display (VFD) Optional glass breeze break Underhook weighing Overall Dimensions: 8.26 in x in x 3.38 in (210 mm x 317 mm x 86 mm) Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable) / 10 times per second (unstable) Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) RH<85% Percentage Min. Div.: 0.01% Power: 110, 120, 210, 220VAC, 50/60 Hz Specifications Linearity: GX-200, GX-400: ±0.002 g GX-600, GX-800, GX-1000: ±0.003 g GX-2000, GX-4000: ±0.02 g GX-6100: ±0.03 g GX-6000, GX-8000: ±0.1 g Repeatability/Standard Dev.: GX-200, GX-400, GX-600, GX-800, GX-1000: g GX-2000, GX-4000, GX-6100: 0.01 g GX-6000, GX-8000: 0.1 g Stabilization Time: GX-200, GX-400, GX-600, GX-2000, GX-4000, GX-6000, GX-8000: Approx. 1 second (typical in fast mode) GX-800, GX-1000, GX-6100: Approx. 1.5 seconds Weight (Approx): GX-200, GX-400, GX-600, GX-800, GX-1000: 10.1 lb (4.6 kg) GX-2000, GX-4000, GX-6100, GX-6000, GX-8000: 11.2 lb (5.1 kg) Weighing Modes: Animal weighing, comparator function, ACAI counting function, Percentage function, Density determination Warranty: Five-year limited warranty GX Series Capacities GX-200 GX-400 GX-600 GX-800 GX-1000 g 210 x x x x x oz x x x x x lb x x x x x ozt x x x x x dwt x x x x x ct x x x x x mm x x x x x gn x x x x x 0.02 GX-2000 GX-4000 GX-6100 GX-6000 GX-8000 g 2100 x x x x x 0.1 oz x x x x x lb x x x x x ozt x x x x x dwt x x x x 0.1 ct x x x x x 0.5 mm x x x x x 0.05 gn x x x x x 2 18 PrecisionSolutions

20 A & D Weighing GX Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price GX g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... $1, GX g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 1, GX g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 2, GX g x.001 g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 2, GX ,100 g x.001 g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 2, GX ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GX ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 2, GX ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 2, GX ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GX ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GX Series Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price GX-04...Comparator output; factory installed only GX-06...Analog output; factory installed only GX-10...Glass breeze break for GX-200/400/ GX-11...Glass breeze break for GX-2000/4000/6100/6000/ GX-12...Animal weighing pan for GX-400/600/2000/4000/6100/6000/ GX-13...Density determination kit for GX-200/400/ GX-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum CC:102E...Storage/Carrying case AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display AD Anti-theft device SW:128...Foot switch AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GX-200/400/ AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GX-2000/4000/6100/6000/ TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (220V) GX-02...USB option Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 19

21 A & D Weighing GF Series Toploader Balances A & D Weighing Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Linearity: GF-200, GF-300: ±0.002 g GF-400, GF-600, GF-800, GF-1000: ±0.003 g GF-1200, GF-2000, GF-3000, GF-400: ±0.02 g GF-6100: ±0.03 g GF-6000, GF-8000: ±0.1 g Approvals: Selected Models NTEP. CofC Standard Features IP54 splashproof operator keyboard RS-232C bi-directional communication GLP/ISO/LIMS compliant to either AD-8121 printer or computer. Transmits date, time, ID number, serial number and calibration data Auto re-zero function Data collection software compatible WinCT communication tools software Interval time setting Data memory function Multiple weighing units Rechargeable battery option for portable needs Vacuum florescent display (VFD) Optional glass breeze break Underhook weighing Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS) specifications Repeatability/Standard Dev.: GF-200, GF-300, GF-400, GF-600, GF-800, GF-1000: g GF-1200, GF-2000, GF-3000, GF-4000, GF-6100: 0.01 g GF-6000, GF-8000: 0.1 g Stabilization Time: GF-200, GF-300, GF-400, GF-600, GF-1200, GF-2000, GF-3000, GF-6000, GF-8000: Approx. 1 second (typical in fast mode) GF-800, GF-1000, GF-4000, GF-6100: Approx. 1.5 seconds Weight: GF-200, GF-300, GF-400, GF-600, GF-800, GF-1000: lb (4.6 kg) GF-1200, GF-2000, GF-3000, GF-4000, GF-6100, GF-6000, GF-8000: 9.5 lb (4.3 kg) Shipping Weight: 11.2 lb (5.1 kg) Weighing Modes: Animal weighing, comparator function, ACAI counting function, percentage function, density determination Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities GF-200 GF-300 GF-400 GF-600 GF-800 GF-1000 GF-1200 g 210 x x x x x x oz x x x x x x x lb x x x x x x x ozt x x x x x x x dwt x x x x x x x 0.01 ct x x x x x x x 0.05 mm x x x x x x x gn x x x x x x x 0.2 GF-2000 GF-3000 GF-4000 GF-6100 GF-6000 GF-8000 g 2100 x x x x x x 0.1 oz x x x x x x lb x x x x x x ozt x x x x x x dwt x x x x x 0.1 ct x x x x x x 0.5 mm x x x x x x 0.05 gn x x x x x 2 20 PrecisionSolutions

22 A & D Weighing GF Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price GF g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... $1, GF-200N g x g with standard breeze break (NTEP Class II) lb/4.6 kg... 1, GF g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 1, GF-300N g x g with standard breeze break (NTEP Class II) lb/4.6 kg... 1, GF g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 1, GF g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 2, GF g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 2, GF ,100 g x g with standard breeze break lb/4.6 kg... 2, GF ,210 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-1200N...1,210 g x 0.01 g (NTEP Class II - e = 0.1 g) lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-2000N...2,100 g x 0.01 g (NTEP Class II - e = 0.1 g) lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-3000N...3,100 g x 0.01 g (NTEP Class II - e = 0.1 g) lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 2, GF ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-6000N...6,100 g x 0.1 g (NTEP Class II - e = 1 g) lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price GX-04...Comparator output GX-06...Analog output; factory installed only GX-10...Glass breeze break for GF-200/300/400/ GX-11...Glass breeze break for GF-1200/2000/3000/ GX-12...Animal weighing pan for GF-1200/2000/3000/ GX-13...Density determination kit for GF-200/ GX-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum CC:102E...Storage/Carrying case AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display AD Anti-theft device SW:128...Foot switch AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GF-200/300/400/ AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GF-1200/2000/3000/4000/6100/6000/ TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (220V) GX-02...USB option Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 21

23 A & D Weighing GF-G Series Toploader Balances Standard Features Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS) One second response time Data memory function RS-232C bi-directional communication Vacum florescent display (VFD) GLP/LIMS/ISO compliance WinCT communication tools software Underhook External calibration only (Canadian approval number AM-5587) Grams only (no multiple units of measure) A & D Weighing Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Linearity: GF-200G, GF-300G: +/ g GF-1200G, GF-2000G, GF-3000G: +/-0.02 g GF-6000G: +/-0.1 g Repeatability/Standard Dev.: GF-200G, GF-300G, GF-1200G: +/ g specifications Stabilization Time: GF-200G, GF-300G, GF-1200G, GF-2000G, GF-3000G, GF-6000G: Approx. 1 second (typical in fast mode) Weight (Approx): GF-200G, GF-300G: lb (4.6 kg) GF-1200G, GF-2000G, GF-3000G, GF-6000G: 11.2 lb (5.1 kg) Weighing Modes: Animal weighing, comparator function, ACAI counting function, Percentage function, Density determination Warranty: Five-year limited warranty GF-2000G, GF-3000G: +/-0.01 g GF-6000G: +/-0.1 g Series Capacities GF-200G GF-300G GF-1200G GF-3000G GF-6000G g 210 x x x x x PrecisionSolutions

24 A & D Weighing GF-G Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price GF-200G g x g with breeze break (3.6 in high) lb/5.1 kg... $1, GF-300G g x g with breeze break (3.6 in high) lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-1200G g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-2000G g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-3000G g x 0.01 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-6000G g x 0.1 g lb/5.1 kg... 1, GF-G Series A&D MODEL # Description price GX-04...Comparator output GX-06...Analog output; factory installed only GX-10...Glass breeze break for GF-200G/300G GX-11...Glass breeze break for GF-1200G/2000G/3000G/600G GX-12...Animal weighing pan for GF-1200G/2000G/3000G/6000G GX-13...Density determination kit for GF-200G/300G GX-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum CC:102E...Storage/Carrying case AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display AD Anti-theft device SW:128...Foot switch AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GF-200G/300G AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GF-1200G/2000G/3000G/6000G TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (220V) GX-02...USB option Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 23

25 A & D Weighing GF-P Series Toploader Balances A & D Weighing Capacity (g): GF-200P: 210 g x g GF-300P: 310 g x g Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Repeatability/Standard Dev.: GF-200P, GF-300P: g Linearity: GF-200P, GF-300P: ±0.002 g Standard Features Pill counting feature also complies with Handbook 44 requirements Fast, Super Hybrid Sensor (SHS) gives you the ultimate in response speed-just one second Nine weighing modes GLP/GMP/ISO compliance WinCT communication tools software included free Tough die-cast aluminum housing Removable stainless steel pan 5 in x 5 in (127 mm x 127 mm) NTEP & Pharmacopia approved IP-54 splash proof operator keyboard protects against dust and spills, stainless steel weigh pan Data memory function Vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) specifications Stabilization Time: GF-200P, GF-300P: Approx. 1 second (typical in fast mode) Weight (Approx): GF-200P, GF-300P: lb (4.6 kg) Weighing Modes: Animal weighing, comparator function, ACAI counting function, Percentage function, Density determination Pan Size: 5 in x 5 in (127 mm x 127 mm) Approvals: NTEP CofC # P Warranty: Five-year limited warranty GF-P Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price GF-200P g x g with standard breeze break lb/5.2 kg... $1, GF-300P g x g with standard breeze break lb/ 5.2 kg... 1, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price GX-10...Glass breeze break for GF-200 & AX: S...Protective in-use cover for GF-200/300 (each) TB:110C...AC adapter (120V)-standard with unit TB:110CL...90º angle AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (220V) GX-02...USB option PrecisionSolutions

26 A & D Weighing FXi & FXi-WP Series Toploader Balances Standard Features Compact Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS) Vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) GLP/GMP/ISO compliant to either AD-8121 printer or computer. Transmits date, time, ID number, serial number and calibration data Statistical calculation function Quick USB interface (FXi-02) Option RS-232C bi-directional communication Data memory function Comparator function Buzzer function Digital calibration function Optional built-in rechargeable battery Multiple weighing units of measurement Response indicator function LAN-Ethernet interface WinCT communication tools software Underhook weighing WP models are IP-65 A & D Weighing Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Linearity: FX/FX-WP-120i, FX/FX-WP-200i, FX/FX-WP-300i: ±0.002 g FX/FX-WP-1200i, FX/FX-WP-2000i, FX/FX-WP-3000i: ±0.02 g Repeatability/Standard Dev.: FX/FX-WP-120i, FX/FX-WP-200i, FX/FX-WP-300i: g FX/FX-WP-1200i, FX/FX-WP-2000i, FX/FX-WP-3000i: 0.01 g Stabilization Time: Approx. 1 second Weight: Approx. 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) Dimensions: 7.6 in x 10.3 in x 3.3 in (193 mm x mm x 84.5 mm) Pan Size: FX/FX-WP-120i, FX/FX-WP-200i, FX/FX-WP-300i: 130 mm FX/FX-WP-1200i, FX/FX-WP-2000i, FX/FX-WP-3000i: 150 mm specifications Power Consumption: Approx. 11VA (supplied to the AC adapter) Display Type: Vacuum fluorescent display Display Refresh Rate: 5 times second/10 times second/or 20 times second Counting Mode: Minimum unit mass: FX/FX-WP-120i, FX/FX-WP-200i, FX/FX-WP-300i: g FX/FX-WP-1200i, FX/FX-WP-2000i, FX/FX-WP-3000i: 0.01 g Number of samples: 5, 10, 25, 50 or 100 pieces External Dimensions (WxDxH): 7.6 in x 10.3 in x 3.3 in (193 mm x mm x 84.5 mm) Percent Mode: Minimum 100% reference mass: FX/FX-WP-120i, FX/FX-WP-200i, FX/FX-WP-300i:0.100 g FX/FX-WP-1200i, FX/FX-WP-2000i, FX/FX-WP-3000i: 1.00 g Minimum 100% display: 0.01%, 0.1%, 1% (depends on the reference mass stored) Sensitivity Drift (10 C to 30 C): ±2ppm/ºC Standard Serial Interface: RS-232C interface External Calibration Mass: FX/FX-WP-120i: 100 g, 50 g FX/FX-WP-200i: 200 g, 100 g FX/FX-WP-300i: 300 g, 200 g, 100 g FX/WP-1200i: 1,000 g, 500 g FX/WP-2000i: 2,000 g, 1,000 g FX/WP-3000i: 3,000 g, 2,000 g, 1,000 g Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities FX/FX-WP-120i FX/FX-WP-200i FX/FX-WP-300i FX/FX-WP-1200i FX/FX-WP-2000i FX/FX-WP-3000i g 122 x x x x x x 0.01 oz 4.30 x x x x x x lb x x x x x x ozt 3.92 x x x x x x dwt 78.6 x x x x x x 0.01 ct x x x x x x 0.05 mm 32.2 x x x x x x gn 1882 x x x x x x 0.2 TL 3.22 x x x x x x t 10.4 x x x x x x PrecisionSolutions 25

27 A & D Weighing A & D Weighing FXi & FXi-WP Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price FXi FX-120i g x g... 8 lb/3.5 kg... $ FX-200i g x g... 8 lb/3.5 kg FX-300i g x g... 8 lb/3.5 kg FX-1200i g x 0.01 g... 8 lb/3.5 kg FX-2000i g x 0.01 g... 8 lb/3.5 kg FX-3000i g x 0.01 g... 8 lb/3.5 kg FXi-WP FX-120iWP g x g waterproof... 8 lb/3.5 kg... 1, FX-200iWP g x g waterproof... 8 lb/3.5 kg... 1, FX-300iWP g x g waterproof... 8 lb/3.5 kg... 1, FX-1200iWP g x 0.01 g waterproof... 8 lb/3.5 kg... 1, FX-2000iWP g x 0.01 g waterproof... 8 lb/3.5 kg... 1, FX-3000iWP g x 0.01 g waterproof... 8 lb/3.5 kg... 1, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price FXi-02...Quick USB interface FXi-08...Ethernet interface with WinCT Plus software FXi-09...Built-in rechargeable battery FXi-10...Small breeze break FXi-11...Large breeze break AD Remote display AD Remote controller AD RS/Ethernet convertor Options FXi-02/FXi-08 and FXi-09 can not be combined and are factory installed only. 26 PrecisionSolutions

28 A & D Weighing AD-1683 Static Eliminator (Below) Example of AD-1683 installation showing static elimination area and an example of ion generation Standard Features Can be easily and safely installed because they require no high-voltage wiring Being of a DC type, this static eliminator has a remarkable ability for generating ions and can be used for elimination of static charges from quickly running or highly electrified workpieces Little or no reverse charge is induced by irradiated ions because of its excellent ion polarity or the potential of the charged object Achieves static elimination with a huge degree or efficiency regardless of the polarity or the potential of the charged object Suited for static elimination in narrow and remote places because of its lengthy ion irradiation distance Produces only a little amount of ozone thanks to its high ion generation efficiency A current limiting circuit is incorporated in the ion generating electrode to reduce the possibility of electric shock Being of a DC type, this static eliminator, unlike PULSE-DC, involves no swing in surface potential of the charged object A & D Weighing Elimination Range: Distance: Approx. 3.9 in to 11.8 in (10 cm to 30 cm) from the electrode. Area: 11.8 in x 11.8 in (30 cm x 30 cm) from the electrode. Elimination Performance: When charged 5kV: Distance: 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 50 cm Elimination Time: 1 sec, 4 sec, 15 sec, 70 sec Power Consumption: Approx. 1.5 VA specifications Ambient Temperature and Humidity D Ozone Concentration: 0 C to 40 C, 80% RH or less Positive discharge pin: 0.07PPM Negative discharge pin: 0.25PPM (Measured at a distance of 1 cm from each discharge pin.) Discharge Electrode Pin: Tungsten (0.9 mm x 17 mm), life approx. 10,000 hrs Weight (Approx): Approx. 300 g (including the stand) Power Supply: AC adaptor. Please confirm that the AC adaptor type is correct for your local voltage and receptacle type. AD-1683 Static Eliminator A&D MODEL # Description price AD Static Eliminator... $1, PrecisionSolutions 27

29 A & D Weighing EK-i Series Compact Balances Standard Features Backlit weight display Remote zeroing Easy to install NiCd battery option RS-232C bi-directional interface Counting/Percentage/Comparator Modes specifications A & D Weighing PCS - Max Count/Min Unit Weight: EK-120i: 12,000, 0.01 g EK-200i: 20,000, 0.01 g EK-300i: 30,000, 0.01 g EK-410i: 40,000, 0.01 g EK-610i: 60,000, 0.01 g EK-600i: 6,000, 0.1 g EK-1200i: 12,000, 0.1 g EK-2000i: 20,000, 0.1 g EK-3000i: 30,000, 0.1 g EK-4100i: 40,000, 0.1 g EK-6100i: 60,000, 0.1 g EK-6000i: 6,000, 0.1 g EK-12ki: 12,000, 0.1 g % - Min. Div: EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: 0.1% EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i, EK-4100i, EK-6100i, EK-6000i, EK-12ki: 0.1% Linearity: EK-120i, EK-200i: ±0.01 g EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: ±0.02 g EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i: ±0.1 g EK-3000i, EK-4100i, EK-6100i: ±0.2 g EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: ±1 g Repeat./Std.Div.: EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: 0.01 g EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i, EK-4100i, EK-6100i: 0.1 g EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: 1 g Pan Size: EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: 4.3 in (110mm) dia EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i, EK-4100i, EK-6100 EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: 5.2 in x 6.7 in (133 x 170mm) Dimensions (WxDxH): 7.5 in x 8.6 in x 2.2 in (190 mm x 218 mm x 53 mm) Approvals: Selected NTEP Models. CC # Class III Weight: EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: 2.4 lb (1.1 kg) EK-600i: 3 lb (1.3 kg) EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i, EK-4100i, EK-6100i, EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: 3.5 lb (1.5 kg) Sensitivity Drift: ±20ppm/ºC (10ºC-30ºC/50ºF-86ºF) Operating Temperature: 14ºF-104ºF/-10ºC-40ºC Display Type: Seven segment LCD back lit Display Refresh: 10 times per second Power: AC adapter, or Ni-MH battery pack (option) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities EK-120i EK-120i EK-300i EK-410i EK-610i EK-600i EK-1200i g 120 x x x x x x x 0.1 dec. oz x x x x x x x dec. lb x x x x EK-2000i EK-3000i EK-4100i EK-6100i EK-6000i EK-12Ki g 2000 x x x x x 1 12,000 x 1 dec. oz x x x x x x 0.05 dec. lb x x x x x x PrecisionSolutions

30 A & D Weighing EK-i Series CALibration est. ship A&D MODEL # capacity/description MASS Weight price EK-120i g x 0.01 g g lb/1.1 kg...$ EK-200i g x 0.01 g g lb/1.1 kg EK-300i g x 0.01 g g lb/1.1 kg EK-410i g x 0.01 g g lb/1.1 kg EK-610i g x 0.01 g g lb/1.1 kg EK-600i g x 0.1 g NTEP Class III D=0.1 g g lb/1.5 kg EK-1200i... 1,200 g x 0.1 g NTEP Class II D=0.1 g g lb/1.5 kg EK-2000i... 2,000 g x 0.1 g...2 kg lb/1.5 kg EK-3000i... 3,000 g x 0.1 g...3 kg lb/1.5 kg EK-4100i... 4,000 g x 0.1 g...4 kg lb/1.5 kg EK-6100i... 6,000 g x 0.1 g...6 kg lb/1.5 kg EK-6000i... 6,000 g x 1 g NTEP Class III D=1 g...6 kg lb/1.5 kg EK-12Ki... 12,000 g x 1 g NTEP Class II D=1 g...12 kg lb/1.5 kg Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # description price EKW Comparator/relay outputs/buzzer EKW-07i... Underhook for EK-4100i/6100i/6000i/12Ki/EW-12Ki EKW-09i... NiCd battery pack EKW Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum AX: S... Protective in-use cover CC: Carrying case AD Anti-theft device TB: AC adapter (120V) TB: AC adapter (240V) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 29

31 A & D Weighing EW-i Series Compact Balances Standard Features Backlit weight display Remote zeroing Easy to install NiCd battery option RS-232C bi-directional interface Counting/Percentage/Comparator Modes Triple Range specifications A & D Weighing PCS - Max Count: EW-150i, EW-1500i: 15,000 EW-12Ki: 12,000 PCS - Min Unit Weight: EW-150i: 0.01 g EW-1500i: 0.1 g EW-12Ki: 1 g % - Min. Div.: 0.1% Linearity: EW-150i: ±0.01 g, ±0.02 g, ±0.05 g EW-1500i: ±0.1 g, ±0.2 g, ±0.5 g EW-12Ki: ±1 g, ±2 g, ±5 g Approvals: Selected NTEP Models. CC # Class III Repeat./Std.Div.: EW-150i: 0.01 g, 0.02 g, 0.05 g EW-1500i: 0.1 g, 0.2 g, 0.5 g EW-12Ki: 1 g, 2 g, 5 g Pan Size: EW-150i: 4.3 in (110mm) dia EW-1500i, EW-12Ki: 5.2 in x 6.7 in (133 mm x 170mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): EW-150i: 7.5 in x 8.6 in x 2.2 in (190 mm x 218 mm x 55 mm) EW-1500i, EW-12Ki: 7.5 in x 8.6 in x 2.1 in (190 mm x 218 mm x 53 mm) Weight: EW-150i: 2.4 lb (1.1 kg) EW-1500i, EW-12Ki: 3.5 lb (1.5 kg) Sensitivity Drift: ±20ppm/ºC (10ºC-30ºC/50ºF-86ºF) Operating Temperature: 14ºF-104ºF/-10ºC-40ºC Display Type: 7 segment LCD back lit Display Refresh: 10 times per second Power: AC adapter, or Ni-MH battery pack (optional) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Series Capacities EW-150i EW-150i EW-150i EW-1500i EW-1500i EW-1500i EW-12Ki EW-12Ki EW-12Ki g 30 x x x x x x x x x 5 dec.oz x x x x x x x x x 0.2 dec.lb x x x x x x PrecisionSolutions

32 A & D Weighing EW-i Series Calibration est. ship A&D MODEL # capacity/description MASS Weight price EW-150i...30/60/150 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 g g lb/1.1 kg...$ EW-1500i...300/600/1500 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g) g lb/1.5 kg (NTEP Class III, D=0.1,0.2, 0.5 g EW-12Ki /6000/12,000 g x 1/2/5 g kg lb/1.5 kg (NTEP Class III, 50 g D=1,2,5 g) Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # description price EKW-04i... Comparator/relay outputs/buzzer EKW-07i... Underhook for EK-4100i/6100i/6000i/12Ki/EW-12Ki EKW-09i... NiCd battery pack EKW Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum AX: S... Protective in-use cover CC: Carrying case AD Anti-theft device TB: AC adapter (120V) TB: AC adapter (240V) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 31

33 A & D Weighing GX-K Series Precision Balances Standard Features Internal calibration Auto environmental compensation IP-65/NEMA4 RS-232C bi-directional interface Data memory function Multiple weighing modes Quick reference operation card Time and date Vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) Underhook weighing A & D Weighing Capacity (g): GX-8K: 8.1 kg x 0.01 g GX-8K2: 8.1 kg/2.1 kg x 0.1 g/0.01 g GX-10K: 10.1 kg x 0.01 g GX-12K: 12 kg x 0.1 g GX-20K: 21 kg x 0.1 g GX-30K: 31 kg x 0.1 g GX-32K: 31 kg/6.1 kg x 1 g/0.1 g Units of Measure: oz, lb, lb-oz, ozt, dwt, ct, mm GN, pcs, %, custom Linearity: GX-8K: ±0.02 g GX-8K2: ±0.1 g, ±0.02 g GX-10K: ±0.03 g GX-12K, GX-20K, GX-30K: ±0.2 g GX-32K: ±1 g/±0.2 g Repeat./Std.Div.: GX-8K: 0.01 g specifications GX-8K2: 0.05 g/0.01 g GX-10K: 0.01 g GX-12K, GX-20K, GX-30K: 0.1 g GX-32K: 0.5 g/0.1 g Pan Size (W x D): in x 8.26 in (270 mm x 210 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): in x in x 4.37 in (300 mm x 355 mm x 111 mm) Weight: 18.3 lb (8.3 kg) Sensitivity Drift (-10 to +30 C): GX-8K, GX-10K:±2ppm/ºC GX-8K2, GX-12K, GX-20K, GX-30K:±3ppm/ºC GX-32K:±5ppm/ºC Operating Temperature: 41ºF-104ºF/-5ºC-40ºC Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable)/10 times per second Stabilization Time: Approx. 1.5 seconds (typical in fast mode) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty 32 PrecisionSolutions

34 A & D Weighing GX-K Series CALibration est. ship A&D MODEL # capacity MASS Weight price GX-8K2...2/8 kg x 0.01/0.1 g kg lb/8.3 kg...$2, GX-8K...8 kg x 0.01 g...8 kg lb/8.3 kg...2, GX-10K kg x 0.01 g...10 kg lb/8.3 kg...3, GX-12K...12 kg x 0.1 g...10 kg lb/8.3 kg...2, GX-20K...20 kg x 0.1 g...20 kg lb/8.3 kg...2, GX-30K...30 kg x 0.1 g...30 kg lb/8.3 kg...3, GX-32K...6/30 kg x 0.1/1 g...30 kg lb/8.3 kg...2, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # description price GX-04K*...Comparator/output & RS-232C/20mA interface GX-06K*...Analog output/20ma interface GX-07K**...Waterproof cable for standard RS-232C GX-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum AD Anti-theft device AX A...Protective in-use cover TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (240V) GXK-31...Draft shield GXK-12...Annual weighing pan *GX-04K, GX-06K, replace standard RS-232C and cannot be used at the same time. IP-65 rating does not apply when the GX-04K or the GX-06K is installed. **Use the GX-07K optional waterproof RS-232C cable, in order to use the standard RS-232 interface for water and dust proof (IP65) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 33

35 A & D Weighing GF-K Series Precision Balances Standard Features IP-65/NEMA4 RS-232C bi-directional interface Multiple weighing modes Quick reference operation card Time and date Vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) Interval time setting Underhook weighing specifications A & D Weighing Capacity (g): GF-8K: 8.1k g x 0.01 g GF-8K2: 2.1/8.1 kg x 0.1/0.01 g GF-10K: 10.1 kg x 0.01 g GF-12K: 12 kg x 0.1 g GF-20K: 21 kg x 0.1 g GF-30K: 31 kg x 0.1 g GF-32K: 6.1/31 kg x 0.1/1 g Units of Measure: oz, lb, lb-oz, ozt, dwt, ct, mm GN, pcs, %, custom Linearity: GF-8K: ±0.02 g GF-8K2: ±0.1 g, ±0.02 g GF-10K: ±0.03 g GF-12K, GF-20K, GF-30K: ±0.2 g GF-32K: ±1 g/±0.2 g Repeat./Std.Div.: GF-8K: 0.01 g GF-8K2: 0.05 g/0.01 g GF-10K: 0.01 g GF-12K, GF-20K, GF-30K: 0.1 g GF-32K: 0.5 g/0.1 g Pan Size (W x D): in x 8.26 in (270 mm x 210 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): in x in x 4.37 in (300 mm x 355 mm x 111 mm) Weight (Approx): 18.3 lb (8.3 kg) Calibration Mass: GF-8K, GF-8K2: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 kg GF-12K: 5,10 kg GF-20K: 10, 20 kg GF-30K, GX-32K: 20, 30 kg Sensitivity Drift (10-30 C): GF-8K, GF-10K:±2ppm/ºC GF-8K2, GF-12K, GF-20K, GF-30K:±3ppm/ºC GF-32K:±5ppm/ºC Operating Temperature: 41ºF-104ºF/-5ºC-40ºC RH<85% Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable)/10 times per second Stabilization Time: Approx. 1.5 seconds (typical in fast mode) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty 34 PrecisionSolutions

36 A & D Weighing GF-K Series A&D MODEL # CApacity est. ship weight price GF-8K2...2/8 kg x 0.01/0.1 g lb/8.3 kg... $2, GF-8K...8 kg x 0.01 g lb/8.3 kg... 2, GF-10K kg x 0.01 g lb/8.3 kg... 2, GF-12K...12 kg x 0.1 g lb/8.3 kg... 2, GF-20K...20 kg x 0.1 g lb/8.3 kg... 2, GF-30K...30 kg x 0.1 g lb/8.3 kg... 3, GF-32K...6/30 kg x 0.1/1 g lb/8.3 kg... 2, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price GX-04K*...Comparator/output & RS-232C/20mA interface GX-06K*...Analog output/20ma interface GX-07K**...Waterproof cable for standard RS-232C GX-29...Bluetooth, factory installed, 30 ft maximum AD Anti-theft device AX: A...Protective in-use cover TB:110C...AC adapter (120V) TB:123...AC adapter (240V) GXK-31...Draft shield GXK-12...Annual weighing pan *GX-04K, GX-06K, replace standard RS-232C and cannot be used at the same time. IP-65 rating does not apply when the GX-04K or the GX-06K is installed. **Use the GX-07K optional waterproof RS-232C cable, in order to use the standard RS-232 interface for water and dust proof (IP65) Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 35

37 A & D Weighing GP Series Industrial Balances A & D Weighing Standard Features IP-65/NEMA4 Internal calibration weight with manual, interval or auto-environmental compensation RS-232C bidirectional interface WinCT communication tools software Data collection software Percentage, Counting and Comparator Modes Time and date Bright blue fluorescent display Adjustable swing arm display Die cast aluminum body with stainless weighing pan Detached digital weight indicator (KS models only) Capacity (g): GP-12K: 12k g x 0.1 g GP-20K: 21 kg x 0.1 g GP-32K/32KS: 6/31 kg x 21 g/1 g GP30K, GP-30KS: 31 kg x 0.1 g GP-40K: 41 kg x 0.5 g GP-60K/60KS, GP-61K/61KS: 61 kg x 1 g GP-100K, GP-100KS: 101 kg x 1 g GP-102K: 101 kg x 10/5 g Units of Measure: oz, lb, lb-oz, ozt, dwt, ct, mm, GN, pcs, % Linearity: GP-12K, GP-20K, GP-100K, GP-100KS: ±0.2 g GP-32K/32KS: ±0.5 g, ±0.1 g GP-30K,GP-30KS: ±0.1 g GP-40K, GP-60K: ±0.1 g GP-102K: ±10 g/±2 g specifications Repeat./Std.Div.: GP-12K, GP-20K, GP-32K/32KS: 0.5 g/0.1 g GP-30K, GP-30KS, GP-40K: 0.5 g GP-60K/60KS: 0.7 g GP-61K/KS: 0.2 g GP-100K, GP-100KS: 1 g GP-102K: 5 g/1 g Pan Size: 15.1 in x 13.5 in (384 mm x 344 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): 14.6 in x 24.2 in x 5.1 in (372 mm x 615 mm x 130 mm) Weight (Approx): 37.4 lb (17 kg) Calibration Mass: GP-12K: 5 kg/10 kg GP-20K, GP-32K:20 kg/30 kg GP-30K, GP-30KS: 20 kg/30 kg GP-40K: 20 kg/30 kg/40 kg GP-60K/KS: 30 kg/40 kg/60 kg GP-61K/61KS: 30 kg/40 kg/60 kg GP-100K, GP-100KS: 60 kg/80 kg/100 kg GP-102K: 60 kg/80 kg/100 kg Sensitivity Drift (-10 to 30ºC): GP-12K, GP-20K, GP-30K, GP-30KS:±3ppm/ºC GP-32K, GP-40K:±5ppm/ºC GP-60KS, GP61K/KS, GP-100K, GP-100KS :±6ppm/ºC GP-102K:±10ppm/ºC Operating Temperature: 41ºF-104ºF/-5ºC-40ºC RH<85% Display Refresh: Five times per second (stable)/10 times per second Stabilization Time: Approx. 1.5 seconds (typical in fast mode) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty 36 PrecisionSolutions

38 A & D Weighing GP Series A&D MODEL # CApacity/description est. ship weight price GP-12K...12 kg x 0.1 g lb/17 kg... $2, GP-20K...21 kg x 0.1 g lb/17 kg... 3, GP-32K...6 kg/31 kg x 0.1 g/1 g (smart range) lb/17 kg... 2, GP-30K...31 kg x 0.1 g lb/17 kg... 3, GP-40K...41 kg x 0.5 g lb/17 kg... 3, GP-60K...61 kg x 1 g lb/17 kg... 4, GP-100K kg x 1 g lb/18 kg... 4, GP-102K...61 kg/101 kg x 1 g/10 g (smart range) lb/17 kg... 4, GP-30KS...31 kg x 0.1 g (remote indicator) lb/17 kg... 3, GP-100KS kg x 1 g (remote indicator) lb/18 kg... 4, GP-61K...61 kg x 0.1 g lb/17 kg... 4, GP-32KS...6/31 kg x 0.1/1 g (smart range, remote indicator) lb/17 kg... 2, GP-60KS...61 kg x 1 g (remote indicator) lb/17 kg... 4, GP-61KS...61 kg x 0.1 g (remote indicator) lb/18 kg... 4, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price AD Rechargeable battery pack AD Universal remote display GP-04...Comparator output with buzzer GP-06...Analog output (replaces standard RS-232C) GP-07...GP extension cable (factory installed 120 day lead time) GP-20...Underhook GP-12 kg thru 40 kg GP-21...Underhook GP-60 kg thru 102 kg GP-22...AD-8121A printer support AD Anti-theft device : Protective in-use cover TB:136...AC adapter (120V) standard with unit TB:137...AC adapter (220V) AD Remote controller GP-12...Animal weighing pan... 1, A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 37

39 A & D Weighing MS-70/MX-50/MF-50 Series A & D Weighing Measurement Method: 400 watt straight halogen lamp heating system with SRA filter and SHS weighing technology Capacity (g): MS-70: 71 g MX-50, MF-50: 51 g Weight Resolution: MS-70: g MX-50: g MF-50: g Moisture Content Display: MS-70: 0.001%/0.01%/0.1% MX-50: 0.01%/0.1% MF-50:0.05%/0.1%/1% Heating Technology: Halogen lamp (straight type, 400 watt max, 5,000 hours Drying Temperature: ºC (1º increment) Standard Features Fast and uniform heating with halogen lamp and uniquely designed (secondary radiation assist) SRA filter WinCT communicationtools software Sodium tartrate dehydrate is provided as a stable moisture content for accuracy checks of the analyzer Five measurement programs: standard, automatic, timer, manual, quick Vacuum florescent display (VFD) Glass window for heating check and easy cleaning Self-check function Quick reference card Standard bi-directional RS-232C GLP/ GMP/GCP/ISO compliant with time/date, ID, calibration data and check record outputs specifications Measurement Program Memories: MS-70, MX-50: 20 sets MF-50: 10 sets Data Memory: MS-70, MX-50: 100 MF-50: 50 Measurement Programs: Standard/automatic/timer/manual Measurement Modes: Wet base/dry base/solid content/ratio Display Type: VFD Interface: Bidirectional RS-232C Communication Software: MS-70, MX-50: WinCT-Moisture standard MF-50: WinCT standard Operating Temperature: ºF/5-40ºC Pan Size: 2.16 in (85 mm) dia Dimensions (W x D x H): 8.46 in x 12.6 in x 6.8 in (215 mm x 320 mm x 173 mm) Standard Accessories: 20 sample pans, 2 pan handles, tweezers, spoon, test sample (30g of sodium tartrate dehydrate), display cover, dust cover, Instruction manual, quick reference card, power cable, 2 fuses, CD-ROM (WinCT-Moisture for MS-70 and MX-50, WinCT for MF-50), RS-232C cable for MS-70 & MX-50 Weight: 13 lb (5.9 kg) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty 38 PrecisionSolutions

40 A & D Weighing MS-70/MX-50/MF-50 Series Moisture est. ship A&D MODEL # capacity COntent Weight price MS g x g %/0.01%/0.1% lb/5.9 kg... $4, MX g x g % lb/5.9 kg... 2, MF g x g % lb/5.9 kg... 2, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # description price AX-31...Sample pans (washable, 100 each) AX Glass fiber sheets (100 each) AX-33...Sodium tartrate dehydrate test samples (30 g x 12) AX-34...Halogen lamp (replacement) AX-35...Pan handles (2 each) AX-36...Tweezers (2 each) AX-37...Spoons (2 each) AX-38...Protective in-use covers (5 each) AX-39...Dust cover AX-42...WinCT Moisture (standard for MS-70 & MX-50, option for MF-50) AD G...Calibration mass (20 g) AX-43...Temperature calibrator (MS-70 & MX-50 only) A & D Weighing PrecisionSolutions 39

41 A & D Weighing Viscometers A & D Weighing Vibration Frequency: 30Hz Measurement Method: Tuning fork vib Viscosity Measurement Unit: mpa-s, cp, P Accuracy (Repeatability) 1% of reading (full range) (S.D., C, no-condensation) Operating Temperature: C ( F) Minimum Sample Amount: 35 ml Temperature Measurement: C/0.1 C ( F/0.1 F) Standard Features High measurement accuracy Wide measurement range Non-newtonian sample viscosity measurement Foam sample measurement Flowing sample measurement Viscosity calibration Temperature measurement Vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) Sol and gel measurement RS-232C bi-directional interface Small sample size Easy cleaning Data collection and graphic software specifications Viscosity Measurement Range: ,000Pa-s (cp) Display Type: Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD) Interface: RS-232C Power Supply: AC adaptor Power Consumption: Approx 14VA Dimensions (W x D x H): Main unit: 13.0 in x 12.3 in x 21.1 in (332 mm x 314 mm x 536 mm) Display unit: 9.4 in x 5.2 in x 6.7 in (238 mm x 132 mm x 170 mm) Weight: Main Unit: Approx lb (5.0 kg) Display Unit: Approx. 2.8 lb (1.3 kg) Connection Cable Length: 4.9 ft (1.5m) between the main unit and the display unit Standard Accessories Manual, AC adaptor, CD-ROM (WinCT-Viscosity), Sample cups, RS-232C Cable (25 pin-9pin) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Viscometers A&D MODEL # CApacity est. ship weight price SV-1A...8 cp cp kg/13 lb... $6, SV-10A...3 cp cp kg/13 lb... 5, SV-100A...10 P - 1,000 P (1,000 cp - 100,000 cp) kg/13 lb... 5, Options/Accessories A&D MODEL # Description price SV ml sample cup (10 pcs/set) SV ml sample cup (10 pcs/set) SW-35...Glass sample cup (1 pcs/approx. 13 ml) SW-36...Position fixer for sensor unit SV-37...Water bath container (with 10 ml cups) SW-42...Analog voltage output 0-1 volt SW-43...Extension cable (sensor - display) 5 m CC:SV...Viscometer carrying case PrecisionSolutions

42 Acculab Atilon Analytical Balances Analytical Balance Milligram Balance Standard Features Advanced microprocessor for reliable weighing results Digital filtering and fast stabilization Stainless steel weighing platform Variety of weighing applications Percent weighing for solids, moisture loss, formulation, quality control Filtering for unstable ambient conditions Net totaling for formulation Full range subtractive tare Keypad confirmation audio tone Multiple units of measure Backlit amber Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) AC operation (AC adapter included) Applications programs for weighing unit toggle, counting, percent weighing, net-total, totalizing, animal weighing, calculation, density determination specifications Corner Load: ATL-423-I: ± g ATL-153-I: ± g External Calibration Weight: ATL-224-I: 200 g (E2) ATL-124-I: 100 g (E2) Weighing Modes: User defined, gram, kilogram, carat, pound, ounce, troy ounce, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, momme, Austrian carat, tola, baht, mesghal, ton, lb/ oz, newton Audio tone: yes (keypad confirmation) Operating Humidity: Less thank 95% RH Operating Temperature Range: C ( K, F) Allowable Ambient Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Sensitivity Drift (within 10 to 30 C): Analytical, ATL-423-I: ± 2 x /K ATL-153-I: ± 5 x /K Stabilization Time (Typical): ATL-423-I: 1 second ATL-153-I: 1.3 second Analytical: 2.5 second Adaptation to Ambient Conditions: By selection of 1 of 4 optimized filter levels Display Update: (depends on filter level selected) Weighing Pan Size: 4.53 in (115 mm) dia Analytical 3.5 in (90 mm) Weighing Chamber (Dia x H): 6.5 in x 2.42 in (165 mm x 61.5 mm) Analytical 9.0 in (230 mm) Dimensions (WxDxH): 9.05 in x in x in (230 mm x 330 mm x 330 mm) Shipping Weight: Analytical, ATL-423-I: 12 lb ATL-153-I: 11 lb AC Power Requirements: AC adaptor, 115V or 230V, +15% -20% Frequency: Hz Power Consumption (avg.): Maximum 16VA; typical 8 (STNG6) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Acculab Analytical Balances ACCULAB CALibration est. ship MODEL # CApacity Weight Weight price Analytical Balances ATL-84-I g x g...50 g (E2) lbs... $1, ATL-124-I g x g g (E2) lbs... 1, ATL-224-I g x g g (E2) lbs... 2, Milligram Balances ATL-423-I g x g g (E2) lbs... 1, ATL-153-I g x g g (E2) lbs... 1, PrecisionSolutions 41

43 Acculab Atilon Precision Industrial Balances Standard Features Advanced microprocessor for reliable weighing results Digital filtering and fast stabilization Stainless steel weighing platform Variety of weighing applications Percent weighing for solids, moisture loss, formulation, quality control Filtering for unstable ambient conditions Net totaling for formulation Full range subtractive tare Keypad confirmation audio tone Multiple units of measure Backlit amber Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) AC operation (AC adapter included) Application programs for weighing unit toggle, counting, percent weighing, net-total, totalizing, animal weighing, calculation, density determination specifications Acculab Repeatability (Std. Deviation): 0.01 g ATL : 0. 1 g Linearity: ATL-4202-I: 0.02 g ATL-2202-I: 0.02 g ATL-822-I: 0.03 g ATL : 0.3 g Corner Load: ATL-4202-I: 0.04 g ATL-2202-I: 0.04 g ATL-822-I: 0.03 g ATL : 0.3 g Weighing Modes: User defined, kilogram, carat, pound, ounce, troy ounce, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, grain, pennyweight, milligram, parts per pound, chinese tael, momme, Austrian carat, tola, baht, mesghal, ton, lb/oz, newton Operating Humidity: Less than 95% RH Operating Temperature Range: C ( K, F) Allowable Ambient Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Sensitivity Drift (Within 10 to 30 C): ATL-4202-I: ± 2 x /K ATL-2202-I: ± 2 x /K ATL-822-I: ± 5 x /K ATL-8201-I: ± 10 x /K Stabilization Time (Typical): ATL-4202-I: 1.1 second ATL-2202-I: 1.1 second ATL-822-I, ATL : 1.0 second Adaptation to Ambient Conditions: By selection of 1 of 4 optimized filter levels Display Update: (depends on filter level selected) Weighing Pan Size: ATL-4202-I: 7.0 in x 7.0 in (180 mm x 180 mm) ATL , ATL-2202-I: 7.0 in x 7.0 in (180 mm x 180 mm) ATL-822-I: 4.53 in (115 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): ATL-4202-I: 9.06 in x in x 3.58 in (230 mm x 303 mm x 91 mm) ATL-2202-I: 9.06 in x in x 3.58 in (230 mm x 303 mm x 91 mm) ATL-822-I: 9.06 in x in x 3.43 in (230 mm x 303 mm x 87 mm) Shipping Weight: ATL-4202-I: 12 lb (5.4 kg) ATL-2202-I: 12 lb (5.4 kg) ATL-822-I: 9 lb (4.0 kg) ATL : 11 lb (5.0 kg) AC Power Requirements: AC adaptor, 115V or 230V, +15% - 20% Frequency: Hz Power Consumption (Avg.): Maximum 16VA; typical 8 (STNG6) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Precision Industrial Balances ACCULAB CALibration est. ship MODEL # CApacity Weight Weight price Precision ATL-4202-I g x 0.01 g g (E2)... 9 lb/4.0 kg... $1, ATL-2202-I g x 0.01 g g (F1)... 9 lb/4.0 kg... 1, ATL-822-I g x 0.01 g g (F2)... 9 lb/4.0 kg... 1, Precision Industrial ATL-8201-I g x 0.1 g g (F2) lb/5.0 kg... 1, PrecisionSolutions

44 Acculab ALC Series Analytical and Precision Balances Analytical series with glass chamber Precision series with round stainless steel pan Standard Features Advanced microprocessor for accurate weighing results Digital filtering and fast stabilization Large Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Stainless steel weighing platform RS-232 bi-directional interface for connection to computer or printer Lock-down capability Four selectable application programs 20 different weighing modes Simple one button external calibration Piece counting (5, 10, 20, 50, 100 selectable reference sampling) Percent weighing for solids, moisture loss, formulation, quality control Averaging for unstable ambient conditions Net totaling for formulation User selectable two unit toggling specifications Reproducibility: g: ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4, ALC g: ALC-320.3, ALC g: ALC-810.2, ALC g: ALC , ALC g: ALC , ALC , ALC Linearity: g: ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4, ALC g: ALC g: ALC-810.2, ALC , ALC g: ALC , ALC , ALC g: ALC Corner Load: g: ALC g: ALC-110.4, ALC g: ALC g: ALC g: ALC-810.2, ALC , ALC , ALC g: ALC , ALC , ALC Power Requirements: AC adapter, 115V or 230V, +15%-20%, 60hz Sensitivity Drift (<+-/K): 3x10-6: ALC-80.4, ALC-11.4, ALC-210.4, ALC , ALC x10-6: ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3, ALC-810.2, ALC x10-5: ALC x10-5: ALC x10-5: ALC Pan Size: ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4, ALC-210.4: 3.3 in (80mm) dia ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3: 3.9 in (100 mm) ALC-810.2, ALC , ALC , ALC , ALC , ALC , ALC : 6.0 in (150mm) dia Dimensions (W x D x H): ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4, ALC-210.4: 7.9 in x 10.6 in x 11.8 in (200 mm x 270 mm x 300 mm) ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3: 7.9 in x 10.6 in x 4.743in (200 mm x 270 mm x 172 mm) ALC-810.2, ALC , ALC , ALC , ALC ALC , ALC : 7.9 in x 10.6 in x 2.9 in (200 mm x 270 mm x 75 mm) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Acculab PrecisionSolutions 43

45 Acculab Acculab ALC Series ACCULAB CALibration est. ship MODEL # Capacity weight Weight price ALC g x 0.1 mg...50 g (E2) lb/4.9 kg... $1, ALC g x 0.1 mg g (E2) lb/4.9 kg... 1, ALC g x 0.1 mg g (E2) lb/5.1 kg... 1, ALC g x g g (F1) lb/3.3 kg... 1, ALC g x g g (F1) lb/2.8 kg ALC g x 0.01 g g (F1) lb/2.4 kg ALC ,100 g x 0.01 g g (F1) lb/2.4 kg ALC ,100 g x 0.01 g g (F1) lb/2.9 kg ALC ,100 g x 0.01 g g (F1) lb/2.9 kg... 1, ALC ,100 g x 0.1 g g (F2) lb/2.4 kg ALC ,100 g x 0.1 g g (F2) lb/2.4 kg ALC ,100 g x 0.1 g g (F2) lb/2.4 kg Options/Accessories Acculab MODEL # Description price V adapter (AL series only) V adapter LAT-CAB...25 PIN to 9 PIN cable (RS) LC-1...Lockdown case and padlock AC-1...AC adaptor, 120 VAC PrecisionSolutions

46 Acculab VICON Series Toploader Balance Standard Features 15 models (enhanced by four milligram units) Protective flip-down and removable plastic cover for shipping protection and allows stackable storage Integrated external calibration weights on models 710 gram capacity and below Unique durable design for all applications including: counting, percent weighing, totaling, display hold, specific gravity, mass unit conversion 14 mass unit conversions (g, oz, lbs, lbs: oz, dwt, ozt, grains, Newton, carats, taels HK/Taiwan/Singapore/China, user defined) Optional RS-232 or USB interface kit (field installable) Parts counting with selectable reference sample (1-100) 9 V battery operation (or included AC adapter) (excluding milligram models) External one button calibration with three weight options Lock down capability specifications Linearity: VIC-123, VIC-303: 3 d VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg, VIC-212, VIC-412, VIC-612: 2 d VIC-511, VIC-711, VIC-1501, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC-4 kg, VIC-6 kg, VIC-10 kg: 1 d Repeatability: VIC-123, VIC-303: 3 d VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg, VIC-212, VIC-412, VIC-612: 2 d VIC-511, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC-4 kg, VIC-6 kg, VIC-10 kg: 1 d Weighing Modes: Grams, lbs, lbs: oz, troy ounces, ounces, carats, Pennyweight, Hong Kong taels, Taiwan taels, Singapore taels, China taels, Grains, Newtons and user defined Pan Size: VIC-123, VIC-303, VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg, VIC-212: 4 in (102 mm) dia VIC-412, VIC-612, VIC-511, VIC-711, VIC-1501, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC4 kg, VIC-6 kg, VIC-10 kg: 5.5 in x 5 in (140 mm x 127 mm) Dimension (W x H x D): VIC-412, VIC-612, VIC-511, VIC-711, VIC-1501, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC4 kg, VIC-6 kg, VIC-10 kg: 6.8 in x 9.8 in x 3.15 in (173 mm x 249 mm x 80 mm) VIC-123, VIC-303, VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg: 6.8 in x 9.8 in x 3.7 in (173 mm x 249 mm x 94 mm) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Acculab ECON Series Standard Features Unique low-cost design Stackability (units can be stacked for safe convenient storage) Mircroprocessor controlled Lock down capability Five weighing modes; g, oz, lb, ozt, dwt 9 V battery operation included (optional AC operation) Six minute auto off (saves battery life) Overload/underload and low battery indicators External one button digital calibration Transporation lock (protects weight cell from damage) Backlit LCD/0.35 in (8.89 mm) segment height specifications Linearity: EC-211, EC-411, EC-2100: ±2 d EC-4100: ±3 d Pan Size: 5.3 in x 5.5 in (135 mm x 140 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): 6.26 in x 8.6 in x 2.07 in (159 mm x 218 mm x 53 mm) Warranty: One-year limited warranty PrecisionSolutions 45

47 Acculab Acculab VICON Series Acculab Calibration est. ship MODEL # CApacity Weight Weight price VIC g x g...20, 50, 100 g... 5 lb/2.3 kg... $ VIC g x g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC-2 mg g x g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC-4 mg g x g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC g x 0.01 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC g x 0.01 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC g x 0.01 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC g x 0.1 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC g x 0.1 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC ,500 g x 0.1 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC ,100 g x 0.1 g g... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC ,100 g x 0.1 g...5 kg... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC-4 kg...4,100 g x 1.0 g...4 kg... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC-6 kg...6,100 g x 1.0 g...5 kg... 5 lb/2.3 kg VIC-10 kg...10,100 g x 1.0 g...5 kg... 5 lb/2.3 kg Options/Accessories Acculab MODEL # Description price YADAP-RS...RS-232 kit and cable YADAP-USB...USB kit and cable Carrying case AC-1...AC Adapter (120 VAC) ECON Series Acculab Calibration est. Ship MODEL # Capacity Weight Weight price EC g x 0.1 g g... 3 lb EC g x 0.1 g g... 3 lb EC ,100 g x 1.0 g g...3 lb EC ,100 g x 1.0 g g... 3 lb Options/Accessories Acculab MODEL # Description price AC-1... Power adapter (120V) LC-1... Lockdown cable and padlock Carrying case PrecisionSolutions

48 Acculab Pocket Pro Series Standard Features Calibration weight and tray included with all models Blue back-lit display for easy viewing in all ambient conditions Scales weigh in grams and ounces (PP-62 features grams, ounces, grains and carats) Battery operation (one AA battery included) Auto off (saves battery life) Overload/underload and low battery indicators External one button calibration with included weight Display 0.35 in (8.89 mm) segment height specifications Calibration: PP-62: 50 g Linearity: PP-62: ±3 d PP-201, PP-401: ±2 d Repeatability: PP-62: ±2 d PP-201, PP-401: ±1 d Weighing Modes: Grams, ounces, grains, carats Operating Humidity: Less than 80% RH Low Battery Indication: Lo on LCD display PP-201: 100 g PP-401: 200 g Stabilization Time (typical): PP-62: 3 seconds PP-201, PP-401: 2 seconds Operating Temperature: 50 F-86 F (10-30 C) Storage Temperature: 14 F-158 F ( C) Power Requirements: One AA battery (included) Power Consumption: 25 ma, 40 ma with backlight Pan Size: 2.9 in x 2.5 in (73 mm x 63 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): 2.9 in x 3.5 in x in (74 mm x 89 mm x 22 mm) Net Weight: 0.24 lbs (0.12 kg) Warranty: One-year limited warranty Acculab Pocket Pro Series ACCULAB est. Ship MODEL # Capacity Weight price PP g x 0.01 g...2 lb... $ PP g x 0.1 g...2 lb PP g x 0.1 g...2 lb PrecisionSolutions 47

49 Acculab SVI Series Industrial Precision Scale Standard Features Remote adjustable blue back-lit display with included bracket for wall mounting Stainless steel platform 200% overload protection Unit toggling Parts counting with selectable reference sample Optional 9 V battery operation (or included AC adapter) reversed voltage Auto off feature with three options; four minutes, 10 minutes or Always on Overload/Underload and low battery indicators External one button calibration with three weight options RS-232 bi-directional interface Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) 0.75 in (19.5 mm) segment height specifications Acculab Linearity: ±3 d Repeatability: ±2 d Weighing Modes: Grams, kilograms, pounds, troy ounces Stabilization Time (typical): SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 2 seconds SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 3 seconds Auto Off: Three menu settings: Four minutes, 10 minutes (no activity), or always on Operating Temperature: 50 F -104 F (10-40 C) Storage Temperature: 14 F-158 F ( C) Operating Humidity: Less than 80% RH Low Battery Indication: Lo on LCD display Power Requirements: Included AC voltage adapter or optional 9 V battery Power Consumption: 30 ma max, 70 ma max with backlight Pan Size: SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 12.1 in x 12.4 in (308 mm x 315 mm) SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 15.9 in x 20.5 in (403 mm x 520 mm) Dimensions (W x D x H): SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 12.4 in x 12.4 in x 2.5 in (308 mm x 308 mm x 63 mm) SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 15.9 in x 20.5 in x 3.5 in (403 mm x 520 mm x 88 mm) Net Weight: SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 9.9 lbs (4.4 kg) SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 35.2 lb (16 kg) Cable Length: 9.8 ft (3 m) base to display Warranty: Two-year limited warranty SVI Series ACCULAB CALibration est. Ship MODEL # CApacity Weight Weight price SVI-10A...10 kg/22 lb x 1.0 g/0.002 lb...10 kg...10 lb... $ SVI-20B...20 kg/44 lb x 2.0 g/0.005 lb...20 kg...10 lb SVI-50C...50 kg/110 lb x 5.0 g/0.01 lb...50 kg...10 lb SVI-100E kg/220 lb x 20 g/0.05 lb...50 kg...43 lb SVI-200F kg/440 lb x 50 g/0.1 lb...50 kg...43 lb Options/Accessories Acculab MODEL # Description price AC VAC adapter euro 2-pin AC VAC adapter PrecisionSolutions

50 Ohaus Discovery Semi-Micro and Analytical Balances Approvals FCC NRTL Standard Features Selectable environmental filters RS-232 interface with full GLP/GMP protocol Easy to clean stainless steel platform Windring and glass and steel construction Protective in-use cover Integral weigh-below hook Easy to use keypad Up-front level indicator Stability indicator Mechanical and software overload/underload protection User selectable span calibration points Auto tare, auto shut-offs User selectable printing options User selectable communications settings User definable project and user ID s Software reset menu Software lockout menu specifications Repeatability (Std. Dev): DV114C, DV214C: 0.1 mg DV314C: 0.2 mg DV215CD: 0.02*/0.1 mg Linearity: DV114C, DV214C: ±0.2 mg DV314C: ±0.5 mg DV215CD: ±0.03*/0.2 mg Weighing Units: mg, g, ct, oz, ozt, grain, pennyweight, momme, taels, custom Application Modes: Weighing, parts counting with automatic sample recalculation, percent weighing, checkweighing, animal/dynamic weighing, gross/net/tare weighing, totalization, high point, density, statistics, pipette calibration Pan Size: 3.5 in (9 cm) dia Dimensions (W x H x D): 7.9 in x 11.8 in x 18 in (20 cm x 30 cm x 45.7 cm) Net Weight: 22.5 lb (10.2 kg) Stabilization Time: DV114C, DV214C: 4 seconds DV314C: 8 seconds DV215CD: 12/5 seconds Operating Temperature Range: 50 F to 104 F (10 C to 40 C) Calibration: Automatic internal, push-button internal, manual external Display Type: Two-line alphanumeric backlit LCD display Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 49

51 Ohaus Voyager Pro Discovery OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # capacity Weight price DV114C g x 0.1 mg lb/10 kg... $3, DV214C g x 0.1 mg lb/10 kg... 3, DV314C g x 0.1 mg lb/10 kg... 4, DV215CD g x 0.1 mg, 81 g x 0.01 mg lb/10 kg... 4, Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price RS-232 cable, printer SW12W...TAL software WinWedge RS-232 cable, IBM 9-pin RS-232 cable, IBM 25-pin Density determination kit Storage cover Security device g calibration mass, ASTM Class 1... Consult g calibration mass, ASTM Class 1... Consult Dot matrix printer Paper Ink ribbon Ohaus 50 PrecisionSolutions

52 Ohaus Pioneer Analytical/Precision Balances Approvals Analytical Precision Standard Features Easy to clean analytical draftshield Upfront level indicator Selectable environment settings Flexibility of available options Removable doors for easy cleaning and access Upfront level bubble for easy reference Selectable environmental settings Integral weigh below hook Standard security bracket Standard RS-232C Security menu lock Multiple application models and units of measure specifications Application Modes: Weighing, parts counting, percent Weighing Units: mg, g, ct, oz, dwt, tical, tola, mommes, baht, grain, mesghal, Newton, ozt, teals Platform Size: Analytical: 3.54 in (90 mm) dia Precision PA153, PA3113: 4.72 in (120 mm) dia PA512, 1502, 3102, 4101: 7.1 in (180 mm) dia Repeatability: Analytical: 0.1 g Precision: PA153, PA313: 1 mg PA512, PA1502, PA3102: 10 mg PA4101: 100 mg Linearity: Analytical: PA64, PA114: 0.2 g PA214: 0.3 g Precision: PA153, PA313: 2 mg PA512, PA1502, PA3102: 20 mg PA4101: 100 mg Taring Time: One second Stabilization Time: Three seconds Gross Weight: Analytical: PA153, PA313: 10.0 lb (4.5 kg) PA512, PA1502, PA3102, PA4101: 7.3 lb (3.3 kg) Shipping Weight: Analytical: 15.2 lb (6.9 kg) Precision: PA153, PA313: 15.2 lb (6.9 kg) PA512, PA1502, PA3102, PA4101: 11.8 lb (5.4 kg) Balance Dimensions (W x D x H): Analytical: 7.7 in x 11.3 in x 12.6 in (19.6 cm x 28.7 cm x 32 cm) Precision: PA153, PA313: 7.7 in x 11.3 in x 12.6 in (19.6 cm x 28.7 cm x 32 cm) PA512, PA1502, PA3102, PA4101: 7.7 in x 3.6 in x 12.6 in (19.6 cm x 9.2 cm x 32 cm) Draftshield: Analytical: yes Precision: PA153, PA313: yes Operating Conditions: 14 F/-10 C to 104 F/40 C at 10% to 80% relative humidity, non-condensing, up to 4000 m above sea level Storage Temp: -40 F/-40 C to 158 F/70 C at 10% to 80% relative humidity, non-condensing Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 51

53 Ohaus Ohaus Pioneer TM OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # capacity Weight price Analytical PA g x 0.1 mg lb/6.9 kg... $1, PA g x 0.1 mg lb/6.9 kg... 1, PA g x 0.1 mg lb/6.9 kg... 2, Precision PA g x g lb/6.9 kg... 1, PA g x g lb/6.9 kg... 1, PA g x 0.01 g lb/6.9 kg PA g x 0.01 g lb/6.9 kg... 1, PA g x 0.01 g lb/6.9 kg... 1, PA g x 0.1 g lb/6.9 kg Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Compact impact printer, 42 column SW12W...TAL software WinWedge Paper for printer Ribbon for printer RS-232 cable, printer to Pioneer RS-232 cable, PC 9 pin to Pioneer RS232 cable, PC 25 pin to Pioneer Density determination kit for Pioneer analytical balances (0.1 mg and 1 mg) Security device for pioneer Forceps, 2.75 in (70 mm) Forceps, 3.5 in (89 mm) Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (3.8 cm x 5.1 cm), weight 4 g Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (5.7 cm x 7.6 cm), weight 10 g Black scoop, aluminum 4 in x 3.5 in (10.2 cm x 8.9 cm), weight 24 g Polypropylene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia. x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia. x 6.4 cm deep) with pouring spout, weight 145 g Plastic sccop, 1.3 in x 1.5 in x 0.4 in (33 mm x 38 mm x 10 mm) deep with pouring spout, weight 1.2 g Stainless steel scoop 11.9 in x 7.38 in x 1.69 in Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm) WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. 52 PrecisionSolutions

54 Ohaus Voyager Pro Analytical/Precision Balances Analytical Precision Standard Features AutoCal automatic internal calibration system The most advanced application modes in the industry include: statistics, formulation, differential weighing, statistical QC, density determination and pipette calibration Brilliant backlit high resolution dot matrix display with simple navigation windows and menus to guide you through balance functions User selectable filter, stability indicator and auto-zero tracking for use in difficult environments User selectable GLP/GMP outputs via RS-232 to meet traceability requirements Five-language operational display text Standard weigh below capability Protective in-use cover and security bracket Industry leading warranty and support NTEP-certified legal-for-trade Approvals specifications Linearity: VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN: ±0.002 g VP413DCN: ±0.002/0.005 g VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN: ±0.02 g VP6102CN: ±0.04 g VP4102DCN: ±0.02/0.05 g VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: ±0.1 g VP64CN, VP114CN, VP214CN: ±0.2 mg VP214DCN: ±0.2/0.5 mg Application Modes: Statistics, formulation, differential weighing, SQC, density determination, pipette calibration, parts counting, animal weighing, checkweighing, percent weighing, filling, gross/net/tare weighing Features: Applications library, RS-232 port, auxiliary display port, GLP protocol, selectable operating language, selectable displayed information settings, selectable environmental settings, selectable auto-print settings, integral weigh below hook, contrast and brightness control, protective in-use cover Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction Stabilization Time: Precision: Three seconds Analytical: Four seconds Operating Temperature Range: 50 F to 104 F (10 to 40 C) Repeatability (Std. Dev.): VP213CN, VP413CN: g VP613CN: g VP413DCN: /0.005 g VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN: g VP6102CN: 0.01 g VP4102DCN: 0.01/0.05 g VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: 0.05 g VP64CN, VP114CN, VP214CN: 0.1 mg VP214DCN:.1/.5 mg Power Requirements: VAC, VAC, 50/60 Hz Calibration: Internal or external Display Type: LCD high resolution dot matrix with backlight Display Size: 240 x 128 pixels Pan Size: VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN, VP413DCN: 4.7 in (12 cm) dia VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN, VP6102CN, VP4102DCN, VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: 6.8 in X 6.8 in (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm) with removeable breeze collar Analytical: 3.5 in Dimensions (W x D x H): VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN, VP413DCN: 8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm 35 cm) VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN, VP6102CN, VP4102DCN, VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: 8.5 in x 13.8 in x 4 in (21.5 cm x 35 cm x 10.3 cm) Analytical: 8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm) Net Weight: VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN, VP413DCN: 13.2 lb (6 kg) VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN, VP6102CN, VP4102DCN, VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: 11 lb (5 kg) Operating Temperature Range: 50 to 104 F Weighing Units: Gram, milligram, kilogram, pound, ounce, ounce troy, carat, pennyweight, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, mommes, grain, tical, Newton, custom Warranty: Two year limited warranty Ohaus *Moveable FineRange PrecisionSolutions 53

55 Ohaus Ohaus Voyager Pro OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # capacity Weight price Analytical Models with internal calibration (AutoCal TM ) VP64CN...62 g x 0.1 mg lb/6.0 kg... $3, VP114CN g x 0.1 mg lb/6.0 kg... 3, VP214CN g x 0.1 mg lb/6.0 kg... 3, VP214DCN...210/100 g x 1/0.1 mg lb/6.0 kg... 3, Precision VP213CN g x g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/6.0 kg... 2, VP413CN g x g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/6.0 kg... 2, VP613CN g x g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/6.0 kg... 3, VP413DCN...410/100 g x 0.01/0.001 g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/6.0 kg... 2, VP612CN g x 0.01 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, VP2102CN...2,100 g x 0.01 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, VP4102CN...4,100 g x 0.01 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, VP6102CN...6,100 g x 0.01 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 3, VP4102DCN...4,100/1,000 g x 0.1/0.01 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, VP4101CN...4,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, VP6101CN...6,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, VP8101CN...8,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal lb/5.0 kg... 2, Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg) Security devices (up to 8 kg) AS Cable, IBM-PC, 25-pin AS Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin SW12W...WinWedge TAL software VAC adapter VAC adapter Security device (12, 22 and 32 kg only) Impact printer Cable for PN Paper for PN Ribbon for PN WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. 54 PrecisionSolutions

56 Ohaus Explorer Pro Analytical Balances Approvals Standard Features Automatic calibration via AutoCal Communication RS-232C On screen prompts Spill channel Applications library to store and quickly recall past procedures Brilliant backlit high resolution dot matrix display with simple navigation windows and menus to guide you through balance functions User selectable GLP outputs via RS-232 to meet traceability requirements User selectable filter, stability indicator and auto-zero tracking for use in difficult environments Five-language operation display text Standard weigh-below capability Protective in-use cover and security bracket Optional Features Autocal automatic calibration NTEP Certified, Legal-for-Trade specifications Repeatability: EP64*, EP64C, EP114*, EP114C, EP214*, EP214C : 0.1 mg EP214D*, EP214DC : 0.1/0.5 mg Linearity: EP64*, EP64C, EP114*, EP114C, EP214*, EP214C : ±0.2 mg EP214D*, EP214DC : ±0.2/0.5 mg Weighing Units: Gram, milligram, ounce, ounce troy, carat, pennyweight, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, mommes, grain, tical, Newton, custom Application Modes: Weighing, parts counting, animal/dynamic weighing, checkweighing, percent weighing, filling, gross/net/tare weighing Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction Stabilization Time: 4 seconds Operating Temperature Range: 50 F to 86 F* (10 to 30 C*) 50 F to 104 F (10 to 40 C ) Power Requirements: VAC, VAC, 50/60 Hz Pan Size: 3.5 in (9 cm) dia Dimensions (W x D x H): 8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm) Net Weight: 13.2 lb (6 kg) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus *Models without AutoCal Model with AutoCal PrecisionSolutions 55

57 Ohaus Ohaus Explorer Pro Analytical Balances OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # capacity Weight price Models without AutoCal EP g x 0.1 mg lb/7.7 kg... $2, EP g x 0.1 mg lb/7.7 kg... 2, EP g x 0.1 mg lb/7.7 kg... 2, EP214D...100/210 g x 0.1/1 mg lb/7.7 kg... 2, Models with AutoCal EP64C...62 g x 0.1 mg lb/8.1 kg... 2, EP114C g x 0.1 mg lb/8.1 kg... 2, EP214C g x 0.1 mg lb/8.1 kg... 3, EP214DC...100/210 g x 0.1/1 mg lb/8.1 kg... 2, Models with internal calibration, legal for trade EP64CN...62 g x 0.000[1] g... 2, EP114CN g x 0.000[1] g... 2, EP214CN g x 0.000[1] g... 3, EP214DCN...210/100 g x 0.001/0.000[1] g... 3, Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg) Security devices (up to 8 kg) AS Cable, IBM-PC, 25-pin AS Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin SW12W...WinWedge TAL Software VAC adapter VAC adapter Impact printer Cable for PN Paper for PN Ribbon for PN WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. 56 PrecisionSolutions

58 Ohaus Explorer Pro Precision and High Capacity Balances Approvals High Capacity Model Precision Model Standard Features Large, high resolution, dot matrix Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) dot matrix display with backlight RS-232 with user selectable GLP/GMP outputs including date and time User-selectable stability levels, filters, auto-zero tracking and auto-print settings Below balance weighing Selectable language display text (English, Spanish, French, German, Italian) Ergonomic leveling system Auxiliary port for connection to remote display Protective in-use cover Integral security bracket VAC adapter specifications Repeatability: EP213C, EP413*, EP413C, EP613C : g EP413D*, EP413DC : 0.001/0.01 g EP612*, EP612C, EP2102*, EP2102C, EP4102*, EP4102C, EP6102*, EP6102C : 0.01 g EP4102D*, EP4102DC : 0.01/0.1 g EP4101*, EP4101C, EP6101*, EP6101C, EP8101*, EP8101C, EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : 0.1 g Repeatability (Std Dev): EP213*, EP213C, EP413*, EP413C : g EP613C : g EP413D*, EP413DC : /0.005 g EP612*, EP612C, EP2102*, EP2102C, EP4102*, EP4102C : g EP6102*, EP6102C : 0.01 g EP4102D*, EP4102DC :0.01/0.05 g EP4101*, EP4101C, EP6101*, EP6101C, EP8101*, EP8101C : 0.05 g EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : 0.1 g Linearity: EP210*, EP213C, EP413*, EP413C, EP613C : ±0.002 g EP413D*, EP413DC : ±0.002/0.005 g EP612*, EP612C, EP2102*, EP2102C, EP4102*, EP4102C : ±0.02 g EP6102*, EP6102C : ±0.04 g EP4102D*, EP4102DC : ±0.02/0.05 g EP4101*, EP4101C, EP6101*, EP6101C, EP8101*, EP8101C :±0.1 g EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : ±0.4 g Weighing Units: Gram, milligram, kilogram, pound, ounce, ounce troy, carat, pennyweight, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, mommes, grain, tical, Newton, custom Application Modes: Weighing, parts counting, animal/dynamic weighing, checkweighing, percent weighing, filling, gross/net/tare weighing Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction Stabilization Time: 3 seconds (except EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : 4 seconds) Operating Temperature Range: 50 F to 86 F* (10 to 30 C*) 50 F to 104 F (10 to 40 C ) Power Requirements: VAC, VAC, 50/60 Hz Calibration: Internal/external Optional automatic internal calibration Display Type: High resolution LCD dot matrix with backlight Pan Size: EP210*, EP213C, EP413*, EP413C, EP613C, EP413D*, EP413DC : 4.7 in (12 cm) dia EP612*, EP612C, EP2102*, EP2102C, EP4102*, EP4102C, EP6102*, EP6102C, EP4102D*, EP4102DC : 6.8 in x 6.8 in (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm) with windshield EP4101*, EP4101C, EP6101*, EP6101C, EP8101*, EP8101C : 8 in x 8 in (20.3 cm x 20.3 cm) EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : 11 in x 14 in (28 cm x 35.6 cm) Dimensions (W x D x H): EP210*, EP213C, EP413*, EP413C, EP613C, EP413D*, EP413DC : 8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm) EP612*, EP612C, EP2102*, EP2102C, EP4102*, EP4102C, EP6102*, EP6102C, EP4102D*, EP4102DC, EP4101*, EP4101C, EP6101*, EP6101C, EP8101*, EP8101C : 8.5 in x 13.8 in x 4 in (21.5 cm x 35 cm x 10.3 cm) EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : 14 in x 5.5 in x 17.5 in (36 cm x 14 cm x 44.5 cm) Net Weight: EP210*, EP213C, EP413*, EP413C, EP613C, EP413D*, EP413DC : 13.2 lb (6 kg) EP612*, EP612C, EP2102*, EP2102C, EP4102*, EP4102C, EP6102*, EP6102C, EP4102D*, EP4102DC, EP4101*, EP4101C, EP6101*, EP6101C, EP8101*, EP8101C : 11 lb (5 kg) EP12001*, EP12001C, EP22001*, EP22001C, EP32001*, EP32001C : 27 lb (12.3 kg) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus *Models without AutoCal Model with AutoCal PrecisionSolutions 57

59 Ohaus Ohaus Explorer Pro Precision Balances OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # capacity Weight price Models without internal calibration EP g x g with draft shield lb/5.9 kg... $1, EP g x g with draft shield lb/5.9 kg EP g x g with draft shield lb/5.9 kg... 2, EP413D...100/410 g x 0.001/0.01 g with draft shield* lb/5.9 kg... 1, EP g x 0.01 g lb/5.9 kg... 1, EP ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/5.9 kg... 1, EP ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 2, EP ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 2, EP4102D...1,000/4100 g x 0.01/0.1 g* lb/6.8 kg... 1, EP ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, EP ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, EP ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/12.2 kg... 1, EP ,000 g x 0.1 g lb/12.2 kg... 3, EP ,000 g x 0.1 g lb/12.2 kg... 3, EP ,000 g x 0.1 g lb/12.2 kg... 3, Models with internal calibration (AutoCal TM ) EP213C g x g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg... 2, EP413C g x g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg... 2, EP613C g x g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg... 2, EP413DC...100/410 g x 0.001/0.01 g* with draft shield lb/6.3 kg... 2, EP612C g x 0.01 g lb/6.3 kg... 2, EP2102C...2,100 g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 2, EP4102C...4,100 g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 2, EP6102C...6,100 g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 2, EP4102DC...1,000/4,100 g x 0.01/0.1 g* lb/7.2 kg... 2, EP4101C...4,100 g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, EP6101C...6,100 g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 2, EP8101C...8,100 g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 2, EP12001C...12,000 g x 0.1 g lb/12.7 kg... 3, EP22001C...22,000 g x 0.1 g lb/12.7 kg... 3, EP32001C...32,000 g x 0.1 g lb/12.7 kg... 4, Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg) Modular display upgrade kit (up to 8 kg) Security devices (up to 8 kg) AS Cable, IBM-PC, 25-pin AS Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin SW12W...WinWedge TAL Software VAC adapter VAC adapter Security device (12, 22 & 32 kg only) Impact printer Cable for PN Paper for PN Ribbon for PN * Movable FineRange TM ** Balances with internal calibration are equipped with a 6" x 6" pan and draft ring Not available in LFT (U.S.)/type approved versions WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. 58 PrecisionSolutions

60 Ohaus Explorer Pro NTEP Approved Precision and High Capacity Balances Approvals Precision Model Standard Features Large, high resolution, dot matrix Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) dot matrix display with backlight RS-232 with user selectable GLP/GMP outputs including date and time User-selectable stability levels, filters, auto-zero tracking and auto-print settings Below balance weighing Selectable language display text (English, Spanish, French, German, Italian) Ergonomic leveling system Auxiliary port for connection to remote display Protective in-use cover Integral security bracket VAC adapter specifications Repeatability (Std Dev): EP213CN, EP413N*, EP413CN : g EP613CN : g EP413DN*, EP413DCN : /0.005 g EP612N*, EP612CN, EP2102N*, EP2102CN, EP4102N*, EP4102CN : g EP6102N*, EP6102CN : 0.01 g EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN :0.01/0.05 g EP4101N*, EP4101CN, EP6101N*, EP6101CN, EP8101N*, EP8101CN : 0.05 g Linearity: EP210N*, EP213CN, EP413N*, EP413CN, EP613CN : ±0.002 g EP413DN*, EP413DCN : ±0.002/0.005 g EP612N*, EP612CN, EP2102N*, EP2102CN, EP4102N*, EP4102CN : ±0.02 g EP6102N*, EP6102CN : ±0.04 g EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN : ±0.02/0.05 g EP4101N*, EP4101CN, EP6101N*, EP6101CN, EP8101N*, EP8101CN :±0.1 g Weighing Units: Gram, milligram, kilogram, pound, ounce, ounce troy, carat, pennyweight, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, mommes, grain, tical, Newton, custom Application Modes: Weighing, parts counting, animal/dynamic weighing, checkweighing, percent weighing, filling, gross/net/tare weighing Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction Stabilization Time: 3 seconds Operating Temperature Range: 50 F to 86 F* (10 to 30 C*) 50 F to 104 F (10 to 40 C ) Power Requirements: VAC, VAC, 50/60 Hz Calibration: Internal/external Optional automatic internal calibration Pan Size: EP210N*, EP213CN, EP413N*, EP413CN, EP613CN, EP413DN*, EP413DCN : 4.7 in (12 cm) dia EP612N*, EP612CN, EP2102N*, EP2102CN, EP4102N*, EP4102CN, EP6102N*, EP6102CN, EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN : 6.8 in x 6.8 in (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm) with windshield EP4101N*, EP4101CN, EP6101N*, EP6101CN, EP8101N*, EP8101CN : 8 in x 8 in (20.3 cm x 20.3 cm) Dimensions (W x D x H): EP210N*, EP213CN, EP413N*, EP413CN, EP613CN, EP413DN*, EP413DCN : 8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm) EP612N*, EP612CN, EP2102N*, EP2102CN, EP4102N*, EP4102CN, EP6102N*, EP6102CN, EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN, EP4101N*, EP4101CN, EP6101N*, EP6101CN, EP8101N*, EP8101CN : 8.5 in x 13.8 in x 4 in (21.5 cm x 35 cm x 10.3 cm) Net Weight: EP210N*, EP213CN, EP413N*, EP413CN, EP613CN, EP413DN*, EP413DCN : 13.2 lb (6 kg) EP612N*, EP612CN, EP2102N*, EP2102CN, EP4102N*, EP4102CN, EP6102N*, EP6102CN, EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN, EP4101N*, EP4101CN, EP6101N*, EP6101CN, EP8101N*, EP8101CN : 11 lb (5 kg) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus *Models without AutoCal Model with AutoCal PrecisionSolutions 59

61 Ohaus Ohaus Explorer Pro NTEP Approved Precision and High Capacity Balances Ohaus est. shipping MODEL # Description Weight price EP213N g x 0.00(1) g without AutoCal and draft shield lb/12 kg... $1, EP413N g x 0.00(1) g without AutoCal and draft shield lb/12 kg... 2, EP413DN...410/100 g x 0.01/0.00(1) g without AutoCal and draft shield lb/12 kg... 1, EP612N g x 0.0(1) g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 1, EP2102N...2,100 g x 0.0(1) g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 1, EP4102N...4,100 g x 0.0(1) g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 2, EP6102N...6,100 g x 0.0(1) g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 2, EP4102DN...4,100/1,000 g x 0.1/0.0(1) g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 1, EP4101N...4,100 g x 0.1 g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 1, EP6101N...6,100 g x 0.1 g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 1, EP8101N...8,100 g x 0.1 g without AutoCal lb/12 kg... 2, Models with internal calibration (AutoCal) EP213CN g x 0.00(1) g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/13 kg... 2, EP413CN g x 0.00(1) g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/13 kg... 2, EP413DCN...410/100 g x 0.01/0.00(1) g with AutoCal and draft shield lb/13 kg... 2, EP613DCN g x 0.00(1) g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP612CN g x 0.0(1) g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP2102CN...2,100 g x 0.0(1) g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP4102CN...4,100 g x 0.0(1) g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP6102CN...6,100 g x 0.0(1) g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP4102DCN...4,100/1,000 g x 0.1/0.0(1) g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP4101CN...4,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP6101CN...6,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, EP8101CN...8,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal lb/13 kg... 2, Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg) Modular display upgrade kit (up to 8 kg) Security devices (up to 8 kg) AS Cable, IBM-PC, 25-pin AS Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin SW12W...WinWedge TAL Software VAC adapter VAC adapter Security device (12, 22 & 32 kg only) Impact printer Cable for PN Paper for PN Ribbon for PN * Movable FineRangeTM ** Balances with internal calibration are equipped with a 6 x 6 pan and draft ring Not available in LFT (U.S.)/type approved versions WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. 60 PrecisionSolutions

62 Ohaus Adventurer TM Pro Analytical and Precision Balances AV412 AV8101 AV212 Approvals AV53 AV-64; AV114; AV264 Standard Features Full duplex RS-232 serial interface Ergonomic leveling system Protective in-use cover Large backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Integral security bracket Below balance weighing GLP/GMP data output capability Stability, overload, underload, low battery indicator Programmable auto shut-off Adjustable environmental settings AC operation (AC adapter included) Enhanced balance software including multiple span calibration points, auto tare, and output layout options including single or multiple lines, four-line feed and form feed Parts counting; weighing, animal/dynamic weighing, checkweighing, percentage weighing, totalization, display hold InCal optional available Battery operation on select models specifications Repeatability (Std. Dev): AV53, AV213, AV313: g AV213, AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102: 0.01 g AV2101, AV4101, AV8101: 0.1 g AV64, AV114, AV264: 1 g Linearity: AV53, AV213, AV313: ±0.002 g AV213, AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102: ±0.02 g AV2101, AV4101, AV8101: ±0.2 g AV64, AV114: ±0.2 g AV264: ±0.3 mg Weighing Units: Milligram, gram, kilogram, ounce, pound, carat, pennyweight, ounce troy, grain, newton, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, momme, tical, baht, mesghal, tola, custom Tare Range: To capacity by subtraction Stabilization Time: AV53: 2.5 seconds AV212, AV313: 3 seconds AV212: 1.5* seconds AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102: 3 seconds AV2102, AV4101, AV8101: 2* seconds Operating Temperature Range: 50 F- 86 F (10 C- 30 C) Power: AC adapter (included) or four AA batteries (not included) Calibration: Digital with external weight/available with internal calibration, see back Display Type: Two-line LCD with backlight Pan Size with Incal: AV212, AV313: 4.7 in (12 cm) dia AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102, AV4101, AV8101: 6.6 in x 7.1 in (16.8 cm x 18 cm) Pan Size without InCal: AV53: 3.9 in (10 cm) AV212, AV313: 4.7 in (12 cm) AV412, AV812: 5.8 in x 6.3 in (14.9 cm x 16.2 cm) AV2101, AV3102: 6.6 in x 7.1 in (16.8 cm x 18 cm) AV2101, AV4101, AV8101: 5.8 in x 6.3 in (14.9 cm x 16.2 cm) AV64, AV114, AV264: 3.5 in (9 cm) Overall Dimensions (W x D x H) with Incal: AV213, AV313: 8.7 in x 11.8 in x 7.5 in (22 cm x 30 cm x 19 cm) AV213, AV412, AV812, AV2101, AV3102: 8.7 in x 11.8 in x 3.3 in (22 cm x 30 cm x 8.5 cm) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus *Note: Models AV212C, AV2101C, AV4101C and AV8101C have a Stabilization Time of 3 seconds PrecisionSolutions 61

63 Ohaus Ohaus Adventurer TM Pro Analytical and Precision Series OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price AV g x 0.1m g with draft chamber lb/6.3 kg... $1, AV g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.3 kg... 2, AV g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.3 kg... 2, AV g x g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg AV g x g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg... 1, AV g x g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg... 1, AV g x 0.01 g with draft shield lb/6.3 kg AV g x 0.01 g lb/6.3 kg AV g x 0.01 g lb/6.3 kg AV ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.3 kg... 1, AV ,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.3 kg... 1, AV ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.3 kg AV ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.3 kg AV ,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.3 kg InCal Internal Calibration AV64C...65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV114C g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV264C g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV213C g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV313C g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV212C g x 0.01 g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg AV412C g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg AV812C g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV2102C...2,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV3102C...3,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV2101C...2,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV4101C...4,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV8101C...8,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, Second RS-232 Interface AV64R...65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV114R g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV264R g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV53R...51 g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV213R g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV313R g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV212R g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg AV412R g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg AV812R g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV2102R...2,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV3102R...3,100 g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV2101R...2,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV4101R...4,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV8101R...8,100 g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, PrecisionSolutions

64 Ohaus Adventurer TM Pro Analytical and Precision (cont d) OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price With InCal and Second RS-232 Interface AV64CR...65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/7.2 kg... $2, AV114CR g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/7.2 kg... 2, AV264CR g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/7.2 kg... 3, AV213CR g x g with draft shield lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV313CR g x g with draft shield lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV212CR g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV412CR g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV812CR g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV2102CR...2,100 g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV3102CR...3,100 g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV2101CR...2,100 g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV4101CR...4,100 g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV8101CR...8,100 g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, With USB Interface AV64U...65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV114U g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV264U g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/6.8 kg... 2, AV53U...51 g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV213U g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV313U g x g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV212U g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg AV412U g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg AV812U g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV2102U g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV3102U g x 0.01 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, AV2101U g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV4101U g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV8101U g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg... 1, With InCal and USB Interface AV64CU...65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/7.2 kg... 2, AV114CU g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/7.2 kg... 2, AV264CU g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber lb/7.2 kg... 3, AV213CU g x g with draft shield lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV313CU g x g with draft shield lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV212CU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV412CU g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV812CU g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV2102CU g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV3102CU g x 0.01 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV2101CU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV4101CU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, AV8101CU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg... 1, Legal-For-Trade AV53N...51 g x 0.02 g with draft shield lb/6.8 kg AV212N g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV412N g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV612N g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV812N g x 0.1 g lb/6.8 kg AV2101N g x 1 g lb/6.8 kg AV4101N g x 1 g lb/6.8 kg AV6101N g x 1 g lb/6.8 kg AV8101N g x 1 g lb/6.8 kg Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 63

65 Ohaus Ohaus Adventurer TM Pro Analytical and Precision (cont d) OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Legal-for-Trade with Second RS-232 Interface AV53NR...51 g x 0.02 g with draft shield lb/7.2 kg... $ AV212NR g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV412NR g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV612NR g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV812NR g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV2101NR g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg AV4101NR g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg AV6101NR g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg AV8101NR g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg Legal-for-Trade with USB Interface AV53NU...51 g x 0.02 g with draft shield lb/7.2 kg AV212NU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV412NU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV612NU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV812NU g x 0.1 g lb/7.2 kg AV2101NU g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg AV4101NU g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg AV6101NU g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg AV8101NU g x 1 g lb/7.2 kg Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Security device Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin SW12W...WinWedge TAL Software Impact printer Cable for PN Paper for PN Ribbon for PN AC adaptor 120V (Adventurer Pro) In use cover (small housing) WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. 64 PrecisionSolutions

66 Ohaus Moisture Analyzers MB45 Standard Features Fast halogen heating element provides uniform infrared heating and durability for extended use Superior weighing performance with readability up to g, 0.01% moisture Powerful software for simple operation Large backlit 128 x 64 pixel Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) for easy viewing GLP/GMP compliant format when printed results are required RS-232 port for easy communication with printer or computer Multi-language display text (English, Spanish, French) Approvals Capacity: MB45: 45 g MB35: 35 g Readability: MB45: 0.01%/0.001 g MB35: 0.05%/0.005 g Repeatability/Std. Dev: MB45, 3 g sample: 0.05% MB35, 3 g sample: 0.18% MB45, 10 g sample: 0.015% MB35, 10 g sample: 0.05% Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction Operating Temperature: 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) specifications Temperature settings: MB45: x 1 C (increments) MB35: C x 5 C (increments) Power: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Display Type: 128 x 64 pixel graphical backlit LCD display Pan Size: 3.5 in (90 cm) dia Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 7.5 in x 14.0 in x 6.0 in (190.5 mm x mm x mm) Net Weight: 10.1 lb (4.6 kg) Heater Type: Halogen Timer: MB45: 1 to 120 minutes in 10 second increments MB35: 1 to 120 minutes in 30 second to 60 minute increments, 1 minute increments from 60 to 120 minutes Moisture Range: MB45: 0.01% to 100% (0.01% to 1000% for regain mode) MB35: 0.05% to 100% Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 65

67 Ohaus Moisture Analyzer Series OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # capacity Weight price MB g x g/0.01% lb/6.3 kg... $3, MB g x g/0.05% lb/6.3 kg... 2, Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Temperature calibration kit Pads, glass fiber, 200/box Sample pans, 50/box Reusable sample pans, 3/box In-use cover Cable, 9-pin serial extension Security device SW12W...WinWedge TAL Software Sample pan handler (MB-35 only) Impact printer Cable for PN Paper for PN Ribbon for PN WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. Ohaus 66 PrecisionSolutions

68 Ohaus Scout TM Pro Portable Electronic Balances SP202/SP402 Approvals Standard Features Large stainless steel weighing surface Large 0.6 in (15.24 mm) high contrast Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Integral security bracket Below balance weighing (includes hook) Sealed front panel and molded spill ring Stability indicator Overload and underload indicators Auto shut-off (user enabled/disabled) Low battery indicator Battery or AC operation (AC adapter included) Span calibration mass (included on SP202, SP402, SP401, SP601 models) Integral shipping lock Parameter lock switch Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 7.56 in x 8.27 in x 2.13 in (192 mm x 210 mm x 54 mm) Application Modes: Parts counting with average piece weight recalculation, percentage weighing, totalization, display hold Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction Operating Temperature: 50 F to 104 F (10 C to 40 C) Power Requirements: AC adapter (included) or four AA batteries (not included) specifications Repeatability (Std. Dev): SP202, SP402: 0.01 g SP401, SP601, SP-602, SP2001, SP4001: 0.1 g SP6000, SP6001: 1 g Linearity: SP202, SP402, SP602: ±0.01 g SP401, SP601, SP2001, SP4001: 0.1 g SP6000, SP6001: ±1 g Shipping Weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg) Calibration: Digital calibration from keypad Stabilization Time: Three seconds Over Range Capacity: Capacity ±90 d Pan Size: SP202, SP401, SP402, SP602: 4.7 in (119 mm) dia SP601, SP2001, SP4001,SP6000, SP6001: 6.5 in x 5.5 in (152.4 mm x mm) Warranty: Two-year limited warranty Weighing Modes Model SP202 SP402 SP401 SP601 SP602 SP2001 SP4001 SP6000 SP6001 Capacity 200 g 400 g 400 g 600 g 600 g 2000 g 4000 g 6000 g 6000 g Readability 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1 g 0.1 g g Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes kg Yes Yes Yes Yes oz Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes lb Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes lb:oz Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ozt Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes dwt Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 67

69 Ohaus Scout TM Pro Series OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price SP g x 0.01 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg... $ SP g x 0.01 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP g x 0.01 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP g x 0.1 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP g x 0.1 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP ,000 g x 0.1 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP ,000 g x 0.1 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP ,000 g x 0.1 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg SP ,000 g x 1.0 g... 4 lb/1.8 kg Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Hard shell carrying case RS-232 interface with integrated cable USB interface with integrated cable VAC adapter Security device SW12W...WinWedge TAL Software Impact printer Paper for PN Ribbon for PN WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software. Ohaus 68 PrecisionSolutions

70 Ohaus Compact Scale Portable Electronic Scales Approvals FCC NRTL Upgraded! Now includes AC adapter and SS platform cover on all CS models Standard Features Superior RF protection Reliable, stable results Approvals include CE listed and FCC Class B Part 15 operation Large removable stainless steel weighing platform Low profile design Standard AC adapter Easy operation Low battery indicator Auto shut-off feature Overload protection Push-button calibration Capacity: CS200: 200 g CS2000, CS2000P: 2000 g CS5000, CS5000P: 5000 g Readability: CS200, CS200P: 0.1 g; CS2000, CS2000P: 1 g; CS5000, CS5000P: 2 g; Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 8.0 in x 5.5 in x 1.5 in (20.3 cm x 14.0 cm x 3.8 cm) Display: LCD 0.43 in (11 mm) Zero Range: Full capacity by subtraction specifications Operating Temperature: (Optimum) 65 F to 77 F (18 C to 25 C) at 10% to 80% relative humidity, non-condensing Power: Three AA alkaline batteries (included) or AC adapter (included) Repeatability (Std. Dev): CS200: 0.1 g CS2000, CS2000P: 1 g CS5000, CS5000P: 2 g Linearity: CS200: ±0.1 g CS2000, CS2000P: ±1 g CS5000, CS5000P: ±2 g Calibration: User calibration for keypad Stabilization Time: 3 seconds Pan Size: 5.75 in ( mm) dia Auto Shut-off: 5 minutes no activity (battery operation only) Weighing Units: g, lb:oz, Newton Warranty: One-year limited warranty Compact Portable Series OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price CS g x 0.1 g, 0 lb; 7.05 oz x 0.01 oz... 2 lb/0.9 kg... $ CS ,000 g x 1 g, 4 lb; 6.55 oz x 0.05 oz... 2 lb/0.9 kg CS ,000 g x 2 g, 11 lb; 0.4 oz x 0.1 oz... 2 lb/0.9 kg CS2000P*...Postal 2000 g x 1 g, 4 lb; 6.55 oz x 0.05 oz... 2 lb/0.9 kg CS5000P*...Postal 5000 g x 2 g, 11 lb; 0.4 oz x 0.1 oz... 2 lb/0.9 kg CS200P...Postal, 200 g x 0.1 g/0 lb, 7 oz x 0.01 oz... 2 lb/0.9 kg CS2000PS...Postal, 2,000 g x 1 g with gs letter holder... 2 lb/0.9 kg * U.S. Postal chart included Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price AC adapter for CS models (current) AC adapter for CS models (older) Bowl, 1050 ml Stainless steel weighing pan cover Additional U.S. postal chart Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 69

71 Ohaus CL Compact Series Standard Features Basic weighing with simple 2-button keypad Superior RF protection Large weighing platform Stackable design with integrated shipping lock Low battery indicator Auto shut-off feature Mechanical and software overload protection External push-button calibration Battery (standard) or AC adapter (optional) operation Capacity: CL201: 200 g CL2000: 2000 g CL5000: 5000 g Readability: CL201: 0.1 g CL2000; CL5000: 1 g Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 5.5 in x 7.9 in x 1.6 in (14 cm x 20 cm x 4.0 cm) Zero Range: To capacity by subtraction specifications Operating Temperature: (Optimum) 65º-77ºF (18º-25ºC) Power: 3 AA batteries (included) AC adapter (optional) Linearity: CL201: +/- 0.1 g CL2000; CL5000: +/- 1 g Calibration: Digital Calibration from keypad Stabilization Time: 3 seconds Weighing Units: g, lb:oz, ozt, dwt Pan Size: 4.75 in (12.0 cm) dia Display: LCD 0.5 in (1.2 cm) Net Weight: lb/0.4 kg Auto Shut-off: 5 minutes no activity (battery operation only) Warranty: One-year limited warranty Ohaus CL Compact Series OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price CL g x 0.1 g... 2 lb... $ CL g x 1 g... 2 lb C g x 1 g... 2 lb Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Bowl for CS compact scales (1050 ml) AC adapter for CL Carrying case for CS and CL scales Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (3.8 cm x 5.1 cm), weight 4 g Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (5.7 cm x 7.6 cm), weight 10 g Black scoop, aluminum 4 in x 3.5 in (10.2 cm x 8.9 cm), weight 24 g PrecisionSolutions

72 Ohaus Hand-Held Series Standard Features Weighing modes: g (HH120D); g, oz, dwt, ozt (HH120, HH320) Large 0.4 in (10.16 mm) high contrast backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Low battery indicator Overload and underload indicators Auto shut-off Protective snap on cover Rugged plastic construction HH120 & HH320 additional features Button activated luminescent display and soft tactile feedback keypad and protective cover specifications Capacity: HH120D: 60/120 g HH120: 120 g HH320: 320 g Readability: HH120D: 0.1/0.2 g HH120: 0.1 g HH320: 0.1 g Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 3.25 in x 5.35 in x 0.8 in (8.5 cm x 13.6 cm x 2 cm) Zero Range: Full capacity by subtraction Operating Temperature: (Optimum) 64 F to 77 F (18 C to 25 C) Power: Two AAA alkaline batteries (included) Linearity: HH120D: 0-60 g: ±0.1; g: ±0.2 g HH120: ±0.1 g HH320: ±0.2 g Calibration: Auto calibration from keypad (HH120; HH320) Factory preset (HH120D) Stabilization Time: Three seconds Maximum Overload: 150% of capacity Pan Size: 3.25 in x 3.2 in (82.55 mm x 76.2 mm) Display: LCD 0.4 in (11 mm) Net Weight (Approx):.34 lb (.16 kg) Auto Shut-off: Two minutes no activity Warranty: One-year limited warranty YA Pocket Series Standard Features Smaller size than most pocket scales allows a comfortable fit in your pocket Clamshell case designs protects scale during transport g, oz, ct and grain weighing modes Bright blue backlit LCD display Ohaus specifications Capacity: 100 g to 500 g PrecisionSolutions 71

73 Ohaus Hand-Held Series OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price HH120D g x 0.1 g; g x 0.2 g... 2 lb... $ HH g x 0.1 g... 2 lb HH g x 0.1 g... 2 lb Protective snap on cover YA Pocket Series Ohaus MODEL # Description price YA g x 0.01 g... $ YA g x 0.05 g YA g x 0.1 g Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (3.8 cm x 5.1 cm), weight 4 g Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (5.7 cm x 7.6 cm), weight 10 g Black scoop, aluminum 4 in x 3.5 in (10.2 cm x 8.9 cm), weight 24 g Ohaus 72 PrecisionSolutions

74 Ohaus Triple Pro Beam Balances Triple Pro Beam w/attachment Weight TP26II Standard Features Notched and tiered beams for ease-in reading Positive poise positioning for repeatability Magnetically damped Zero adjust compensator Choice of five weighing platforms: stainless steel pan, polypropylene scoop, stainless steel scoop, aluminum animal box, stainless steel plate Optional tare beam vernier dial Capacity: , , , 710-T0, , , 750-S0, : 610 g/2610 g 1650-W0, 750-SW: 2610 g TP S (with attachment weigh set) Readability: , , , 710-T0, , , 750-S0, : 0.1 g/0.1 g 1650-W0, 750-SW: 0.1 g specifications Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 12.0 in x 18.0 in x 9.0 in (304.8 mm x mm x mm) Tare Range: 225 g (710-T0, , , , 1650-W0 models) CALIBRATION: Triple Beam Front beam: 10 g x 0.1 g Middle beam: 500 g x 100 g Rear beam: 100 g x 10 g Pan Size (Stainless Steel): 6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia x 0.8 in (20.32 mm) dia TP in x 5.8 in (147 mm x 147 mm) Plate Size (Stainless Steel): 6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Harvard Trip Balance Balances Standard Features Highly versatile, rugged and accurate Two-pan design ideal for comparative weighing Built-in sliding masses Roberval principle Magnetic damping Comparative weighing Five-year limited warranty Ohaus Capacity: 1450-SD: 2000 g 1550-SD: 2000 g 1560-SD: 2000 g Readability: 1450-SD: 0.1 g 1550-SD: 0.1 g 1560-SD: 0.1 g Beam Calibration: 1450-SD: 10 x 0.1 g specifications Top Beam Calibration: 1550-SD: 10 x 0.1 lb 1560-SD: 10 x 0.1 lb Bottom Beam Calibration: 1550-SD: 200 x 10 g 1560-SD: 200 x 10 g Platform Construction: Stainless steel plate Platform Size: 6 in (15.2 cm) dia Shipping Dimensions (W x D x H): 15 in x 9 in x 11 in (38.1 cm x 22.9 cm x 28 cm) Master Carton Quantity: Six Master Carton Shipping Dimensions (W x D x H): 25 in x 18 in x 22 in (63.5 cm x 45.8 cm x 55.9 cm) PrecisionSolutions 73

75 Ohaus Triple Beam Balance OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Triple Beam g x 0.1 g, stainless steel pan... 8 lb/3.6 kg... $ TO g x 0.1 g, stainless steel pan, tare... 8 lb/3.6 kg g x 0.1 g, polypropylene scoop... 8 lb/3.6 kg SO g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate... 8 lb/3.6 kg g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate, tare... 8 lb/3.6 kg S g x 0.1 g/2610 g x 0.1 g with stainless steel scoop... 8 lb/3.6 kg g/2,610 g x 0.1/0.1 g with aluminum weigh boat... 8 lb/3.6 kg g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate, tare... 8 lb/3.6 kg WO g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate, tare with attachment weights... 8 lb/3.6 kg g x 0.1 g dial-o-gram... 8 lb/3.6 kg Triple Beam TP g x 0.1 g with attachment weights, rod & clamp Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Triple Beam only Rod & clamp assembly Polypropylene scoop, 12 in x 6 in x 2.75 in (304 mm x 152 mm x 70 mm) footed and counterweighted for balance with out tare S0... Stainless steel scoop, 12 in x 6 in x 2.75 in (304 mm x 152 mm x 70 mm) footed and counterweighted for balance with out tare Polypropylene Maxi-Scoop, 10 in (254 mm) dia. x 2.5 in (70 mm) D with pouring spout and counterweight Vinyl dust cover Ohaus Harvard Trip Balance Ohaus MODEL # Description price SD...Harvard Trip 2,000 g x 0.1 g, single beam; stainless steel plate SD...Harvard Trip 2,000 g x 0.1 g, two beam; stainless steel plate SD...Harvard Trip 2,000 g x 0.1 g two beam; stainless steel plate, tare Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Vinyl dust cover for Harvard Trip Balances Rod and clamp assembly for Triple Beam or Harvard Trip PrecisionSolutions

76 Ohaus Harvard Junior Balances SB 1200 Standard Features Unique Ohaus design and quality; metal beam, plastic base and pans Dual style pans (a flat weighing platform similar to the Harvard and a bowl type pans that fits over the platform for weighing of round objects) Includes storage and transportation locking mechanism Stackable on either platform, simply insert your storage lock and stack the balances on a flat surface Built-in handle for easy carrying around the class or from classroom to classroom Fun and inviting color scheme to engage young students Includes 8 pc metal, mass set (2-10 g, 2-35 g, 2-50 g, g) Includes PreK-5 focused math/science activity guide with background information, connections to literacy and assessment suggestions, seven activities total (one recommended for grades PreK-K; two recommended for first and second grades; four recommended for grades 3-5). Topics include: Introduction to the Harvard Jr. Pan Balance, Non-Standard Units of Measure, Standard Units of Measure, Estimation and Measurement, Measuring Mass, Introduction to Conservation of Mass and Demonstrating Conservation of Mass Zero adjust knob-provides for more accurate readings each and every time 2000 g capacity X.5 g readability Includes manual damping mechanism to speed up the weighing process Capacity: 2000 g specifications Readability: 0.5 g Mass Set: Included, 8 piece metal, 370 g Warranty: Three-year limited warranty School and Primer Balances Approvals Standard Features Interchangeable red pans are removable for pouring, cleaning and storing Lightweight, yet durable plastic design Dual pointers allow reading from both sides Easy to use zero adjustment Molded handles for portability Standard package includes an eight-piece mass set So affordable, every student can have one Ohaus Capacity: 2000 g Readability: 0.5 g specifications Pan Dimensions (W x H): 5.5 in x 5.5 in (14 cm x 14 cm) Base Dimensions (W x D x H): 11 in x 4 in x 4.5 in (28 cm x 10 cm x 11.5 cm) Mass Set Configuration: 1 g (1), 2 g (2), 5 g (1), 10 g (2), 20 g (1), 50 (1) Net Weight: 1.0 lb (.46 kg) PrecisionSolutions 75

77 Ohaus Harvard Junior Ohaus MODEL # Description price HJ Harvard Junior Balance, 2000 g x 0.5 g, single beam, plastic plates... $85.00 School and Primer OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price SB School balance, 2000 g x 0.5 g... 5 lb/2.2 kg Primer balance, 2000 g x 1 g... 5 lb/2.2 kg Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price g x 1 g, weight set (8 pcs), plastic case, brass, ASTM Class 6 (no certificate)* *Weights are not adjusted to a specific tolerance. Ohaus 76 PrecisionSolutions

78 Ohaus Dial-O-Gram & Cent-O-Gram Balances Standard Features 0.01 g or 0.1 g sensitivity Equipped for specific gravity weighing Four-tiered notched beams Easy-to-read vernier dial on model 310 See-through poise on model 311 High precision and remarkable value Three-point beam eliminates need for level adjustment Quick-zeroing with zero adjust knob Five-year limited warranty Approvals FCC NRTL Capacity: 310 g 311 g Readability: 0.01 g Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 12.0 in x 18.0 in x 9.0 in (304.8 mm x mm x mm) specifications Tare Range: 225 g (710-T0, , , , 1650-W0 models) Pan Size (Stainless Steel): 6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia x 0.8 in (20.32 mm) D Scoop Size (Polypropylene) Optional (W x L x D): 6 in x 12 in x 2.75 in ( mm x mm x mm) Plate Size (Stainless Steel): 6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia Platform: Stainless Steel (removeable) 3.5 in x 0.5 in (8.9 cm x 0.7 cm) Warranty: Five-year limited warranty Dial-O-Gram & Cent-O-Gram OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Dial-O-Gram 310 Balance, 310 g x 0.01 g... 5 lb... $ Cent-O-Gram 311 g x 0.01 g... 5 lb Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Test tube kit Vinyl dust cover Additional Ohaus Mechanical Balance Accessories Metric attachment mass set Avoirdupois attachment mass set Analytical scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (57 mm x 76 mm) and counterweight Polypropylene scoop, 12 in x 6 in 2.75 in (304 mm x 152 mm x 70 mm) footed, tare 125 g Polypropylene Maxi-Scoop, 10 in (254 mm) dia. x 2.5 in (63 mm) D w/pouring spout Black scoop, aluminum, 4 in x 3.5 in (102 mm x 89 mm) Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (38 mm x 51 mm) Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (57 mm x 76 mm) Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 77

79 Ohaus Field Test Scale Standard Features Affordable compact industrial scale Large, stabilized pan can hold oversized samples without tipping Readings up to 500 g are taken from a single sliding-weight beam, while a set of slotted weights, stored in the base, can extend the capacity up to 36 lb Five-year limited warranty specifications Capacity: : 500 g; 36 lb : 16 kg; 1 lb Readability: , : 5 g; 0.01 lb Calibration: Bottom beam: 500 x 5 g Top beam: 1 x 0.01 lb Platform: 11 in (27.9 cm) dia Field Test Scale est. Ship Part# Description Weight Price : 16 kg x 5 g lb/5.4 kg... $ : 36 lb x 0.01 lb lb/5.4 kg Heavy Duty Solution Balance Ohaus Standard Features Sets an industry standard for precision in high-capacity weighing Durable enough to resist corrosion Sensitive enough to weigh with a feather s touch Large stainless steel platform Lockable tare for containers up to 2270 g Self-aligning bearings assure a long, maintenance-free life Five-year limited warranty Capacity: 20 kg Readability: 1 g specifications Tare Range: 2270 g Calibration: Front beam: 100 x 1 g Rear beam: 1000 x 100 g Platform: 11 in (27.9 cm) dia Heavy Duty Solution Balance est. Ship Part# Description Weight Price DO lb/5.4 kg... 1, PrecisionSolutions

80 Ohaus FD Food Portioning Scale Approvals Measurement Canada Approved Standard Features Designed for food service and other industrial applications with a focus on speed, durability and cleanliness All stainless steel, high-quality formed constructions for sanitary cleaning and durability Checkweighing function for food packaging and preparation Internal rechargeable battery assures excellent portability Stainless steel housing and pan with non-slip rubber feet Checkweighing mode with 3-LED indicator and audible alarm Bright backlit LCD display Stable weight display within 2 seconds Multiple weighing units: lb, decimal/fractional oz, kg, g and lb AC power or internal rechargeable lead acid battery NSF-certified, USDA-AMS accepted, supports HACCP compliance EC/OIML type approved specifications Weighing Units: Pound, decimal ounce, 3/4, 1/2 and 1/4 fractional ounce, gram, kilogram, combined lb: oz display (either decimal or fractional ounces) Application Modes: Weighing, checkweighing Display: 0.75 in (19 mm) high five-digit, seven-segment backlit blue LCD display Keyboard: Four-button membrane switch Environmental Protection: IP 43 AC Power: 9 VDC 0.5 A AC wall adapter V AC, 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature: 14 F to 104 F/ -10 C to 40 C Battery Life: Maximum 120 hours Humidity Range: 10 to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing Pan Size: 8.2 in x 8.2 in (209 mm x 209 mm) Scale Dimensions: 9 in x 12 in x 2.8 in (300 mm x 223 mm x 71 mm) Approvals: NSF listed/certified to NSF C-2, UL C US listed, NTEP Class III Certified, OIML 3000 divisions R76 Class III, EC Warranty: One-year limited warranty Note: NTEP and Measurement Canada 3000e approved resolution is specific only to model without the H suffix Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 79

81 Ohaus FD OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price FD3H...6 lb x lb/3 kg x kg default resolution lb/5.8 kg... $ FD3...6 lb x lb/3 kg x kg default resolution lb/5.8 kg lb x x lb/3 kg x kg approved resolution FD6H...15 lb x lb/6 kg x kg default resolution lb/5.8 kg FD lb x lb/6 kg x kg default resolution lb/5.8 kg lb x lb/6 kg x kg approved resolution FD15H...30 lb x lb/15 kg x kg default resolution lb/5.8 kg FD lb x lb/15 kg x kg default resolution lb/5.8 kg lb x 0.01 lb/15 kg x kg approved resolution Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Hard shell carrying case for FD Foot tare switch for FD Flat pan for FD or Valor In-use cover for FD or Valor Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep) with pouring spout, weight 145 g Stainless steel sccop 11.9 in x 7.4 in x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm) Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm) AC Adaptor Ohaus 80 PrecisionSolutions

82 Ohaus Valor 5000 Compact Industrial Portion Scales Approvals Standard Features Easy to clean smooth ABS plastic housing with stainless steel construction NSF/USDA-AMS certified and supports HACCP compliance Easy to see bright backlit 5 digit LCD Multiple weighing units including: kg, g, lb, oz, lb: oz Multiple weighing modes: static weighing, positive/zero/negative static checkweighing Three bright LEDs, yellow, green, red and beeper for indication in check weigh operation Fast stabilization with auto-tare Remote tare foot switch connection Integrated level bubble and adjustable feet Standard AC power adapter and internal lead acid rechargeable battery pack Five level low battery detect, (low bat warning, safe shut down) NTEP Certified models (3,000d): VP51P3, V51P6, V51P15, V51P30 NSF Certified, USDA-AMS accepted, supports HACCP compliance specifications Repeatability: V51PH3: kg V51PH6: kg V51PH15/V51PH30: kg V51P3: kg V51P6: kg V51PH15: kg V51PH30: kg Linearity: V51PH3: ± kg V51PH6: ±0.001 kg V51PH15/V51PH30: ±0.002 kg V51P3: ± kg V51P6: ±0.001 kg V51P15: ±0.002 kg V51P30: ±0.005 kg Weighing Units: g, kg, lb, oz (decimal/fractional), lb:oz (decimal/fractional oz) Weight Display: 5-digit 19 mm high digits, 7-segment back lit LCD display (with fractional ounce and battery status indicator) Application Modes: Weighing, checkweighing Power: 9 VDC 0.5 A AC adapter, internal rechargeable sealed lead-acid battery Battery Operating Time: 120 hours Tare Range: To capacity by subtraction Operating Temperature Range: -10 C to 40 C/14 F to 104 F Construction: Plastic housing and stainless steel platform Pan Size (W x D): 8.2 in x 8.2 in (209 mm x 209 mm) Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): 8.8 in x 11.8 in x 5 in (223 mm x 300 mm x 10 mm) Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 81

83 Ohaus Valor 5000 OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price V51PH3...6 lb x lb/3 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg... $ V51P3...6 lb x lb/3 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg V51PH lb x lb/6 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg V51P lb x lb/6 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg V51PH lb x lb/15 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg V5P lb x lb/15 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg V51PH lb x lb/30 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg V51P lb x 0.01 lb/30 kg x kg default resolution lb/4.8 kg Options/Accessories OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Hard shell carrying case for FD Foot tare switch for FD Flat pan for FD or Valor In-use cover for FD or Valor Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep) with pouring spout, weight 145 g Stainless steel sccop 11.9 in x 7.4 in x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm) Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm) Ohaus 82 PrecisionSolutions

84 Ohaus Valor 3000 Xtreme Compact Precision Scales Approvals Standard Features Full 304SS housing with chemical resistant keypad Removable stainless steel weighing pan USDA approved Supports HACCP NEMA-4X/IP-65 protection rating Resolutions up to 20,000d SmarText user interface Standard AC Power adapter Bright backlit LCD display Convenient up-front level device NSF Listed Weighing Units: lb, decimal or fractional oz, lb:oz, fluid oz (of water), kg, g Modes: Simple weighing, percent weighing, combined zero/tare, specific gravity (S) Keyboard: Three mechanical switches (One left; Two right) Calibration: Digital external span calibration Display: Seven segment, six digit, 0.78 in (20 mm) high LCD with white LED backlight Display Indicators: Center of zero, stability, over/under load, weighing unit and battery status specifications Stabilization Time: Three seconds or less Auto-Zero Tracking: Off, 0.5, One or three divisions Operating Temp/Humidity: 32ºF to 104ºF (0ºC to 40ºC) at 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing, up to 2.5 miles/4000 m above sea level Power: 9 VDC 0.5 A AC wall adapter V AC, Hz (included) or four 1.5 volt C batteries (not included) Battery Life: V31XH202, V31XH2, V31XW301, V31XW3, W31XW6: 50 hours with alkaline cells V31X3, V31X6: 120 hours with alkaline cells Dimensions (W x D x H): 7.3 in x 8.5 in x 3 in (186 mm x 218 mm x 77 mm) Pan Size (W x L): V31XH202: 4.7 in (120 mm) dia V31XH2, V31X3, V31X6, V31XW301, V31XW3, W31XW6: 6.2 in x 5.8 in (158 mm x 146 mm) Net Weight: V31XH202: 2.6 lb (1.2 kg) V31XH2, V31X3, V31X6: 2.9 lb (1.3 kg) 31XW301, V31XW3, W31XW6: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg) Ingress Protection: V31XW301, V31XW3, W31XW6: NEMA 4x/IP-6 Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 83

85 Ohaus Valor 3000 Xtreme OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Non-Washdown Models V31XH g x 0.01 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg... $ V31XH2...2 kg x 0.1 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg V31X3...3 kg x 1 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg V31X6...6 kg x 1 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg IP-65/NEMA 4X Washdown Models V31XW X 0.1 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg V31XW3...3 kg x 0.5 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg V31XW6...6 kg x 1 g, default resolution lb/4.8 kg Options/Accessories OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Hard shell carrying case for FD Sandwich pan, 11 in x 5.9 in (280 mm x 150 mm) for Valor Xtreme French fries holder pan for Valor 3000 Xtreme Ice cream cone holder for Valor 3000 Xtreme Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep) with pouring spout, weight 145 g Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm) Stainless steel scoop 11.9 x 7.4 x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm) Ohaus 84 PrecisionSolutions

86 Ohaus Valor 2000 Compact Washdown Scales Approvals Standard Features Unsurpassed protection and durability in a variety of harsh environments High profile, easy-to-clean plastic housing NEMA-4X/IP-65 protection rating Front and rear LEDS Multiple Weighing Units Internal rechargable battery (standard) Removable stainless steel platform cover USDA-AMS accepted NSF listed/certified Supports HACCP systems User adjustable stability settings One-second response time SmarText interface Approvable Readability: g Weigh Units: Kilograms, pounds, grams, ounces Modes: Weigh Keyboard: Two mechanical keys Calibration: Digital external span calibration Display Type: 2x red LED (front and rear) six digit, seven-segment, 0.6 in (15 mm) characters Display Indicators: Units of measure, stability, battery charge status specifications Stabilization Time: <=one second Auto Zero Tracking: User selectable from 0.1d to 3d Operating Temp Range: 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) Operating Humidity Range: 10% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing, up to 2.5 miles/4000 m above sea level Power: 9 VDC 0.7 A AC adapter (included) internal rechargeable sealed lead acid battery Typical Battery Life: 40 hours with 12 hour recharge time Construction: ABS plastic housing, stainless steel pan Safe Overload: 120% of capacity Scale Dimensions (W x D x H): 9.2 in x 9.8 in x 5.6 in (233 in x 249 in x 142 in) Pan Size: 9.2 in x 7.2 in (233 mm x 184 mm) Protection Rating: NEMA 4x/IP-65 Valor 2000 OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price V21PW3...3 kg x 0.5 g... 8 lb/3.4 kg... $ V21PW6...6 kg x 1 g... 8 lb/3.4 kg V21PW kg x 2 g... 8 lb/3.4 kg Options/Accessories Ohaus MODEL # Description price Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep) with pouring spout, weight 145 g Stainless steel scoop 11.9 x 7.4 x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm) Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm) Ohaus PrecisionSolutions 85

87 Ohaus Valor 1000 Compact Precision Scales Standard Features Standard software includes applications for checkweighing, accumlation and multiple units of measure Removable stainless steel platform cover Mid-profile ABS plastic housing Front-mounted leveling device Long lasting internal rechargeable battery (standard) Compact footprint Fast response time Easy to clean Weigh Units: Kilograms, pounds, grams, ounces Modes: Weigh, accumulate, checkweigh Keyboard: Four mechanical switches (right) Calibration: Digital external span calibration Display Type: Six-digit seven-segment LCD with blue LED backlight, 0.8 in./20 mm in height Display Indicators: Center of zero, stability, net, sum, over/accept/under check, weighing unit and battery charge status specifications Stabilization Time: <=three seconds Auto Zero Tracking: User selectable from 0.1d to 3d Operating Temp Range: 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) Operating Humidity Range: 10% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing, up to 2.5 miles/4000 m above sea level Power: 120 VAC/9 VDC 500 ma AC adapter (included) Internal rechargeable sealed lead acid battery (included) Typical Battery Life: 80/100 hours (with/without backlit on) with 12-hour recharge time Construction: ABS plastic housing, stainless steel pan Scale Dimensions (W x D x H): 10 in x 12 in x 4.3 in (250 mm x 307 mm x 110 mm) Pan Size: 9.9 in x 7.1 in (250w x 180 mm) Net Weight: 7 lb (3.2 kg) Shipping Weight: 8.8 lb (4.0 kg) Ohaus Valor 1000 OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price V11P3...3 kg x 0.5 g default resolution lb/4.0 kg... $ V11P6...6 kg x 1 g default resolution lb/4.0 kg V11P kg x 2 g default resolution lb/4.0 kg V11P kg x 5 g default resolution lb/4.0 kg Options/Accessories OhaUS est. Ship MODEL # Description Weight price Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep) with pouring spout, weight 145 g Stainless steel scoop 11.9 x 7.4 x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm) Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm) PrecisionSolutions

88 Sartorius Genius Ultra-Micro & Micro Standard Features Below balance weighing RS-232 full-duplex interface GLP/GMP printout protocol Backlit LCD display isocal calibration Reprotest (ME & SE series) SQmin (ME & SE series) Configured printout (ME, SE & ME36S) Number keys Alpha keys (ME & SE) Applications on board: counting, checkweighing, percent weighing, unit toggle, net total, backweighing SE Additional Features Motorized draft chamber with memory allows access from front or sides; draft chamber is easily removed for cleaning or retrieval of dropped samples; equipped with EUREKA** Additional applications on board: animal weighing, formulation, statistics, calculation, timer, density determination, memory (300) Additional printer port; user friendly design, displays menu and prompts in plain English ME Additional Features Motorized draft chamber with memory allows access to door from front or sides; equipped with EUREKA** Easily removed draft chamber for cleaning or retrieval of dropped samples Additional printer port; user friendly design display menu; prompts in plain English Additional applications on board: animal weighing, formulation, statistics, calculation, timer, density determination, memory (300) ME36S Additional Features High capacity microbalance with a 31 g capacity New S.U.R.E. function for dynamic display of the uncertainty of measurement according to the DKD Calibration Certificate Ideal for use as measuring and test equipment in quality management systems Draft shield operation with learning function activated by user-friendly draft shield keys Fully automatic draft shield system for fast adaption to any work routine LE26P Additional Features Minimum allowable sample quantity of 5 mg to 10 mg, the LE26P fills a gap between highest-resolution microbalances and semi-microbalances when working in accordance with USP requirements The 5 g range is available over the entire weighing capacity up to 21 g with a readability of 2 µg, so you can tare large containers while weighing even the smallest samples Monolithic weigh cell: the first microbalance to use this technology; a robust weighing system with reliable precision 50 mm diameter weighing pan: comfortable and confident loading Generously dimensioned all-glass draft shield: opens smoothly at a wide angle; easy to clean Specifications Capacity: SE2: 2.1 g ME5: 5.1 g SE2-F: 2.1 g ME5-F: 5.1 g ME36S: 31 g LE26P: 5 21 g Repeatability: SE2, SE2-F: ±0.25 µg ME5, ME5-F: ±1 µg ME36S: ±<2 µg LE26P: <=±4 µg Readability: SE2, SE2-F: 0.1 µg ME5, ME5-F, ME36S: 1 µg LE26P: 2 10 µg Linearity: SE2, SE2-F: ±0.9 µg ME5, ME5-F: ±4 µg ME36S: ±<10 µg LE26P: <=±10 µg Stabilization Time: SE2, ME5, SE2-F, ME5-F: 10 seconds Adaptability: User adjustable through four optimized filter levels Operating Temperature: 41 F to 104 F (5 C to 40 C) Calibration: SE2, ME5, SE2-F, ME5-F: isocal; built-in Shipping Weight: SE Series: 28 lb (12.7 kg) ME Series: 28 lb (12.7 kg) Pan Size: SE2, SE2-F: 0.8 in (20 mm) dia ME5, ME5-F: 1.2 in (30 mm) dia LE26P: 2 in (50 mm) Calibration Weight (External): SE2: 2 g ME5: 5 g Communications: SE2, ME5, SE2-F, ME5-F: RS-232C plus dedicated printer port Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius *SQmin: Minimum sample quantity according to the USP. **EUREKA: Built-in software that yields the actual value of a sample by compensating for the interference of air buoyancy due to the density of the sample. PICASO: Pipette calibration software for Windows PrecisionSolutions 87

89 Sartorius Genius Ultra-Micro & Micro Series SartoriUS Est. Ship MODEL # Description WEight price SE g x 0.1 µg lb/12.7 kg... $22, ME g x 1 µg lb/12.7 kg... 17, SE2-F...Filter Weighing 2.1 g x 0.1 µg (approved for 40 CFR part 86 applications)... 24, ME5-F...Filter Weighing 5.1 g x 1 µg... 18, LE26P...5/21 g x 2/10 µg... 11, ME36S...31 g x 1 µg... 14, Options/Accessories SartoriUS MODEL # Description price YDP03-0CE...Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232) Paper for data printer (PN 36907), 5 pack Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907) YCP PICASO* pipette calibration software only (Windows ) YRB05Z...Battery pack, rechargeable, external YRD02Z...Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232) YRD11Z... Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing and checkweighing software, 9 ft (fits RS-232) IDAC-97...Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232) QLC-97...Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)... 1, YFS01...Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu) YHS02...Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CF, or toggle key (setup in menu) LD2...Locking device, anti-theft YPE01RC...Foot switch with T-connector, open/close door, tare, print (SE & ME only) Power Supply, 110V * PICASO: pipette calibration software for Windows Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Sartorius 88 PrecisionSolutions

90 Sartorius ME Semi-Micro Series Standard Features SQmin* isocal calibration Reprotest Two RS-232 full-duplex interfaces to allow greater flexibility GLP/GMP print out protocol Configured print out Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) User-friendly design displays menu and prompts in plain English Number and alpha keys Below balance weighing Monolithic weighing cell for fast, accurate results FAST** motorized draft shield system 7.6 in x 7.2 in x 11.5 in (193 mm x 182 mm x 292 mm) NICE static electricity eliminator Additional printer port Equipped with EUREKA Applications on board: counting, checkweighing, percent weighing, unit toggle, animal weighing, net-total, formulation, statistics, calculation, timer, backweighing, density determination, memory (300) ME235P-SD Additional Features Short draft shield for pipette calibration or for use in automated systems Upper draft shield element with 2.36 in (60 mm) diameter opening and lid specifications Capacity: ME235S: 230 g ME235P, ME235P-SD: 60/110/230 g ME414S: 410 g ME254S: 250 g ME614S: 610 g Readability: ME235S: 0.01 mg ME235P, ME235P-SD: 0.01/0.02/0.05 mg ME414S, ME254S, ME614S: 0.1 mg Repeatability: ME235S: ±0.015 mg (up to 60 g), ±0.025 mg (60 g to 230 g) ME235P, ME235P-SD: ±0.015 mg (up to 60 g), ±0.04 mg (60 g to 230 g) ME254S: ±0.07 mg ME414S: ±0.1 mg ME614S: ±0.1 mg Linearity: ME254S: ±0.15 mg ME235S: ±0.1 mg ME235P: ±0.15 mg ME235P-SD: ±0.15 mg ME414S: ±0.3 mg ME614S: ±0.4 mg Stabilization Time: Less than or equal to eight seconds Sensitivity Drift: 1 ppm/ C Calibration: isocal Pan Size: 3.5 in (90 mm) dia Calibration Weight: ME254S, ME235S, ME235P, ME235P-SD: 200 g ME414S: 400 g ME614S: 600 g Warranty: Three-year limited warranty *SQmin: Minimum sample quantity according to the USP. **FAST: Fully Automatic by Soft Touch. Draft shield system with fully automatic operation by the touch of a key. NICE: Neutralization by Ionic Charge Elimination. Done easily by the touch of a key. EUREKA: Built-in software that yields the actual value of a sample by compensating for the interference of air buoyancy due to the density of the sample. Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 89

91 Sartorius ME Semi-Micro Analytical Series SartoriUS Est. Ship MODEL # Description WEight price ME235S g x 0.01 mg lb/18.1 kg... $10, ME235P... 60/110/230 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 mg lb/18.1 kg... 8, ME235P-SD... 60/110/230 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 mg lb/18.1 kg... 9, ME254S g x 0.1 mg lb/18.1 kg... 7, ME414S g x 0.1 mg lb/18.1 kg... 7, ME614S g x 0.1 mg lb/18.1 kg... 8, Options/Accessories SartoriUS MODEL # Description price YDP03-0CE... Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232) Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907) YCP PICASO pipette calibration software only (Windows ) YRB05Z... Battery pack, rechargeable, external YRD02Z... Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232) YRD11Z... Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing and checkweighing software, 9 ft (fits RS-232) IDAC Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232) QLC Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)... 1, YFS01... Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu) YHS02... Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare,cal, F, CF, or toggle key (setup in menu) LD2... Locking device, anti-theft YPE01RC... Foot switch with T-connector, open/close door, tare, print YDK01... Density kit (does not include software) PICASO: Pipette calibration software for Windows Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Sartorius 90 PrecisionSolutions

92 Sartorius Extend Series Analytical/Precision Balances Analytical Precision Standard Features Analytical Fast cleaning and rugged design User-friendly operation Backlit and high-contrast display Convenient level indicator RS-232 interface standard Applications on board: counting, percent weighing, animal weighing, density determination, calculation, unit toggle (up to five units) Draft shield design provides optimal visibility Precision Optional adapter cable enables you to connect a device, such as a computer, the USB interface port Icons tell you at a glance which applications you have selected, such as weigh averaging/dynamic animal weighing, net-total formulation or counting Hanger for below-balance weighing is easy to access RS-232 interface standard Applications on board: counting, percent weighing, animal weighing, density determination, calculating unit toggle (up to five units) Standard version without internal calibration, CW version includes internal calibration Repeatability: Analytical: g Precision: ED153, ED153-CW, ED323S, ED323S-CW, ED423S, ED423S-CW, ED623S, ED623S-CW: g ED822, ED822-CW, ED2202S, ED2202S-CW, ED3202S, ED3202S-CW, ED4202S, ED4202S-CW, ED6202S, ED6202S-CW: 0.01 g ED2201, ED2201-CW, ED5201, ED5201-CW, ED8201, ED8201-CW: 0.1 g Calibration: isocal Weighing Technology: Monolithic Weigh Cell specification Linearity: Analytical: Precision: ED153, ED153-CW, ED323S, ED323S-CW, ED423S, ED4223S-CW, ED623S, ED623S-CW: g ED822, ED822-CW, ED2202S, ED2202S-CW, ED3202S, ED3202S-CW, ED4202S, ED4202S-CW, ED6202S, ED6202S-CW: 0.01 g ED2201, ED2201-CW, ED5201, ED5201-CW, ED8201, ED8201-CW: 0.1 g Sensitivity Drift: < ±2 x 10-6 ppm/ C Response Time: Analytical: 2.5 seconds Precision: ED153, ED153-CW: 1.3 seconds ED323S, ED323S-CW, ED423S, ED423S-CW, ED623S, ED623S-CW, ED822, ED822-CW,ED2201, ED2201-CW, ED5201, ED5201-CW, ED8201, ED8201-CW: 1 second ED2202S, ED2202S-CW, ED4202S, ED4202S-CW, ED6202S, ED3202S-CW: 1.1 seconds Pan Size: 3.5 in (89 mm) dia Calibration Weight: Internal Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 91

93 Sartorius Extend Series Sartorius Est. Ship MODEL # Description Pan size WEight price Analytical ED224S g x 0.1 mg in/90 mm lb/5.4 kg... $2, ED124S g x 0.1 mg in/90 mm lb/5.4 kg... 2, Precision ED g x g in/115 mm lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED153-CW g x g in/115 mm lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED323S g x g in/115 mm lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED323S-CW g x g in/115 mm lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED423S g x g in/115 mm lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED423S-CW g x g in/115 mm lb/5.4 kg... 2, ED623S g x g in/115 mm lb/5.4 kg... 2, ED623S-CW g x g in/115 mm lb/5.4 kg... 2, ED g x 0.01 g in/150 mm lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED822-CW g x 0.01 g in/150 mm... 9 lb/4.0 kg... 1, ED2202S...2,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)... 9 lb/4.0 kg... 1, ED2202S-CW...2,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED3202S...3,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED3202S-CW...3,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED4202S...4,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 1, ED4202S-CW...4,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 2, ED6202S...6,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 2, ED6202S-CW...6,200 g x 0.01 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/5.4 kg... 2, ED ,200 g x 0.1 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED2201-CW...2,200 g x 0.1 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED ,200 g x 0.1 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED5201-CW...5,200 g x 0.1 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED ,200 g x 0.1 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/4.9 kg... 1, ED8201-CW...8,200 g x 0.1 g in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm) lb/4.9 kg... 1, Options/Accessories Sartorius MODEL # Description price YDP03-0CE...Data printer with date, time and statistics functions YSC01L...Data transfer software SartoConnect with RS-232C (1.5 m) YCC01-USM2...Cable (1.8 m) for connecting a Sartorius laboratory balance with a RS-232C interface port to a 25-contact D-sub female connector or a PC with a USB port Power Supply, 110V Sartorius 92 PrecisionSolutions

94 Sartorius CPA Series Micro & Analytical Balances Standard Features All models have built-in internal calibration weights Automatic calibration at present time or temperature intervals RS-232C bi-directional interface port on all models High-contrast, blue backlit display 29 models available, from microbalances to 34 kg high capacity top loading balances Monolithic weigh cell provides stability and fast response specification Display: Backlit LCD Feature: ISO/GLP compliant recording Weighing Chamber Height: CPA 10035, P-240 mm Operating Temperature: 10º C - 30ºC (50º F - 86ºF) Net Weight: CPA 26P, CPA 2250: 7.6 kg CAP 3245, CPA 2245, CPA 1245, CPA 64: 6.5 kg CPA 64-WDS: 4.1 kg CPA 10035, CPA 1003P: 6.5 kg CPA 6235, CPA 4235/DS, CAP 3235, CPA 223S: 4.6 kg CPA 6202S, CPA 6202P: 4.7 kg CPA 42025, CPA 32025, CPA 22025, CPA : 4.7/6 kg Weighing Units: Grams, Carats, Pounds, Ounces, Troy Ounces, Hong Kong Taels, Chinese Taels, Singapore Taels, Taiwanese Taels, Grains, Pennyweights, milligrams, Austrian Carats, Tola, Bkt, Mesghal Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 93

95 Sartorius Sartorius CPA Micro & Analytical Series SartoriUS Est. Ship MODEL # Description Pan size WEight price Micro CPA26P...5/21 g x 2/10 µg in/50 mm...22 lb/10 kg... $11, CPA2P...0.5/1 g x 0.001/0.002/0.005 mg in/20 mm...23 lb/10.4 kg.. 12, CPA2P-F...0.5/1 g x 0.001/0.002/0.005 mg mm/125 mm...23 lb/10.4 kg.. 14, Analytical Semi-Micro with Monolithic Weighing System CPA225D...100/200 g x 0.01 mg in/80 mm lb/10.1 kg. 4, Balances with Monolithic Weighing System CPA g x 0.1 mg in/80 mm lb/9.4 kg... 2, CPA124S g x 0.1 mg in/80 mm lb/9.4 kg... 2, CPA224S g x 0.1 mg in/80 mm lb/9.4 kg... 3, CPA324S g x 0.1 mg in/80 mm lb/9.4 kg... 4, Toploading CPA223S g x g in/110mm...15 lb/6.8 kg... 1, CPA323S g x g in/110mm...15 lb/6.8 kg... 2, CPA423S g x g in/110mm...15 lb/6.8 kg... 2, CPA623S g x g in/110mm...15 lb/6.8 kg... 2, CPA1003S g x g in/110mm...15 lb/6.8 kg... 3, CPA1003P...500/1010 g x 0.001/0.01 g in/110mm...15 lb/6.8 kg... 3, CPA2202S g x 0.01 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 1, CPA3202S g x 0.01 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 2, CPA4202S g x 0.01 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 2, CPA2202S-DS g x 0.01 g in/130 mm...14 lb/6.3 kg... 3, CPA5202S-DS g x 0.01 g in/130 mm...14 lb/6.3 kg... 3, CPA6202P /3000/6200 g x 0.01/ 0.02/ 0.05 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 2, CPA6202S g x 0.01 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 2, CPA g x 0.1 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 1, CPA g x 0.1 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 2, CPA g x 0.1 g in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm)...14 lb/6.3 kg... 2, CPA12001S g x 0.1 g in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm)...46 lb/20.8 kg... 2, CPA16001S g x0.1 g in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm)...46 lb/20.8 kg CPA34001P /16000/34000 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm)...46 lb/20.8 kg... 3, CPA34001S g x 0.1 g in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm)...46 lb/20.8 kg... 4, CPA g x 0.1 g in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm)...46 lb/20.8 kg... 3, Options/Accessories Description price Data printers YDP03-0CE Printer cable Paper, printer 5 rls/pk PrecisionSolutions

96 Sartorius LA Reference Series Analytical Balances Standard Features isocal calibration Reprotest (internal reproducibility test) RS-232 full-duplex interface GLP/GMP print out Configured print out Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), includes 1.8 ft of remote cable User-friendly design displays menu and prompts in plain English Number and alpha keys Below balance weighing Monolithic weighing cell for extremely fast, accurate results Draft chamber 7.6 in x 8.1 in x 10.9 in (193 mm x 205 mm x 276 mm) Multiple application programs Density determination on-board Time controlled functions Statistical calculation on-board specification Capacity: LA120S: 120 g LA230S: 230 g LA230P: 60/120/230 g LA310S: 310 g LA130S-F: 150 g Readability: LA120S, LA230S, LA310S, LA130S-F: 0.1 mg LA230P: 0.1/0.2/0.5 mg Repeatability: LA120S, LA230S: ±0.1 mg LA230P: ±0.1/0.2/0.5 mg LA310S, LA130S-F: ±0.2 mg Linearity: LA120S, LA230S, LA130S-F: ±0.2 mg LA230P: ±0.2/0.2/0.5 mg LA310S: ±0.3 mg Stabilization Time: Two seconds Sensitivity Drift: ±1 x 10-6 ppm/ C (10 C and 30 C) Calibration: isocal Pan Size: 3.5 in (90 mm) dia LA130S-F: 8.2 in x 10.4 in (208 mm x 264 mm) Calibration Weight: LA120S: 100 g LA230S, LA230P, LA310S: 200 g Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 95

97 Sartorius LA Reference Series SartoriUS Est. Ship MODEL # Description WEight price LA120S g x 0.1 mg lb/12.7 kg... $4, LA230S g x 0.1 mg lb/12.7 kg... 4, LA230P...60/120/230 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 mg lb/12.7 kg... 3, LA310S g x 0.1 mg lb/12.7 kg... 5, LA130S-F g x 0.1 mg lb/12.7 kg... 6, Options/Accessories Sartorius MODEL # Description price YDP03-0CE...Data Printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232) Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907) YRB06Z...Battery pack, rechargeable, external VAC power supply VAC power supply (PN power cord) YRD11Z...Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing, fits RS-232 and checkweighing software, 9 ft IDAC-97...Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232) QLC-97...Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)... 1, YFS01...Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu) YHS02...Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (setup in menu) YDS01TU...Plexiglass balance enclosure, w/anti-static coating 15.5 in W x 16 in D x 18 in H (393 mm x 406 mm x 457 mm) YWP01LA...Weighing pan, for electrostatically charged samples LP03...Dust cover, for display LD2...Locking device, anti-theft YDK01...Density kit (does not include software) Power cord Sartorius 96 PrecisionSolutions

98 Sartorius LA Reference Series Toploading Balances Standard Features isocal calibration Reprotest IP54 rating RS-232 full-duplex interface GLP/GMP printout protocol Configured print out Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)* Number and alpha keys Below balance weighing** Applications on board: counting, checkweighing, percent, unit toggle, preset tare, animal weighing, net total, formulation, statistics, calculations, timer, differential weighing, density determination, memory (300) * Cable length from balance to display is 1.8 ft for balances with capacities 12 kg and 2.6 ft for all others **Below balance weighing is a standard feature on models with capacities 12 kg. For all other capacities, accessory PN is required specification Repeatability: LA2000P. LA5200D: ±1 10 LA220S, LA620S, LA1200S: ± g LA620P: ±0.001/0.002/0.005 g LA3200D: ±0.001/0.01 g LA420, LA820, LA2200S, LA4200S, LA6200S, LA8200S, : ±0.01 g LA2200P, LA8200P: ±0.01/0.01/0.03 g LA5200P: ±0.01/0.02/0.05/0.05 g LA2200, LA4200, LA6200, LA12000S, LA16001S: ±0.05 g LA12000P: ±0.1/0.2/0.3 g LA64001S, LA34001S: 0.1 g LA34000: ±0.5 g LA34001P: ±0.05/0.05/0.1 g Linearity: LA2000P, LA5200D: ±2 10 LA220S, LA620S, LA1200S: ±0.002 g LA620P: ±0.001/0.002/0.005 g LA3200D: ±0.002/0.01 g LA420, LA820: ±0.01 g LA2200P, LA8200P: ±0.02/0.02/0.05 g LA2200S, LA4200S, LA6200S, LA8200S: ±0.02 g LA5200P: ±0.02/0.02/0.05/0.1 g LA2200, LA4200, LA6200, LA12000S: ±0.1 g LA12000P: ±0.1/0.1/0.5 g LA16001S, LA34001P: ±0.2 g LA34001S: ±0.2 g LA64001S: ±0.5 g LA34000: ±0.5 g LA64001S: ±0.5 g Stabilization Time: 1.5 seconds LA16001S, LA34000: 1 second Calibration Weight: LA220S, LA420: 200 g LA620P, LA620S, LA820: 500 g LA1200S, LA3200D: 1000 g LA2200P, LA2200S, LA4200S, LA5200P, LA2200, LA4200, LA6200: 2000 g LA6200S, LA8200S, LA8200P, LA12000P, LA12000S: 5000 g LA16001S, LA34001S, LA34001P, LA64001S, LA3400: 10,000 g Sensitivity Drift ( C): except: LA64001S: LA12000S, LA6200, LA4200, LA2200, LA12000P: Pan Size: LA2000P, LA5200D, LA220S, LA620P, LA620S, LA1200S, LA3200D: 5.1 in (130 mm) dia LA420, LA820, LA2200P, LA2200S, LA4200S, LA5200P, LA6200S, LA8200S, LA8200P, LA2200, LA4200, LA6200, LA12000P, LA12000S: 8.6 in x 7.9 in (218 mm x 200 mm) LA16001S, LA34001S, LA34001P, LA64001S, LA34000: 15.7 in x 11.8 in (400 mm x 300 mm) Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 97

99 Sartorius Sartorius LA Reference Series SartoriUS Est. Ship MODEL # Description WEight price LA220S g x g lb/10.8 kg... $3, LA620P /240/620 g x 0.001/0.002/0.005 g lb/10.8 kg... 3, LA620S g x g lb/10.8 kg... 4, LA1200S... 1,200 g x g lb/10.8 kg... 5, LA3200D... 1,000/3,200 g x 0.001/0.01 g lb/10.8 kg... 5, LA g x 0.01 g lb/10.0 kg... 3, LA g x 0.01 g lb/10.0 kg... 3, LA2200P /800/2,200 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 g lb/10.0 kg... 3, LA2200S... 2,200 g x 0.01 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA4200S... 4,200 g x 0.01 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA5200P... 1,200/2,400/3,600/5,200 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05/0.1 g lb/10.0 kg... 3, LA2000P... 1,010 2,000 g lb/10.0 kg... 5, LA6200S... 6,200 g x 0.01 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA8200S... 8,200 g x 0.01 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA8200P... 2,000/4,000/8,200 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA5200D... 1,010 5,200 g lb/10.0 kg... 6, LA ,200 g x 0.1 g lb/10.0 kg... 2, LA ,200 g x 0.1 g lb/10.0 kg... 2, LA ,200 g x 0.1 g lb/10.0 kg... 3, LA12000P... 3,000/6,000/12,000 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA12000S... 12,000 g x 0.1 g lb/10.0 kg... 4, LA160001S... 16,000 g x 0.1 g lb/19.0 kg... 5, LA34001S... 34,000 g x 0.1 g lb/19.0 kg... 6, LA34001P... 8,000/16000/34000 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g lb/19.0 kg... 5, LA64001S... 64,000 g x 0.1 g lb/19.0 kg... 7, LA ,000 g x 1 g lb/19.0 kg... 4, Options/Accessories SartoriUS MODEL # Description price YDP03-0CE... Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232) Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907) YRB06Z... Battery pack, rechargeable, external VAC power supply VAC power supply YRD02Z... Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232)* YRD11Z... Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing, fits RS-232 and checkweighing software, 9 ft IDAC Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232) QLC Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)... 1, YFS01... Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu) YHS02... Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (setup in menu) Weighing bowl (240 g), 1000 ml, chrome-nickel-steel, 7 in dia, 2.8 in (H) LD2... Locking device, anti theft LP02... Dust cover, one-piece (all models except LA220S, LA620P, LA620S, LA1200S, LA3200D, and LA devices with nominal capacity grams) LA220S, LA620P, LA620S, LA1200S, LA3200D models only LP01... Dust cover, one-piece... $ YDK01LP... Density kit (does not include software) YDS01LP... Square draft chamber (W x D x H) 7.5 in x 8.2 in x 11 in (190 mm x 208 mm x 279 mm) LA models with nominal capacity grams only YDS01TU... Plexiglass balances enclosure, w/anti-static coating (W x D x H) 15.5 in x 16 in x 18 in (393 mm x 406 mm x 457 mm)** EA Hanger, for below balance weighing *Not compatible with PNs: 70526, 70528, 70527, 70551, PrecisionSolutions

100 Sartorius Talent Series Analytical & Portable Balances Standard Features Monolithic DLS weighing system for fast stable results Standard RS-232 adapter connects to data printer, PC or to a remote display Rugged housing and stainless steel weighing pan External calibration LCD display Applications on-board: counting, percent, unit toggle, animal weighing, net total Draft chamber dimensions: 7 in x 5.8 in x 7.8 in (W x D x H) specification Capacity: TE64: 60 g TE124S: 120 g TE214S: 210 g TE153S, TE153S-D: 150 g TE313S, TE313S-D: 310 g TE1502S: 1,500 g TE3102S: 3,100 g TE212: 210 g TE412: 410 g TE612, TE601: 610 g TE2101: 2,100 g TE4101, TE4100: 4,100 g TE6101, TE6100: 6,100 g TE12000: 12,000 g Readability: TE64, TE124S, TE214S: 0.1 mg TE153S, TE153S-D, TE313S, TE313S-D: g TE1502S, TE3102S: 0.01 g TE212, TE412, TE612: 0.01 g TE601, TE2101, TE4101, TE6101: 0.1 g TE41000, TE6100, TE12000: 1 g Pan Size: TE64, TE124S, TE214S 3.5 in (90 mm) dia TE153S, TE153S-D, TE313S, TE313S-D: 3.9 in (100 mm) dia TE1502S, TE3102S: 6.9 in x 5.6 in (174 mm x 143 mm) TE212, TE412, TE612: 4.5 in (116 mm) dia TE601, TE2101, TE4101, TE6101, TE41000, TE6100, TE12000: 6.9 in x 5.6 in (174 mm x 143 mm) Response Time: TE64, TE124S, TE214S: 3 seconds TE153S, TE153S-D, TE313S, TE313S-D, TE1502S, TE3102S: 2.5 seconds TE212, TE412, TE612, TE4101, TE6101: 2 seconds TE601, TE2101, TE4100, TE6100, TE12000: 1.5 seconds Repeatability: TE64, TE124S, TE214S: mg TE153S, TE153S-D: g TE313S, TE313S-D: g TE3102S: 0.01 g TE1502S: g TE212, TE412, TE612, TE601, TE2101, TE4101, TE6101: 0.1 g TE4100, TE6100, TE12000: 1 g Battery: 8 AA batteries for use in: TE612; TE412; TE212; TE6101; TE4101; TE2101; TE601; TE12000; TE6100; TE4100 Linearity: TE64, TE124S, TE214S: g TE153S, TE153S-D: g TE313S, TE313S-D: g TE3102S: 0.02 g TE1502S: 0.03 g TE212, TE412, TE612, TE601, TE2101, TE4101, TE6101: 0.2 g TE4100, TE6100, TE12000: 2 g Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 99

101 Sartorius Talent Portable Series Sartorius Est. Ship Model # Description Weight Price TE g x 0.1 mg... 6 lb/2.7 kg... $1, TE124S g x 0.1 mg lb.4.9 kg... 2, TE214S g x 0.1 mg lb.4.9 kg... 2, TE153S g x g... 6 lb/2.7 kg... 1, TE153S-DS g x g... 6 lb/2.7 kg... 1, TE313S g x g... 7 lb/3.1 kg... 1, TE313S-DS g x g... 7 lb/3.1 kg... 1, TE1502S...1,500 g x 0.01 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg... 1, TE3102S...3,100 g x 0.01 g... 7 lb/3.1 kg... 1, TE g x 0.01 g... 5 lb/2.2 kg TE g x 0.01 g... 5 lb/2.2 kg TE g x 0.01 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg TE g x 0.1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg TE g x 0.1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg TE ,100 g x 0.1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg TE ,100 g x 0.1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg... 1, TE ,100 g x 1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg TE ,100 g x 1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg TE ,000 g x 1 g... 6 lb/2.7 kg... 1, Options/Accessories Sartorius Model # Description Price YDP03-0CE...Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232) Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907) YRB08Z...Battery pack, rechargeable, external VAC power supply VAC power supply YRD02Z...Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232) IDAC-97...Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232) QLC-97...Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)... 1, YFS01...Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu) YHS02...Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (setup in menu) Weighing bowl (240 g), 1000 ml, chrome-nickel-steel, 7 in (177 mm) Dia, 2.8 in (71 mm) H LD2...Locking device, anti-theft Sartorius 100 PrecisionSolutions

102 Sartorius MA Series Moisture Analyzers MA35 Series MA150 Series MA100 Series Standard Features External calibration Additional Features, All IR Moisture Analyzers All units can show results in % moisture, % total solids and remaining dry residue in weight Units will yield results in 5 15 minutes with automatic mode (depending on sample make-up size) Additional Features, MA35 Field-proven, manual flip-up cover Opens wide for excellent access Easy to clean Standard version with glass panels Version with metal panels to meet FDA/HACCP regulations Equipped with two powerful metal tubular-shaped heating elements (providing 360 Watts of power) Rugged double level system 1-mg resolution and 35 g weighing capacity Optimized for use in high temperature ranges Concise display Icon-driven user interface Elimination of program selection menu Reduction of seldom-used programming options Fully automatic mode; sample is dried until weight is constant Time-controlled; minutes Manual shutoff by user Printout generated by an external printer Additional Features, MA100 & MA150 Choice of either ceramic (C) infrared or halogen (H) heating element. MA100 has the choice of ceramic (C), Quartz (Q) or halogen (H) heating. The MA150 is available with ceramic or quartz heating elements. Motorized heating element slides over sample to ensure stable initial weight reading In addition to time and automatic mode, for optimal results, the asap mode will automatically determine the best drying swift parameter mode MA50 has five program memories, MA150 has 20 program memories, and the MA100 has 30 program memories Backlit display ensures optimal readability under any lighting conditions ISO/GLP compliant printout capable with optional integrated printer Reprotest (MA-100 only) Homogenous sample heating with a choice of ceramic radiator or CQR quartz heating element (both infrared) (MA150) specification Capacity: MA35: 35 g MA100: 100 g MA150: 150 g Readability: MA150: 1 mg (0.01%) MA35, MA100: 0.1 mg (0.001%) Repeatability: MA35, MA150:>/= 1 g for samples +/-0.2% 5 g for samples ±0.05 g MA100: >/= 1 g for samples 0.1% >/=5 g for samples +/-0.02% Display Mode for Results: MA35: % moisture, % dry weight (solids), % RATIO, g residue MA100: % moisture, % dry weight (solids), % RATIO, g residue, g/kg residue, mg weight loss, calculated value (measured value x factor) MA150:% moisture, % dry weight (solids), % RATIO, g residue Heating Mode: MA35: Standard drying MA100: Standard drying, quick drying, gentle drying, phase drying MA150: Standard drying, phase drying Analysis Mode Fully automatic: MA100, MA150 Semi-automatic: MA100, MA mg/5-300 sec., %/5-300 sec. Timer settings: MA35, MA150-1x min. MA min Timer mode + fully/semi-automatic: MA min.+automatic Heating Unit: Ceramic IR heating element (infrared): MA100, MA150 Halogen lamp (infrared): MA100, MA150 CQR heater (coiled quartz radiator): MA100, MA150 Metal tubular-shaped heating element (infrared dark radiator): MA35 Temperature Range: MA35 Series: (340 C to 160 C) MA100 Series: (30 C to 200 C) MA150: (40º C-220º C) Calibration: MA35, MA150: External MA100: Internal Calibration Weight: MA150 Series: 30 g MA100 Series: 50 g Reprotest: MA100 Pan Size: 3.5 in (90 mm) dia Bar Code Scanner: MA100 Weight: MA150: 12.1 lb (5.5 kg) MA35: 12.8 lb (5.8 kg) MA100: 17.6 lb (7.8 kg) Dimensions (W x D x H): MA35: 8.7 in x 7.1 in x 7.4 in (221 mm x 180 mm x 188 mm) MA100: 13.8 in x 17.8 in x 6.1 in (350 mm x 452 mm x 155 mm) MA150: 8.4 in x 12.6 in x 7.1 in (213 mm x 320 mm x 180 mm) Interface: MA35, MA150: RS-232C unidirectional MA100: RS-232C bidirect; RS-485 optional Data Printer: Integratable (optional retrofitable): MA100 External (optional): MA35, MA100, MA150 Warranty: Three-year limited warranty Sartorius PrecisionSolutions 101

103 Sartorius Sartorius MA Series Sartorius Est. Ship MODEL # Description WEight price MA35 Series MA35M V g x g... $ 2, MA35M V g x g with metal panels... 2, MA100 Series MA100C V g x g (0.001% moisture) lb/11.8 kg... 6, MA100H V g x g (0.001% moisture) lb/11.8 kg... 6, MA150 Series MA-150C V g x g (0.01% moisture)... 3, MA-150C V g x g (0.01% moisture) with metal panels for FDA... 3, Options/Accessories Sartorius MODEL # Description price YFS01...Foot switch with T-connector for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR or toggle key (set up in menu) YHS02...Hand switch with T-connector for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR or toggle key (set up in menu) Filters, glass fiber, box of YMPO1MA...Disposable sample pans 50 units, aluminum, round, 90 mm YDP03-0CE...Data printer, external Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907) Paper rolls for data printer, 5 rolls, 50 m each YTMO1MA...Temperature adjustment set YSL02MA...Standard operating procedure (SOP) MA100 Series only YDS03MA...Panel replacement sets, aluminum panels for replacing glass panels to meet FDA/HACCP regulations (conversion kit) YDB03MA...Carrying case YMW02MA...Windows 2000/NT/XP-compatible software for data collection and for programming drying programs include interface cable, 9/28-pin YTM03MA...Temperature adjustment kit YDP01MA...Printer, integrated into unit (requires installation) YRD02Z...Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232) YDP03-0CE...Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232) Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack LD2...Locking device, anti-theft YWP11MA...Dishes 3.9 in, box of External calibration weight External calibration weight MA35 Series only External calibration weight (-30 g ±0.3 mg) YDPO3-OCE...Data printer with statistics and time/date functions Replacement ribbon for data printer Paper for data printer Filters, glass fiber, box of YWPO1MA...Aluminum dishes 3.9 in, box of Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. 102 PrecisionSolutions

104 Mixers Contents Mixers Vortex-Genie Mixer Additional Accessories Disruptor Genie Disruptor Beads MicroPlate Genie Roto-Shake Genie...108

105 Mixers Mixers Mixers Vortex-Genie 1 Vortex-Genie 2 Standard Features Votex-Genie 1 Violent single high-speed vortexing Easy-to-use Touch On operation Large, 6 mm orbit for aggressive vortexing of difficult samples May be used with Pop-Off Cup or optional 3-inch platform Vortex-Genie quality at an even more economical price Votex-Genie 2 Our most popular model Variable speed for precise mixing from gentle to vigorous Broad range of attachments for most tubes, plates and other containers Hands-Free or Touch On control May be used in cold rooms and incubators Votex-Genie 2T Same great features as the Vortex-Genie 2 Timer function - Touch on: 1-60 sec, Hands-Free: 1-60 min. or continuous Unit automatically stops at the end of user-programmed time May be used in cold rooms and incubators Digital Votex-Genie 2 Rapid hands-free disruption of up to 12 microtubes (1.5 ml or 2.0 ml) at one time Maintains operating speed for up to 15 minutes, or continuous operation, even in cold rooms Supplied pop-off cup easily attaches for use as a standard single-tube vortex mixer Less costly than ultrasonic units or homogenizers Use with Disruptor Beads, made from spherical lead free soda lime glass, available in two sizes Disruptor Beads are used with Disruptor Genie or TurboMix attachment for Vortex-Genie 2 or Vortex-Genie 2T and Digital Vortex-Genie 2 Vortex-Genie 2T SPECIFICATIONS Model # Vortex-Genie 1 Vortex-Genie 2 Vortex-Genie 2T Digital Vortex-Genie 2 Supplied Pop-Off Cup 3 in Platform, Pop-off Cup Speed (RPM) Timer- Touch On: Hands-Free: Weight Dimensions (base) (D x W x H) N/A 1-60 Seconds 1-60 minutes or continuous 8.8 lb (4 kg) 6.5 in x 4.8 in x 6.5 in (165 mm x 122 mm x 165 mm) 1-99 seconds 1-99 minutes or continuous ORDERING INFORMATION Description List Price Vortex-Genie 1, 120V, 60 Hz $ Vortex-Genie 2, 120V, 60 Hz $ Vortex-Genie 2T, 120V, 60 Hz $ Digital Vortex-Genie 2 $ Digital Vortex-Genie PrecisionSolutions

106 Mixers Mixers Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Fig. 7 Mixers Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 11 Fig. 12 Fig. 13 Fig. 14 Fig. 15 Fig. 16 Fig. 1 Model H301 Multiple Sample Start Set Fig. 4 Model H302 Large Sample Set ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Fig. Description Fig. Description Model H301 Multiple Sample Starter Set Model H302 Large Sample Set inch Platform (not shown separately) Recessed Platform Microtube Foam Insert (2) mm Tube Foam Inserts (2) Microplate Foam Insert (2) mm Tube Foam Inserts (2) Pop-off Cup mm Tube Foam Inserts (2) inch Platform with Rubber Cover Blank Foam Inserts (2) TurboMix Attachment, 1.5ml Tubes Assorted Foam Inserts (4) TurboMix Attachment, 2.0ml Tubes (not shown) Elastic Bands (2) ml Microtube Holder* (not shown separately) Two-Tier Microplate Foam Insert (not shown) ml Screw-cap Microtube Holder* Large Ampule/Tube Attachment Small Ampule/Tube Attachment * May be used with TurboMix attachment or Disruptor Genie PrecisionSolutions 105

107 Mixers Mixers Mixers Disruptor Genie Standard Features Disrupter Genie Rapid hands-free disruption of up to 12 microtubes (1.5 ml or 2.0 ml) at one time Unique agitation, vortexting, and collision actions for cell disruption and sample resuspension Maintains operating speed for up to 15 minutes, or continuous operation, even in cold rooms Supplied pop-off cup easily attaches for use as a standard single-tube vortex mixer Ideal for glass bead procedures using Disruptor Beads Less costly than ultrasonic units or homogenizers Disruptor Beads Spherical lead free soda lime glass beads are available in two sizes Can be used for disruption of yeast, bacteria, and other samples Used in combination with Disruptor Genie or TurboMix attachment for Vortex-Genie 2T or Digital Vortex-Genie 2 Supplied Dimensions (base) (D x W x H) SPECIFICATIONS Disruptor Genie 1.5 ml Disruptor Genie 2.0 ml Disruptor Beads 1.5 ml Microtube Holder (tubes not included) and Pop-off Cup 2.0 ml Microtube Holder (tubes not included) and Pop-off Cup 6.5 in x 4.8 in x 7.5 in (165 mm x 122 mm x 190 mm) 0.1 mm diameter beads for bacteria 0.5 mm diameter beads for yeast Weight 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) 375 g (8 fl. oz.) ORDERING INFORMATION Description List Price Disruptor Genie 1.5 ml $ Disruptor Genie 2.0 ml $ Disruptor Beads (0.1 mm) $ Disruptor Beads (0.5 mm) $21.00 Disruptor Beads 106 PrecisionSolutions

108 Mixers Mixers MicroPlate Genie Standard Features MicroPlate Genie Small vortexing orbit of 1.0 mm for thorough mixing regardless of sample viscosity High speed and small orbit combine to offer true vortexing action in each well of the microplate Accepts most microplate types within the recommendations of the Society for Biomolecular Screening (SBS), even in 384-well formats Multi-MicroPlate Genie Multi-MicroPlate Genie may be used to shake up to 4 microplates. An optional accessory deck is available to double capacity to shake up to 8 microplates at one time. Both models may be used in cold rooms and incubators for temperature sensitive applications Built-in timer operates from 1-60 minutes or continuous for hands-free use Mixers Multi-MicroPlate Genie Stirring Speed Time Vortexing orbit Maximum Capacity Dimensions (D x W x H) SPECIFICATIONS MicroPlate Genie 1 microplate, any type with standard SBS footprint 5.75 in x 7.0 in x 6.5 in (150 mm x 180 mm x 165 mm) RPM 1-60 minutes or continuous 1.0 mm diameter Multi-MicroPlate Genie 4 microplates (8 microplates with optional deck) 13.2 in x 9.4 in x 6.5 in (335 mm x 240 mm x 16 mm) Weight 6.1 lb (2.75 kg) 8.1 lb (3.75 kg) ORDERING INFORMATION Description List Price MicroPlate Genie 120V, 60Hz $ Multi-Microplate Genie, 120V, 60Hz $ PrecisionSolutions 107

109 Mixers Mixers Mixers Standard Features Roto-Shake Genie combines rotating and rocking in one compact unit Magnetic platform and various accessories securely hold almost any sample Optional 3-D orbital attachment transfroms the unit into an orbital platform shaker A variety of attachments/accessories are available to provide maximum application versatiltiy Maintains set speed between 0-38 C for use in cold rooms or incubators Roto-Shake Genie Supplied Rotating Rocking Rocking Angle Platform Capacity Dimensions (D x W x H) Weight Temperature SPECIFICATIONS Magnetic Platform, 1 Clip Plate each for mm, mm, and mm Tubes, 4 Bag Mounting Strips, and Non-Skid Tray 5-35 RPM cycles per minute ±10 degrees from horizontal 4.5 kg (10 lb) 9.9 in x 20 in x 10.5 in (252 mm x 508 mm x 267 mm) Depth with Rocker Tray 12 in (305 mm) 26 lb (11.8 kg) 0-38 C ( F) 95% maximum relative humidity ORDERING INFORMATION Description List Price Roto-Shake Genie, 120V, 60Hz $1, PrecisionSolutions

110 Pipette Contents Pipette Rice Lake Breeze Additional Accessories Tips tips to improve your pipetting technique...111

111 Pipette Rice Lake Breeze Standard Features Continuously smooth, adjustable (non-click stop) micrometer Unique plunger design prevents volume drifting Ergonomic grip and light-weight components provide maximum comfort thus reducing user fatigue Non-metal, streamlined tip ejector design ordering information Volume Range (ul) Increments (ul) Measured Volume (ul) AC (%)* CV (%)* List Price Recommended Tips (RLWS #) Pipette / / / / / / / / / / / /- 0.8 =< 5.0 =< 2.0 =< 0.8 =< 3.0 =< 2.0 =< 0.8 =< 1.0 =< 0.8 =< 0.6 =< 1.0 =< 0.8 =< 0.6 $ $ $ $ ** *** ** *** ** *** ** *** / / /- 0.7 =< 0.8 =< 0.6 =< 0.5 $ ** *** * AC and CV at 0.1uL is dependent on the skill of the operator ** Racked New Starter Kit Starter Kit Description List Price Starter kit, Rice Lake Breeeze Mix or match volume ranges to your specifications $ $ 449 Price Includes: 3 Pipettes 2 Mini-Stacks, Tips 1 Rotary Stand ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Rotary stand with capacity of six (6) pipettes $52.00 TIPS RLWS # Bulk Description Qty List Price uL, Clear, Elongated 1000/bag uL, Clear, Universal, Graduated 1000/bag uL, Blue, Universal 1000/bag RLWS # Racked Description List Price uL, Clear, Elongated 96/rack, 960/pack uL, Clear, Universal, Graduated 96/rack, 960/pack uL, Blue, Universal 100/rack, 1000/pack RLWS # Mini-Stack*** Description List Price uL, Clear, Elongated 480/stack, 960/pack uL, Clear, Universal, Graduated 480/stack, 960/pack uL, Blue, Universal 500/stack, 1000/pack *** Two stacks of five trays. 110 PrecisionSolutions

112 Pipette 10 tips to improve your pipetting technique 1. Pre-wet the Pipette Tip Aspire and expel an amount of the sample liquid at least 3 times before aspirating a sample for delivery. Evaporation within the tip can cause a significant loss of sample before delivery. Prewetting increases the humidity within the tip thus reducing both the amount of, and variation in, sample evaporation. Using the same tip (without prewetting) to deliver multiple sample results in lower volume for the first few samples. 2. Work at Temperature Equilibrium Allow liquids and equipment to equilibrate to ambient temperature. The volume of sample delivered by air displacement pipettes varies with air pressure, relative humidity and vapor pressure of the liquid, all of which are temperature dependent. Working at a single, constant temperature minimizes the variation. Pipette 3. Examine the Tip Before Dispensing Sample Wipe the tip only if there is liquid on the outside of the tip, and then, very carefully. Absorbent material rapidly wicks sample from the tip if it contacts the tip opening. Unnecessary tip wiping increases the possibility of sample loss. 4. Use Standard Mode Pipetting Choose standard mode pipetting rather than reverse mode, for all but viscous samples, if accurate and precise results are desired. In reverse mode pipetting, the plunger is depressed completely (past the first stop) to aspirate the sample and then depressed only to the first stop to deliver the sample. 5. Pause Consistently after Aspiration Pause with the tip in the liquid for one or two seconds after aspirating the sample. The amount of liquid in the tip bounces slightly when the plunger stops. Slow, even plunger release and a consistent, brief pause after aspiration minimize errors resulting from this phenomenon. 6. Pull the Pipette Straight Out Pull the pipette straight out of the container after aspirating a sample. Do not touch the tip to the sides of the container. This technique is especially important when pipetting small volumes (<50µL). Surface tension effects cause the sample volumes to vary if the exit angle varies. Touching the tip against the sides result in loss of sample. PrecisionSolutions 111

113 Pipette 10 Tips to improve your pipetting technique 7. Minimize Handling of the Pipette and Tip Set the pipette down between sample deliveries and avoid handling the tip. Body heat transferred to equipment during handling disrupts temperature equilibrium. As explained in Tip # 2, the volume of sample delivered varies with temperature. 8. Immerse the Tip to the Proper Depth Pipette Immerse the tip 2 to 5 mm below the meniscus and well clear of the container walls and bottom during sample aspiration. Inserting the tip too far into the liquid causes excess droplets of liquid to cling to the outside of the tip. Pressing or resting the tip against the container walls or bottom restricts entry of the sample. 9. Use the Correct Pipette Tip Securely attach a tip designed for use with the pipette. Mismatching a tip and pipette or using poor quality tips can result in an inadequate seal between the pipette and the tip. Quality tips are flexible and have thin walls, providing an airtight seal and more dependable delivery of the sample. 10. Use Consistent Plunger Pressure and Speed Depress and release the plunger smoothly and with consistent pressure and speed for each sample. Pipettes, like all precision instruments, give more reproducible results when operated with attention to detail and with proper technique. 112 PrecisionSolutions

114 Static Solutions Contents Static Solutions Static Solutions Staticmaster Static Brushes Ionizing Strips Static Brushes Accessories Ionizing Strip Accessories Ionmaster...115

115 Static Solutions Static Solutions NRD is the industry leader for providing advanced ionization products to eliminate electrostatic discharge and static attraction. The success of NRD devices is based on unique and extremely effective ionization sources that use alpha-energy to neutralize static electricity. Unlike electrical ionization systems, NRD ion sources don t just control static, they eliminate it by providing a constant balance of ±zero volts. The ion sources are entirely self-powered and never require any calibration or adjustment. Therefore, there are no operating costs associated with them throughout their lifetime. Because NRD ion sources do not require electricity and are completely safe, they are ideal for use in any application, including highlyvolatile environments. Static charge buildup is the cause of many production problems including downtime, reduced product quality, and ultimately increased costs and reduced profits. Although the static charges can not be seen, they are quite noticeable. Thousands of volts of electricity can easily accumulate on the surfaces of in-process materials. This buildup can ignite combustibles, shock personnel, destroy sensitive electronic components, and cause many types of production problems. In addition, static attraction of dirt, dust and other foreign matter contaminates products and process equipment, which serves to intensify processing problems. NRD alpha-energy devices rapidly neutralize charged materials. This is accomplished by emitting a flood of both positively and negatively charged ions in the vicinity of the affected material. The charged material then attracts a sufficient quantity of oppositely charged ions t o completely eliminate its static charge. NRD alpha-energy ion sources totally eliminate static buildup, not just reduce it, as with other methods of static control. As with all types of ion sources, ionized air has absolutely no adverse effects on personnel. Static Solutions STATIC BRUSHES Staticmaster Description List Price C200 Static Brush 1" $ C200R Replacement cartridge STATIC BRUSHES Staticmaster Description List Price C500 Static Brush 3" $ C500R Replacement cartridge IONIZING STRIPS Staticmaster Description List Price U400 Ionizing unit 1" x 1" $ U200 Ionizing unit 1" x 1" U200SLA Ionizing unit 1" x 1" low activity PrecisionSolutions

116 Static Solutions Static Solutions IONIZING STRIPS Staticmaster Description List Price U500 Ionizing unit 1" x 3" $45.00 STATIC BRUSHES ACCESSORIES Staticmaster Description List Price N/A Brush Connector $ C1500 Tri Stat Static Brush 3" x 3" C1500R Static Cartridge 3" (for PN 76674) IONIZING STRIP ACCESSORIES Staticmaster Description List Price BF1 Ionizer Positioner $ BF2 Ionizer Positioner Only - C Bracket BF Duostat with ionizers BF2-1000R Replacement cartridge (2 per package) Staticmaster IONMASTER Model 4060/4060A The IONMASTER model 4060/4060A mini ionizing fan utilizes our proprietary aplha ionizing technology to provide a continually balanced output down to zero volts. This quiet, compact fan is ideally suited for bench-top electronics repair and assembly, because it requires less installation space than larger units. This fan is available in both a bench-top model and with an optional articulated arm. Static Solutions /4060A SPECIFICATIONS Weight 1 lb 5 oz (0.6 kg) Electrical Input VAC, 60 Hz Electrical Output 5.6 watts Air Flow Velocity 250 lfpm at 1 ft ( 75 m/mm at 30 cm) Noise <55 decibels Isotope Polonium -210 Emission Alpha Activity 2mCi (74MBq) (4060R ionizer set) Decay Time 2.5 seconds (ESD Association 3.1 at 40 CFM, 1 ft distance, 1,000 to 100 V 4060A 4060/406A Description List Price Fan, Ionmaster fan with swivel base, 12VDC $ Staticmaster IONMASTER PrecisionSolutions 115

117 Notes: 116 PrecisionSolutions

118 Weights Contents NIST Avoirdupois Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights Cast Iron, Grip Handle Test Weights Grip Handle Weights Heavy Nesting Slab Weights Individual Cylindrical Weights Grip Handle Weights Ring Weights Decimal Pound Cylindrical Weights Dish Weights Slotted Weights Weight Sets Metric Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights Grip Handle Weights Metric Cylindrical Individual Weights Grip Handle Weights Leaf Weights Ring Weights Cube Weights Weight Sets Troy Individual Weights Penny Weights Individual Weights ASTM Avoirdupois Slotted Interlocking Weights Hangers Fairbanks Round Interlocking Fairbanks Square Interlocking Howe Round Slotted Interlocking Weights Howe Counterpoise Hanger Weights ASTM Avoirdupois Cont. Toledo Triangle Weights Toledo Counterpoise Hanger Weights Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits Grip Handle Individual Weights Individual Hook Weights Individual Weight Hooks Individual Leaf Weight Kits Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits Weight Sets Metric Slotted Interlocking Weights Hangers Fairbanks Hexagon Weights Fairbanks Round and Square Hangers Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits Grip Handle Individual Weights Individual Hook Weights Individual Weight Hooks Individual Weight Kits Individual Leaf Weight Kits Weight Sets OIML Metric Grip Handle Weights Leaf Weight Kits Individual Cylindrical Weight Kits Weight Sets Weight Accessories Sealing Plugs Clean Room Cases Replacement Cases Pelican Cases Transfer Cart Touch-Up Repair Paint Dust Covers Cloves Transfer Equipment Standard Balance Slab Clean Room Table Standard Balance Table Anti-Vibration...213

119 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights 2500 lb lb Weight Dimensions NIST CLASS F Slot Width Slot Depth* List Price Traceable Certificate 3000 lb /4" W x 20 3/4" L x 29" H 3 1/2" 2 3/4" $8, $ lb /4" W x 20 1/4" L x 24 1/4" H 3 1/2" 2 3/4" $7, $ lb /4" W x 20 3/4" L x 19 1/2" H 3 1/2" 2 3/4" $6, $ lb /8" W x 15 1/8" L x 23 7/8" H 2 1/2" 2 1/2" $5, $ lb " W x 15 1/8" L x 23 7/8" H 2 1/2" 2 1/2" $4, $ lb " W x 15 1/2" L x 19" H 2 1/2" 2 1/2" $2, $ lb /2" W x 11 3/4" L x 16" H 2 1/2" 1 3/4" $1, $ lb /4" W x 9 3/4" L x 12" H 2 1/2" 2" $1, $ lb /4" W x 9 3/4" L x 10" H 2 1/2" 2" $1, $ NIST Avoirdupois Cast Iron, Grip Handle Test Weights 100 lb - 20 lb Weight Dimensions NIST CLASS F Slot Width Slot Depth* List Price Traceable Certificate 100 lb /4" W x 7" L x 7 3/4" H 4 1/2" 1 5/8" $ $ lb /8" W x 5 1/2" L x 6 9/16" H 4 1/2" 1 5/8" $ $ lb /4" W x 4 15/16" L x 4 1/2" H Consult Factory Consult Factory $ $ lb /2" W x 4 1/2" L x 4 15/16" H 3 5/8" 1" $ $ lb /8" W x 4 1/2" L x 5" H 3 5/8" 1 1/8" $85.00 $75.00 NIST Avoirdupois Grip Handle Weights 10 lb - 1 lb NIST nist CLASS 7 Weight Dimensions List Price Traceable Certificate 10 lb " W x 3 1/4" L x 3 31/32" H $70.00 $ lb " W x 2 9/16" L x 3. 13/64" H $50.00 $ lb " W x 2 1/8" L x 1.3/4" H $48.00 $ lb /2" W x 1 11/16" L x 1 3/8" H $44.00 $ PrecisionSolutions

120 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Heavy Nesting Slab Weights 2500 lb lb Weight Dimensions NIST CLASS F Slot Width Slot Depth* List Price Traceable Certificate 2500 lb " W x 30" L x 8 1/4" H 2" 2 1/4" $7, $ lb /2" W x 19 1/2" L x 7 1/4" H 2" 2 1/4" $1, $ NIST Metric Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights 1000 kg kg Weight Dimensions NIST CLASS F Slot Width Slot Depth* List Price Traceable Certificate 1000 kg /2" W x 20 1/2" L x 22" H 3 1/2" 2 3/4" $6, $ kg /8" W x 15 1/8" L x 20 3/4" H 2 1/2" 2" $2, $ kg /4" W x 12 1/2" L x 17 1/2" H 2 1/2" 2" $1, $ kg /2" W x 12" L x 14 1/4" H 2 1/2" 1 7/8" $1, $ kg /8" W x 9 7/8" L x 11" H 2 1/2" 2" $1, $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 NIST Metric Grip Handle Weights 50 kg g Weight Dimensions NIST CLASS F Slot Width Slot Depth* List Price Traceable Certificate 50 kg /4" W x 7" L x 8 3/8" H 4 1/2" 1 5/8" $ $ kg /8" W x 5 9/16" L x 9 1/8" H 4 1/4" 3 5/8" $ $ kg /8" W x 5 9/16" L x 9 1/8" H 4 1/2" 1 3/4" $ $ kg /4" W x 5 5/8" L x 5 7/8" H 4 1/2" 1 1/2" $ $ kg /8" W x 4 9/16" L x 5" H 3 5/8" 1" $85.00 $ kg /16" W x 3 1/4" L x 3 15/16" H - - $70.00 $ kg /16" W x 2 5/8" L x 2 11/16" H - - $50.00 $ kg /16" W x 2 1/8" L x 1 3/4" H - - $48.00 $ g /16" W x 1 5/8" L x 1 7/16" H - - $44.00 $70.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 119

121 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Individual Cylindrical Weights 10 lb - 1 lb and 12 oz oz Weight Height (mm) NIST CLASS F Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 10 lb /16" (103.0) 3 1/2" (88.1) $ $ $ lb /16" (93.2) 2 5/8" (66.2) $ $ $ lb /16" (77.0) 2 5/8" (66.2) $ $ $ lb /16" (74.4) 2 1/4" (56.8) $98.00 $ $ lb /2" (62.3) 2" (50.8) $57.00 $ $ lb /4" (57.4) 1 1/2" (37.7) $50.00 $ $ oz /16" (51.6) 1 3/8" (34.5) $45.00 $ oz /8" (42.0) 1 1/4" (31.4) $39.00 $ $ oz /8" (35.3) 1" (25.4) $35.00 $ $ oz /16" (23.4) 7/8" (20.2) $32.00 $ $ oz /16" (20.2) 5/8" (15.5) $30.00 $ $ /2 oz /8" (42.0) 1/2" (12.3) $30.00 $ $ /4 oz /16" (15.3) 3/8" (9.1) $28.00 $ /8 oz /16" (10.8) 5/16" (7.5) $25.00 $ /16 oz /16" (8.8) 1/4" (6.0) $25.00 $ /32 oz /16" (8.8) 3/16" (4.4) $25.00 $ oz /8" (16.2) 1/2" (12.3) $30.00 $ oz /2" (12.8) 4/16" (10.7) $30.00 $ oz /2" (12.8) 3/8" (9.1) $30.00 $ oz /8" (9.0) 5/16" (7.5) $30.00 $ oz /16" (7.4) 1/4" (6.0) $30.00 $ NIST Avoirdupois Grip Handle Weights 50 lb - 10 lb NIST NIST CLASS F Weight Part# Height (mm) Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 50 lb /4" (183.6) 6" (151.8) $ $ lb /16" (169.0) 5" (126.4) $ $ lb /4" (145.9) 5" (126.4) $ $ lb /8" (122.8) 5" (126.4) $ $ lb /16" (77.8) 5" (127.0) $ $75.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

122 NIST NIST Metric Cylindrical Individual Weights 5 kg - 1 kg and 500 g - 1 g NIST CLASS F Weight Height (mm) Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate OPTIONAL CASES List Price 5 kg /8" (111.0) 3 1/2" (88.1) $ $ $ kg /16" (96.7) 3 3/8" (85.0) $ $ $ kg /4" (93.7) 3" (75.6) $ $ $ kg /16" (83.7) 2 5/8" (66.2) $ $ $ kg /16" (68.2) 2" (50.4) $65.00 $ $ g /8" (53.8) 1 5/8" (40.9) $58.00 $ $ g /16" (51.2) 1 1/2" (37.7) $54.00 $ $ g /16" (45.9) 1 3/8" (34.5) $52.00 $ $ g /8" (41.4) 1 3/16" (29.8) $45.00 $ $ g /8" (33.0) 1 3/16" (29.8) $40.00 $ $ g /4" (31.2) 1" (25.0) $38.00 $ $ g " (24.0) 3/4" (18.7) $35.00 $ $ g /16" (16.7) 11/16" (17.4) $32.00 $ $ g /8" (15.6) 9/16" (14.8) $32.00 $ $ g /8" (15.0) 7/16" (10.7) $32.00 $ $ g /16" (10.3) 3/8" (9.1) $28.00 $ g /8" (9.3) 5/16" (7.5) $28.00 $ g /16" (7.2) 5/16" (7.1) $28.00 $ g /4" (5.9) 1/4" (5.5) $28.00 $ Grip Handle Weights 30 kg - 5 kg NIST CLASS F Weight Height Diameter List Price Traceable Certificate 30 kg /16" (233.3) 6" (152.4) $ $ kg /16" (182.5) 6" (152.4) $ $ kg /16" (163.5) 6" (152.4) $ $ kg /16" (131.7) 5" (127.0) $ $ kg /16" (112.7) 5" (127.0) $ $ kg /4" (82.5) 5" (127.0) $ $70.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 121

123 NIST NIST Metric Leaf Weights 500 mg - 1 mg NIST CLASS F Weight List Price Traceable Certificate 500 mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $ mg $16.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 NIST Metric Ring Weights 500 g - 25 g Weight Outside Dia. (mm) NIST CLASS F Height (mm) Inside Dia. (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 500 g " (76.2) 37/64" (14.7) 0.390" (9.9) $ $ g " (50.8) 17/32" (13.5) 0.390" (9.9) $85.00 $ g /2" (38.1) 1/2" (12.7) 0.390" (9.9) $72.00 $ g /2" (38.1) 1/4" (6.4) 0.390" (9.9) $60.00 $ g " (25.4) 5/16" (7.9) 0.390" (9.9) $48.00 $30.00 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Ring Weights 5 lb - 1/4 oz Weight Outside Dia. (mm) NIST CLASS F Height (mm) Inside Dia. (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 5 lb " (101.6) 1 27/64" (36.1) 0.390" (9.9) $95.00 $ lb " (76.2) 1 35/64" (39.3) 0.390" (9.9) $65.00 $ lb " (76.2) 1 1/32" (26.1) 0.390" (9.9) $60.00 $ lb " (76.2) 33/64" (13.1) 0.390" (9.9) $60.00 $ oz " (50.8) 39/64" (15.5) 0.390" (9.9) $30.00 $ oz /2" (38.1) 9/16" (14.3) 0.390" (9.9) $30.00 $ oz /2" (38.1) 9/32" (7.1) 0.390" (9.9) $30.00 $ oz " (25.4) 11/32" (8.7) 0.390" (9.9) $30.00 $ /2 oz " (25.4) 11/64" (4.4) 0.390" (9.9) $30.00 $ /4 oz " (25.4) 3/32" (2.4) 0.390" (9.9) $30.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

124 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Decimal Pound Cylindrical Weights 0.5 lb lb NIST CLASS F Weight Height (mm) Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 0.5 lb /8 (42.0) 1 1/4" (31.4) $39.00 $ lb /16" (30.2) 1 1/8" (28.2) $39.00 $ lb /16" (30.2) 15/16" (23.4) $32.00 $ lb /8" (21.8) 3/4" (18.7) $32.00 $ lb /4" (18.2) 5/8" (14.5) $32.00 $ lb /8" (15.7) 1/2" (12.3) $32.00 $ lb /16" (13.7) 7/16" (10.7) $32.00 $ lb /2 " (13.4) 5/16" (7.5) $32.00 $30.00 NIST Metric Cube Weights 1 kg g NIST CLASS F Weight Width (mm) Length (mm) Height (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 1 kg " (25.4) 3 3/8" (85.6) 2 1/2" (62.8) $ $ g " (25.4) 3 7/16" (85.9) 1 1/4" (31.0) $ $ g /16" (51.5) 1 1/4" (31.0) 1" (25.4) $90.00 $ g /4" (31.0) 1 3/8" (34.8) 1" (25.4) $80.00 $ g /4" (18.5) 1 1/4" (30.5) 1" (25.4) $70.00 $30.00 NIST Avoirdupois Dish Weights lb lb NIST CLASS F Weight List Price Traceable Certificate lb $32.00 $ lb $32.00 $ lb $32.00 $ lb $32.00 $30.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 123

125 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Slotted Weights 10 lb - 1 lb and 8 oz - 4 oz Weight Diameter (mm) NIST CLASS F Height (mm) Slot Width (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 10 lb " (101.6) 3 1/8" (79.4) 1/2" (12.7) $ $ lb " (101.6) 1 9/16" (39.7) 1/2" (12.7) $ $ lb " (76.2) 1 1/64" (25.8) 1/2" (12.7) $ $ lb " (76.2) 37/64" (14.7) 1/2" (12.7) $ $ oz " (50.8) 45/64" (17.9) 1/2" (12.7) $ $ oz /2" (38.1) 23/32" (18.3) 1/2" (12.7) $ $30.00 NIST Troy Individual Weights 20 dwt through 1 dwt/500 ozt through 0.05 ozt NIST Leaf weights not pictured NIST CLASS F Weight Height (mm) Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 500 oz t /16" (160.3) 5" (127.0) $ $ oz t /16" (121.1) 3 3/4" (94.5) $ $ oz t /16" (96.1) 3" (75.4) $ $ oz t /16" (67.5) 2 5/8" (66.2) $ $ oz t /4" (56.6) 1 3/4" (44.1) $67.00 $ oz t /16" (48.2) 1 3/8" (34.5) $52.00 $ oz t /16" (35.3) 1 3/16" (29.8) $52.00 $ oz t " (24.1) 7/8" (21.8) $30.00 $ oz t /8" (21.2) 5/8" (15.9) $29.00 $ /4 oz t /16" (16.8) 3/8" (9.1) $37.00 $ /8 oz t /2" (11.3) 5/16" (7.8) $37.00 $ /16 oz t /8" (9.1) 1/4" (6.2) $37.00 $ /32 oz t /16" (7.7) 3/16" (4.7) $37.00 $ oz t /4" (17.8) 1/2" (12.3) $37.00 $ oz t /2" (12.6) 3/8" (9.3) $37.00 $ oz t /8" (8.8) 5/16" (7.9) $37.00 $ oz t* /8" (8.2) 1/4" (6.0) $37.00 $ oz t* $18.00 $ oz t* $18.00 $ oz t* $18.00 $30.00 * Leaf weights 124 PrecisionSolutions

126 NIST NIST Penny Weights 20 dwt - 1 dwt NIST CLASS F Weight List Price Traceable Certificate 20 dwt $26.00 $ dwt $26.00 $ dwt $26.00 $ dwt $26.00 $ dwt $26.00 $30.00 NIST Penny Individual Weights 0.5 dwt dwt NIST CLASS F Weight List Price Traceable Certificate 0.5 dwt $18.00 $ dwt $18.00 $ dwt $18.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 125

127 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 4 oz 1/32 oz through 4 oz 0.05 oz (8 oz) NIST CLASS F Set Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz (8 oz lb Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (0.61 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (8.05 oz) Traceable Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $27.00 NIST Case Insert Size List Price 4 oz - 1/3 2 oz (8 oz Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (0.61 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (8.05 oz) $ $ $18.00 Weight Kit Weight Value WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 4 oz-1/32 oz 0.2 lb lb 4 oz-0.05 oz Qty. Qty. Qty. 4 oz lb oz lb oz lb - 1-1/2 oz lb oz /4 oz lb oz /8 oz lb oz /16 oz lb - 2-1/32 oz lb oz Total /2 lb 0.61 lb 1 lb 0.05 oz ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

128 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 2 lb 1/32 oz through 2 lb 0.05 oz (4 lb) / 1 lb 1/32 oz through 1 lb 0.05 oz (2 lb) Secondary Case Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz $ lb lb $ oz oz $ oz - 1/32 oz $ lb lb $ oz oz $ lb - 1/32 oz $ lb lb $ lb lb $27.00 NIST CLASS F Set Size List Price 2 lb - 1/32 oz (4 lb Fractional) 2 lb lb (4.11 lb Decimal) 2 lb oz (4 lb Decimal 4 lb 0.03 oz) 2-2 lb - 1/32 oz (6 lb Fractional) 2-2 lb lb (6.11 lb Decimal) 2-2 lb oz (61 lb 0.05 oz Combination) 1 lb - 1/32 oz (2 lb Fractional) 1 lb lb (2.11 lb Decimal) 1 lb oz (1.99 lb Combination) Traceable Certificate replacement cases 2 lb 2 lb List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ lb 1 lb $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $62.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 Case Insert Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz $ lb lb $ oz oz, 0.2 lb lb $ oz - 1/32 oz $ lb $ oz oz $ oz - 1/32 oz $ lb lb $ oz oz $18.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 127

129 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets Cont. 2 lb 1/32 oz through 2 lb 0.05 oz (4 lb) / 1 lb 1/32 oz through 1 lb 0.05 oz (2 lb) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 1 lb-1/32 oz 1 lb lb 1 lb-0.05 oz 2 lb-1/32 oz 2 lb lb 2 lb-0.05 oz 2-2 lb- 1/32 oz (2)2 lb lb (2)2 lb oz Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 2 lb lb oz lb oz lb oz lb oz lb /2 oz lb oz /4 oz lb oz /8 oz lb oz /16 oz lb /32 oz lb oz Total lb lb lb 4 lb lb lb 6 lb lb 6 lb 0.05 oz NIST 128 PrecisionSolutions

130 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 5 lb 1/32 oz through 5 lb 0.05 oz (31 lb) Secondary Case Size List Price 5 lb lb, 0.2 lb lb $ oz oz $ lb - 1/32 oz, 31 lb fractional 5 lb lb, lb decimal 5 lb oz, 31 lb 4oz oz $ $ $ lb - 1 GN $ lb - 1 GN, 4 oz - 1/32 oz $27.00 NIST CLASS F Set Size List Price 5 lb - 1/32 oz (11 lb Fractional) 5 lb lb (11.11 lb Decimal) 5 lb oz (11 lb 0.05 oz Combination) 5 lb - 1 GN (21 lb 55 GN Fractional US Postal Service) 5 lb - 1 GN (31 lb 55 GN) 5 lb lb (31.61 lb Combination) Traceable Certificate replacement cases List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $1, $ $ $ $ $ lb x 6 (30 lb) $ $ $ lb - 1/32 oz (Fractional) 5 lb lb (Decimal) 5 lb oz (Combination) (31 lb oz) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 Case Insert Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz $ lb lb, 0.2 lb lb 5 lb - 1/32 oz, 31 lb fractional 5 lb lb, lb decimal 5 lb - 1 GN, 4 oz oz $ $ $ $ lb - 1 GN, $ lb - 1 GN, 4 oz - 1 GN $ oz - 1 GN $18.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 129

131 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets cont. 5 lb 1/32 oz through 5 lb 0.05 oz (31 lb) NIST Weigh Kit Wt. Value 5 lb-1/32 oz 5 lb lb 5 lb-0.05 oz WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 5 lb oz 5 lb lb 5 lb - 1/32 oz 5 lb-1 GN (Fractional) 5 lb-1 GN 5 lb lb 5 lb x Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 5 lb lb lb oz lb oz lb oz lb oz lb /2 oz lb oz /4 oz lb oz /8 oz lb oz /16 oz lb /32 oz GN GN GN GN GN lb oz Total lb lb 31 lb 0.05 oz 11 lb 0.05 oz lb 11 lb 21 lb 55 GN 31 lb 55 GN lb 30 lb 130 PrecisionSolutions

132 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 10 lb lb (31 lb) 10 lb lb (51 lb) and 10 lb 1/4 oz through 10 lb lb (31 lb) NIST CLASS F Replacement Cases Set Size List Price 10 lb lb (31.61 lb Combination) 10 lb lb (51.61 lb Combination) 10 lb - 1/4 oz (31 lb 1/2 oz) 10 lb lb (31.61 lb-1/2 lb) Traceable Certificate List Price $1, $ $ $1, $ $ $ $ $ $1, $ $ Secondary Case Size List Price 0.2 lb lb (31.61 lb Combination) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (31.61 lb Combination) 0.2 lb lb (51.61 lb Combination) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (51.61 lb Combination) 0.2 lb lb (31.61 lb 1/2 oz) Case Insert $ $ $ $ $27.00 Size List Price 0.2 lb lb (31.61 lb Combination) 0.2 lb lb (31.61 lb 1/2 oz) 0.2 lb lb (51.61 lb Combination) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (31.61 lb Combination) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (51.61 lb Combination) $ $ $ $ $18.00 Weight Kit Wt. Value WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 10 lb lb (31 lb Combination) 10 lb lb (51 lb Combination) 10 lb-1/4 oz 10 lb lb Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 10 lb lb lb lb oz oz lb oz lb oz lb /2 oz lb /4 oz lb /8 oz lb /16 oz lb /32 oz lb Total lb lb 31 lb 1/2 oz 31 lb 1/2 oz NIST ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 PrecisionSolutions 131

133 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 10 lb 1/32 oz through 10 lb 0.05 oz (31 lb) 10 lb - 1/32 oz through 10 lb oz (51 lb) NIST CLASS F Set Size List Price 10 lb oz (31 lb Fractional) 10 lb lb (31.11 lb Decimal) 10 lb oz (31 lb 0.05 oz Combination) 10 lb - 1/32 oz (51 lb Fractional) 10 lb lb (51.11 lb Decimal) 10 lb oz (51 lb 0.05 oz Combination) Traceable Certificate Replacement cases List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $1, $ $ $1, $ $ $1, $ $ lb - 3 (30 lb) $ $ $ NIST Secondary Case Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz (31 lb Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (31.11 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (31 lb 0.05 oz Combination) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (51 lb Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (51.11 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (51 lb 0.05 oz Combination) Case Insert $ $ $ $ $ $27.00 Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz (31 lb Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (31.11 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (31 lb 0.05 oz Combination) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (51 lb Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (51.11 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (51 lb 0.05 oz Combination) $ $ $ $ $ $18.00 Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 10 lb- 1/32 oz (31 lb) 10 lb lb (31 lb) 10 lb oz (31 lb) 10 lb- 1/32 oz (51 lb) 10 lb lb (51 lb) 10 lb oz (51 lb) 10 lb- 3 (30 lb) Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 10 lb lb lb lb oz lb oz lb oz lb oz lb /2 oz lb oz /4 oz lb oz /8 oz lb oz /16 oz lb /32 oz lb oz Total lb lb 31 lb 0.05 oz 51 lb lb 51 lb 0.05 oz 30 lb ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

134 NIST NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 10 lb 1/32 oz through 10 lb 0.05 oz (21 lb) NIST CLASS F Set Size List Price 10 lb - 1/32 oz (21 lb Fractional) 10 lb lb (21.11 lb Decimal) 10 lb oz (21 lb x 0.05 oz Combination) Traceable Certificate Replacement Cases 10 lb 10 lb List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Secondary Case Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz (21 lb Fractional) 0.2 lb lb (21.11 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (21 lb x 0.05 oz Combination) Case Insert $ $ $27.00 Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 oz (21 lb Fractional) 4 oz - 1/32 oz (21 lb Decimal) 4 oz oz (21 lb x 0.05 oz Combination) $ $ $18.00 Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 10 lb-1/32 oz 10 lb lb 10 lb-0.05 oz Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. 10 lb lb lb lb oz lb oz lb oz lb oz lb - 1-1/2 oz lb oz /4 oz lb oz /8 oz lb oz /16 oz lb - 2-1/32 oz lb oz Total lb lb 21 lb 0.05 oz NIST ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 PrecisionSolutions 133

135 NIST NIST Metric Weight Sets 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g ( configuration) 50 g 1 mg through 50g 1 g ( configuration) NIST CLASS F Replacement cases Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate List Price 100 g 100 g 100 g - 1 g $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $ g 50 g 50 g - 1 g $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $27.00 NIST Case Insert Size List Price 50 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $ g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 50 g-1 g 50 g- 10 mg 50 g- 1 mg 100 g-1 g 100 g- 10 mg 100 g- 1 mg Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 100 g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g g g g g g ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ Leaf Weight Cover $ Tweezers $ PrecisionSolutions

136 NIST NIST Metric Weight Sets 2 kg 1 mg through 2 kg 1 mg ( configuration) 1 kg 1 mg through 1 kg 1 mg ( configuration) NIST CLASS F replacement cases Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate List Price 2 kg 2 kg 2 kg -1 g $ $ $ kg - 10 mg $ $ $ kg - 1 mg $ $ $ kg 1 kg 1 kg - 1 g $ $ $ kg - 10 mg $ $ $ kg - 1 mg $ $ $59.00 Secondary Case Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $ g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Case Insert Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $ g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 1 kg-1 g 1 kg-10 mg 1 kg-1 mg 2 kg-1 g 2 kg-10 mg 2 kg-1 mg Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 2 kg kg g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg kg kg kg NIST ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ Leaf Weight Cover $ Tweezers $11.00 PrecisionSolutions 135

137 NIST NIST Metric Weight Sets 5 kg 1 g through 5 kg 1 mg ( configuration) NIST CLASS F replacement cases Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate List Price 5 kg - 1 g $ $ $ kg - 10 mg $ $ $ kg - 1 mg $ $ $ kg (3) $ $ $ NIST Secondary Case Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Case Insert Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 5 kg-1 g 5 kg-10 mg 5 kg-1 mg 5 kg (3) Weight Kit Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 5 kg kg kg g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg 15 kg ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy $ Tweezers $ PrecisionSolutions

138 NIST NIST Metric Weight Sets 50 g 1 g through 50 g 1 mg ( configuration) 500 g 1 g through 500 g 1 mg ( configuration) NIST CLASS F replacement cases Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate List Price 500 g - 1 g $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $59.00 Secondary Case Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Case Insert Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 500 g-1 g 500 g-10 mg 500 g-1 mg Weigh Kit Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. 500 g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ Leaf Weight Cover $ Tweezers $11.00 NIST PrecisionSolutions 137

139 NIST NIST Metric Weight Sets 5 kg 1 mg through 2 kg 1 g ( configuration) 2 kg 1 mg through 5 kg - 1 g ( configuration) NIST CLASS F replacement cases Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate List Price 5 kg 5 kg 5 kg - 1 g $ $ $ kg - 10 mg $ $ $ kg - 1 mg $ $ $ kg 2 kg 2 kg - 1 g $ $ $ kg - 10 mg $ $ $ kg - 1 mg $ $ $ NIST Secondary Case Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $ g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Case Insert Size List Price 100 g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 g $ g - 10 mg $ g - 1 mg $27.00 Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 2 kg-1 g 2 kg-10 mg 2 kg-1 mg 5 kg-1 g 5 kg-10 mg 5 kg-1 mg Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 5 kg kg kg g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg kg kg kg ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

140 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Slotted Interlocking Weights 100 lb - 1/2 lb Weight Slot Width (mm) ASTM CLASS 7 Diameter (mm) Height (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 100 lb " (25.4) 17" (431.8) 1 15/16" (23.8) $ $ lb /16" (14.3) 10 1/2" (266.7) 2 1/2" (63.5) $ $ lb /4" (19.1) 8 1/8" (206.4) 1 7/8" (47.6) $89.00 $ lb /4" (19.1) 6 1/8" (155.6) 1 9/16" (39.7) $75.00 $ lb /16" (14.3) 5 1/8" (130.2) 1 1/4" (31.8) $62.00 $ lb /16" (14.3) 5" (127.0) 3/4" (19.1) $51.00 $ lb /16" (14.3) 5" (127.0) 7/16" (11.1) $48.00 $ /2 lb /16" (14.3) 3 3/4" (95.3) 7/16" (11.1) $37.00 $30.00 ASTM Metric Slotted Interlocking Weights 20 kg g Weight Slot Width (mm) ASTM CLASS 7 Diameter (mm) Height (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 20 kg /16" (14.3) 10 13/32" (264.3) 2 5/16" (58.7) $ $ kg /4" (19.1) 8 3/16" (207.9) 2" (50.8) $ $ kg /4" (19.1) 5 5/32" (156.4) 1 25/32" (45.2) $85.00 $ kg /16" (14.3) 5 1/8" (130.2) 1 5/32" (29.4) $60.00 $ kg /16" (14.3) 5 1/16" (128.6) 3/4" (19.1) $51.00 $ g /16" (14.3) 5" (127.0) 1/2" (12.7) $49.00 $ g /16" (14.3) 3 3/4" (95.3) 5/16" (7.9) $38.00 $50.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 139

141 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Hangers 1 lb - 5 lb Weight Capacity Total Length (mm) ASTM CLASS 7 Operational Length (mm) Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 1 lb 200 lb " (241.3) 8" (203.2) 3.75" (93.7) $85.00 $ lb 200 lb " (558.8) 20 5/16" (515.9) 3.75" (93.7) $ $ lb 200 lb /4" (260.4) 8" (203.2) 3.75" (93.7) $ $ lb 200 lb /8" (542.9) 19" (482.6) 3.75" (93.7) $ $ lb 500 lb /4" (946.2) 35" (889.0) 5" (127.0) $ $75.00 ASTM Metric Hangers 500 g - 2 kg Weight Capacity Total Length (mm) ASTM CLASS 7 Operational Length (mm) Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 500 g 100 kg /2" (241.3) 8" (203.2) 3 11/16" (93.7) $95.00 $ g 100 kg " (558.8) 20 5/16" (515.6) 3 11/16" (93.7) $ $ kg 100 kg /4" (260.4) 8" (203.2) 3 11/16" (93.7) $ $ kg 100 kg /8" (542.9) 19" (482.6) 3 11/16" (93.7) $ $ kg 250 kg /4" (946.2) 35" (889.0) 5" (127.0) $ $70.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM 140 PrecisionSolutions

142 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Fairbanks Round Interlocking 50 lb x 1/2 lb through 1000 lb x 5 lb ASTM CLASS 7 Ratio Weight Diameter (MM) Fairbanks List Price 1 lb lb 50 lb x 1/2 lb /32" (73.8) PA48 $ lb lb 100 lb x 1 lb /32" (104.0) PA32 $ lb lb 200 lb x 2 lb /32" (105.6) PA21 $ lb lb 500 lb x 5 lb /32" (99.2) PB52 $ /2 lb lb 100 lb x 1/2 lb /32" (73.8) PBC32 $ /2 lb lb 200 lb x 1 lb /32" (89.7) PBC21 $ /2 lb lb 300 lb x 1 1/2 lb /32" (89.7) - $ /2 lb lb 500 lb x 2 1/2 lb /32" (89.7) PBC52 $ /2 lb lb 1000 lb x 5 lb /32" (99.2) - $55.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Fairbanks Square Interlocking 50 lb x 1/2 lb through 500 lb x 5 lb ASTM CLASS 7 Ratio Weight Diameter (MM) Fairbanks List Price 1 lb lb 50 lb x 1/2 lb /8" (60.3) 1A2349 $ lb lb 100 lb x 1 lb /16" (87.3) 1A1469 $ lb lb 200 lb x 2 lb /32" (86.5) 1A1470 $ lb lb 500 lb x 5 lb /16" (90.5) 1A1471 $45.00 ASTM Metric Fairbanks Hexagon Weights 10 kg x 100 g through 200 kg x 2 kg ASTM CLASS 7 Weight Diameter (MM) List Price 10 kg x 100 g /16" (52.4) $ kg x 250 g /4" (82.6) $ kg x 500 g " (101.6) $ kg x 1 kg " (101.6) $ kg x 2 kg /32" (102.4) $45.00 ASTM Metric Fairbanks Round & Square Hangers 7 oz - 21 oz ASTM CLASS 7 Approx. Weight Diameter (MM) Height (MM) List Price Round 7 oz /32" (100.8) 6 5/16" (160.3) $ oz (Fairbanks only) /32" (100.8) 6 5/16" (160.3) $ oz /32" (100.8) 6 5/16" (160.3) $ oz /32" (100.8) 6 5/16" (160.3) $ oz /32" (100.8) 6 5/16" (160.3) $58.00 Square 21 oz " (203.2) $58.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 141

143 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Howe Round Slotted Interlocking Weights 50 lb x 1/2 lb lb x 5 lb ASTM CLASS 7 Ratio Weight Diameter (mm) Howe List Price - 50 lb x 1/2 lb /32" (75.4) $ lb x 1 lb /32" (75.4) $ lb x 2 lb /32" (75.4) $ lb x 3 lb /32" (78.6) $ lb x 5 lb /32" (81.7) $40.00 For Counting Scales lb x 1 1/99 lb " (76.2) $ lb x 2 2/99 lb " (76.2) $ lb x 5 5/99 lb /126" (76.8) $ lb x 1 1/4 lb /16" (74.6) - $ lb x 5/8 lb /16" (74.6) - $ lb x 1/4 lb /32" (56.4) - $ lb x 1 3/5 lb " (76.2) - $ lb x 4/5 lb /8" (54.4) - $ lb x 2/5 lb /32" (75.4) - $ lb x 1/5 lb " (50.8) - $ lb x 1/10 lb /2" (38.1) - $ lb x 1 9/16 lb or 25 oz /16" (77.8) $ lb x 28/32 lb or 12 1/2 oz /16" (74.6) $ lb x 25/64 lb or 6 1/4 oz /32" (75.4) $ lb x 5/32 lb or 2 1/2 oz /2" (38.1) $40.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Howe Counterpoise Hanger Weights 7 oz - 16 oz ASTM CLASS 7 Approx. Weight Diameter (mm) Height (mm) List Price 7 oz /32" (75.4) 8 3/8" (212.7) $ oz /32" (75.4) 8 3/8" (212.7) $ oz /32" (75.4) 8 3/8" (212.7) $ oz /32" (75.4) 8 3/8 (212.7) $58.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Toledo Triangle Weights 100 lb x 1 lb through 500 lb x 5 lb ASTM ASTM CLASS 7 Approx. Weight Toledo List Price 100 lb x 1 lb $ lb x 2 lb $ lb x 5 lb $45.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Toledo Counterpoise Hanger Weights ASTM CLASS 7 Approx. Weight Height (mm) Toledo List Price 14 oz /16" (160.3) $ PrecisionSolutions

144 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits 10 lb lb Pictured as a kit Weight Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1* Weight List Price Calibration Report Replacement Cases Price 10 lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $96.00 $ $ $ oz $ $80.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $75.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $72.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $70.00 $45.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $67.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $80.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $75.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $72.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $67.00 $45.00 $ $39.00 *Note: Denotes polished finish Weight Kit Part # Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Mass Value Certificate Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases Price 10 lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $95.00 $ $ $ oz $ $74.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $57.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $74.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $39.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 143

145 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits 8 oz - 1/2 oz Pictured as a kit Weight Kit Part # Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases Price 10 lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $86.00 $ $ $ oz $ $72.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $55.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $54.00 $45.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $54.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $72.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $39.00 Weight Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate replacement cases Price 10 lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $82.00 $ $ oz $ $66.00 $ $ oz $ $58.00 $ $ oz $ $54.00 $ $ oz $ $48.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $48.00 $ $ lb $ $66.00 $ $ lb $ $47.00 $ $ lb $ $47.00 $ $ lb $ $47.00 $ $39.00 ASTM ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

146 ASTM ASTM Metric Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits 5 kg - 10 g Pictured as a kit Weight Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1* Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases Price 5 kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $98.00 $ $ $ g $ $96.00 $ $ $ g $ $80.00 $ $ $ g $ $77.00 $ $ $ g $ $76.00 $ $ $ g $ $68.00 $ $ $ g $ $60.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $52.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $52.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $52.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $52.00 $50.00 $ $39.00 Weight Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases Price 5 kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $95.00 $ $ $ g $ $90.00 $ $ $ g $ $88.00 $ $ $ g $ $74.00 $ $ $ g $ $72.00 $ $ $ g $ $64.00 $ $ $ g $ $56.00 $55.00 $ $ g $ $55.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $55.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $55.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $ $39.00 ASTM *Note: denotes polished finish PrecisionSolutions 145

147 ASTM ASTM Metric Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits cont. 5 kg - 10 g Pictured as a kit Weight Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases Price 5 kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $86.00 $ $ $ g $ $85.00 $ $ $ g $ $75.00 $ $ $ g $ $72.00 $ $ $ g $ $70.00 $ $ $ g $ $58.00 $ $ $ g $ $55.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $39.00 ASTM Weight Kit ASTM CLASS 4 Kit List Price Weight List Price Traceable Certificate replacement cases Price 5 kg $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $82.00 $ $ g $ $80.00 $ $ g $ $70.00 $ $ g $ $66.00 $ $ g $ $65.00 $ $ g $ $55.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $ $ g $ $48.00 $ $ g $ $48.00 $ $ g $ $48.00 $ $ g $ $48.00 $ $39.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Certificate of Accuracy $ PrecisionSolutions

148 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Grip Handle Individual Weights 50 lb - 10 lb ASTM CLASS 1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 50 lb $1, $ $ lb $1, $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $80.00 ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 50 lb $1, $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $80.00 ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 50 lb $1, $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $ lb $ $ $80.00 ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate 50 lb $ $ lb $ $ lb $ $ lb $ $ lb $ $75.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 147

149 ASTM ASTM Metric Grip Handle Individual Weights 30 kg - 5 kg ASTM CLASS 1* Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 30 kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $75.00 *Note: denotes polished finish ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 30 kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $75.00 ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 30 kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $75.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM 148 PrecisionSolutions

150 ASTM ASTM Metric Grip Handle Individual Weights cont. 30 kg - 5 kg ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate 30 kg $1, $ kg $ $ kg $ $ kg $ $ kg $ $ kg $ $ kg $ $ kg $ $70.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Individual Hook Weights 50 lb - 1 lb Weight Diameter (mm) ASTM CLASS 6 Hanging Height (mm) Opening Diameter (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 50 lb " (152.4) 9 1/4" (235.0) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ lb " 5.75" 1/4" $ $ lb " (101.6) 9 3/16" (233.3) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ lb /2" (88.9) 6 1/4" (158.8) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ lb /8" (66.6) 6 1/2" (165.1) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ lb " 4.01" 1/4" $ $ lb " (50.8) 5" (127.0) 1/4" (6.4) $90.00 $ lb /8" (41.3) 4 1/2" (114.3) 1/4" (6.4) $66.00 $ lb " 2.30" 1/4" $58.00 $ lb " 2.14" 1/4" $58.00 $ oz /4" (31.8) 4" (101.6) 1/4" (6.4) $58.00 $ oz " (25.4) 2 1/4" (57.2) 3/16" (4.7) $58.00 $ oz /16" (20.6) 2 1/4" (57.2) 3/16" (4.7) $58.00 $ oz /8" (15.9) 2 1/4" (57.2) 3/16" (4.7) $56.00 $ /2 oz /32" (13.5) 2 29/32" (73.8) 3/16" (4.7) $50.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 149

151 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Individual Weight Hooks 1/4 oz - 1/32 oz Weight Diameter (mm) ASTM CLASS 6 Hanging Height (mm) Opening Dia. (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 1/4 oz /32" (4.0) 1 13/16" (46.0) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $ /8 oz /8" (3.2) 1 1/8" (28.6) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $ /16 oz /32" (2.4) 1 1/4" (31.8) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $ /32 oz /16" (1.6) 1 13/32" (35.7) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM Metric Individual Hook Weights 25 kg - 10 g Weight Diameter (mm) ASTM CLASS 6 Hanging Weight (mm) Opening Dia. (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 25 kg " (152.4) 9 3/16" (233.3) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ kg /32" (151.6) 8 3/8" (212.7) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ kg " (101.6) 9 1/16" (230.2) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ kg /4" (95.3) 6 11/32" (161.1) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ kg " 5.06" 1/4" $ $ kg /8" (66.8) 5 17/32" (135.7) 1/4" (6.4) $ $ kg " (50.8) 5 3/8" (136.5) 1/4" (6.4) $90.00 $ g /8" (41.3) 4 1/2" (114.3) 1/4" (6.4) $78.00 $ g (1.36) (2.65) (4.7) $78.00 $ g /8" (28.5) 3" (76.2) 3/16" (4.7) $76.00 $ g " (25.4) 2 3/8" (60.3) 3/16" (4.7) $70.00 $ g /4" (19.1) 2 1/4" (57.1) 3/16" (4.7) $68.00 $ g (15.9) (53.9) (4.7) $68.00 $ g /8" (15.9) 2 1/8" (53.9) 3/16" (4.7) $68.00 $ g /2" (12.7) 2" (50.8) 3/16" (4.7) $52.00 $30.00 ASTM 150 PrecisionSolutions

152 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Weight Hooks 5 g - 1 g Weight Diameter (mm) ASTM CLASS 6 Hanging Height (mm) Opening Dia. (mm) List Price Traceable Certificate 5 g /8" (3.2) 2 5/32" (54.8) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $ g /32" 2.32" 3/16" $40.00 $ g /32" (2.4) 1 7/32" (31.0) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $ g /16" (1.6) 1 21/32" (42.1) 3/16" (4.7) $40.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Individual Leaf Weight Kits lb - 1/32 oz Shown with kit accessories Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1 Weight Part # List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ /32 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $35.00 Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate lb $ $47.00 $45.00 $ lb $ $47.00 $45.00 $ /32 oz $ $47.00 $45.00 $35.00 Set Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate lb $ $45.00 $45.00 $ lb $ $45.00 $45.00 $ /32 oz $ $45.00 $45.00 $35.00 Set Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate lb $ $30.00 $ lb $ $30.00 $ /32 oz $ $30.00 $35.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Certificate of Accuracy $ Vial $ Capsule $ Weight tweezer $3.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 151

153 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits 0.5 lb lb through 4 oz - 1/16 oz Shown with kit accessories Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 0.5 lb $ $ $45.00 $ $ lb $ $ $45.00 $ $ lb $ $88.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $69.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $52.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $ $45.00 $ $ oz $ $88.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $70.00 $45.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ /4 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ /8 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ /16 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Lifting bar $ Weight tweezers $ Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM 152 PrecisionSolutions

154 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits cont. 0.5 lb lb & 4 oz - 1/16 oz Shown with kit accessories Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 0.5 lb $ $ $45.00 $ $ lb $ $ $45.00 $ $ lb $ $81.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $70.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $50.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $ $45.00 $ $ oz $ $81.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $70.00 $45.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ /4 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ /8 oz $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $ /16 oz $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $25.00 Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 0.5 lb $ $ $45.00 $ $ lb $ $93.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $81.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $69.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $ lb $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $ $45.00 $ $ oz $ $81.00 $45.00 $ $ oz $ $68.00 $45.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $ /4 oz $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $ /8 oz $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $ /16 oz $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Lifting bar $ Weight tweezers $ Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 153

155 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits cont. 0.5 lb lb & 4 oz - 1/16 oz Shown with kit accessories Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate replacement cases List Price 0.5 lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $88.00 $ $ lb $ $70.00 $ $ lb $ $58.00 $ $ lb $ $44.00 $ $ lb $ $44.00 $ $ lb $ $44.00 $ $ oz $ $88.00 $ $ oz $ $81.00 $ $ oz $ $69.00 $ $ /2 oz $ $43.00 $ $ /4 oz $ $43.00 $ $ /8 oz $ $43.00 $ $ /16 oz $ $43.00 $ $25.00 ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits cont. 5 lb - 8 oz Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 5 lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ oz $ $ $45.00 $ $25.00 ASTM Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 5 lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ oz $ $ $45.00 $ $ PrecisionSolutions

156 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits 5 lb - 8 oz Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 5 lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ $ oz $ $ $ $ $25.00 Kit pictured with accessories Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate replacement cases List Price 5 lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ lb $ $ $ $ oz $ $ $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Certificate of Accuracy $ Weight lifter $13.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 155

157 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits 50 lb - 10 lb Size Kit Part # Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1 Weight List Price Calibration Report replacement cases List Price 50 lb $3, lb $3, $2, $ $ $ lb $2, $2, $ $ $ lb $2, $1, $ $ $ lb $1, $1, $ $ $ Kit pictured with accessories Size Kit Part # Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Mass Value Certificate Calibration Report replacement cases List Price 50 lb $3, lb $2, $2, $ $ $ lb $2, $2, $ $ $ lb $2, $1, $ $ $ lb $1, $1, $ $ $ Size Kit Part # Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Mass Value Certificate Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 50 lb $3, lb $2, $2, $ $ $ lb $2, $2, $ $ $ lb $1, $1, $ $ $ lb $1, $1, $ $ $ ASTM Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate replacement cases List Price 50 lb $3, lb $2, $2, $ $ lb $2, $2, $ $ lb $1, $1, $ $ lb $1, $ $ $ PrecisionSolutions

158 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Weight Sets 50 lb 1/32 oz through 2 lb 1/32 oz ASTM CLASS 1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 50 lb - 1/32 oz $15, $1, $1, $1, lb - 1/32 oz $7, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $5, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $3, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $2, $ $ $1, Secondary Case Size List Price 4 oz - 1/32 g $ ASTM CLASS 2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 50 lb - 1/32 oz $15, $1, $1, $1, lb - 1/32 oz $7, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $4, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $3, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $2, $ $ $1, ASTM CLASS 3 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 50 lb - 1/32 oz $14, $1, $1, $1, lb - 1/32 oz $7, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $4, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $3, $1, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $2, $ $ $1, ASTM CLASS 4 Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 50 lb - 1/32 oz $14, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $6, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $4, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $3, $ $1, lb - 1/32 oz $2, $ $1, ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight lifter, large handle, metal, for weights 4 kg and up and 10 lb lb $ Weight lifter bar, plexiglas, for weights 200 g - 3 kg and 8 oz - 5 lb (screw knob weights only) $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 157

159 ASTM ASTM Avoirdupois Weight Sets cont. 50 lb 1/32 oz through 2 lb 1/32 oz Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 50 lb-1/32 oz 20 lb-1/32 oz 10 lb-1/32 oz 5 lb-1/32 oz 2 lb-1/32 oz Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 50 lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb oz oz oz oz /2 oz /4 oz /8 oz /16 oz /32 oz Total lb 42 lb 22 lb 12 lb 4 lb ASTM 158 PrecisionSolutions

160 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits 50 kg - 1 g *For special kits-individual weights must ship in a case. Size Kit Part # ASTM CLASS 0* Kit List Price* Weight List Price Calibration Report Replacement Cases List Price 50 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult 25 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult 20 kg $3, $3, $ $ kg $2, $1, $ $ kg $1, $1, $ $ kg $1, $1, $ $ kg $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 *Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 Note: Replacement cases for Class 0 available by special order only. Call for details. ASTM PrecisionSolutions 159

161 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits cont. 50 kg - 1 g Kit options included Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certifcate Replacement Cases List Price 50 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult 25 kg Consult Consult $3, Consult Consult Consult Consult 20 kg $2, $2, $ $ $ kg $1, $1, $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $75.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $65.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $63.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $50.00 $45.00 $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 *Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 Note: Replacement cases for Class 0 available by special order only. Call for details. ASTM 160 PrecisionSolutions

162 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits cont. 50 kg - 1 g Kit options included Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 50 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult 25 kg Consult Consult $3, Consult Consult Consult Consult 20 kg $1, $1, $ $ $ kg $1, $1, $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $80.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $68.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $60.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $49.00 $45.00 $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 161

163 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits cont. 50 kg - 1 g Kit options included Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 50 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult 25 kg Consult Consult $3, Consult Consult Consult Consult 20 kg $1, $1, $ $ $ kg $1, $1, $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ kg $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $ $ $ $ g $ $75.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $63.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $62.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $48.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $48.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $44.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $44.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $44.00 $50.00 $ $ g $ $44.00 $45.00 $ $25.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM 162 PrecisionSolutions

164 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits cont. 50 kg - 1 g Kit options included Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 4 Weight List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 50 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult Consult 25 kg Consult Consult $3, Consult Consult Consult 20 kg $1, $1, $ kg $1, $1, $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ g $ $ $ g $ $ $ g $ $93.00 $ g $ $60.00 $ g $ $52.00 $ g $ $50.00 $ g $ $45.00 $ g $ $37.00 $ g $ $35.00 $ g $ $35.00 $ g $ $35.00 $ g $ $35.00 $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight tweezers, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Weight lifter bar, plexiglas, for weights 200 g - 3 kg and 8 oz - 5 lb (screw knob weights only) $ Lifter with larger handle (Class 1-4/4 kg - 25 kg) (10 lb/50 lb) $ Weigh forceps, plastic, Class 0, 100 g - 1 mg $ Tong assembly, Class 0, 1 kg x 200 g $ Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 163

165 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Leaf Weight Kits 500 mg - 1 mg Accessories kit pictured ASTM CLASS 0* Size Kit Kit List Price* Weight List Price* Calibration Report 500 mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $ mg $ $ $45.00 *Class 0 weights require case for shipping Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 500 mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $54.00 $45.00 $35.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price **36092 Certificate of Accuracy $ Vial $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Gelatin capsule $5.00 ASTM **Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class PrecisionSolutions

166 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Leaf Weight Kits cont. 500 mg - 1 mg Kit accessories Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 500 mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $32.00 $45.00 $35.00 Size Kit Kit List Price ASTM CLASS 3 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 500 mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $ mg $ $29.00 $45.00 $35.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ Vial $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Gelatin capsule $5.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 165

167 ASTM ASTM Metric Individual Leaf Weight Kits cont. 500 mg - 1 mg Kit options shown ASTM CLASS 4 Size Kit Kit List Price List Price Traceable Certificate 500 mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $ mg $ $24.00 $30.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $ Vial $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Gelatin capsule $5.00 ASTM 166 PrecisionSolutions

168 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 500 mg 1 mg through 500 mg 100 mg ( configuration) ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 0** Set Size List Price* Calibration Report Replacement Cases List Price 500 mg - 1 mg $1, $ $ mg - 1 mg* $1, $ $ mg - 10 mg $ $ $ mg - 10 mg* $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $ mg mg* $ $ $93.00 Set Size ASTM CLASS 1 List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 500 mg - 1 mg $ $ $ $ mg - 1 mg* $ $ $ $ mg - 10 mg $ $ $ $ mg - 10 mg* $ $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $ $ mg mg* $ $ $ $62.00 ASTM CLASS 2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 500 mg - 1 mg $ $ $ $ mg - 1 mg* $ $ $ $ mg - 10 mg $ $ $ $ mg - 10 mg* $ $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $ $ mg mg* $ $ $ $62.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $3.00 *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 *Note: Denotes configuration **Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 167

169 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 500 mg 1 mg through 500 mg 100 mg ( configuration) ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 3 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 500 mg - 1 mg $ $ $ $ mg - 1 mg* $ $ $ $ mg - 10 mg $ $ $ $ mg - 10 mg* $ $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $ $ mg mg* $ $ $ $62.00 ASTM CLASS 4 Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement Cases List Price 00 mg - 1 mg $ $ $ mg - 1 mg* $ $ $ mg - 10 mg $ $ $ mg -10 mg* $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $ mg mg* $ $ $62.00 ASTM Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 500 mg- 1 mg 500 mg - 10 mg 500 mg- 100 mg 500 mg- 1 mg 500 mg- 100 mg Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 500 mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g g 1.1 g 1.11 g 1 g *Note: Denotes configuration 168 PrecisionSolutions

170 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 0* Replacement Cases Set Size List Price * Calibration Report 100 g 100 g List Price 100 g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g - 5 mg $1, $ $ g - 10 mg $1, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g 50 g 50 g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g - 5 mg $1, $ $ g - 10 mg $1, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g 20 g 20 g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g - 5 mg $1, $ $ g - 10 mg $1, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ *Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 169

171 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g ( configuration) Set Size 100 g - 1 mg 100 g - 5 mg 100 g - 10 mg 100 g mg 100 g - 1 g 50 g - 1 mg 50 g - 5 mg 50 g - 10 mg 50 g mg 50 g - 1 g 20 g - 1 mg 20 g - 5 mg 20 g - 10 mg 20 g mg 20 g - 1 g List Price ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases 100 g 100 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ g 50 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ g 20 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ *11596 is replacement case for configuration ASTM 170 PrecisionSolutions

172 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g;20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g Set Size 100 g - 1 mg 100 g - 5 mg 100 g - 10 mg 100 g mg 100 g - 1 g 50 g - 1 mg 50 g - 5 mg 50 g - 10 mg 50 g mg 50 g - 1 g 20 g - 1 mg 20 g - 5 mg 20 g - 10 mg 20 g mg 20 g - 1 g List Price ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases 100 g 100 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ g 50 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ g 20 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ *11596 is replacement case for configuration ASTM PrecisionSolutions 171

173 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g;20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g Set Size 100 g - 1 mg 100 g - 5 mg 100 g -10 mg 100 g mg 100 g - 1 g 50 g - 1 mg 50 g - 5 mg 50 g - 10 mg 50 g mg 50 g - 1 g 20 g - 1 mg 20 g - 5 mg 20 g - 10 mg 20 g mg 20 g - 1 g List Price ASTM CLASS g List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Replacement cases 11596*/ */ */ */ */ g 50 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ g 20 g $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ *11596 is replacement case for configuration ASTM 172 PrecisionSolutions

174 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g ( configuration) Set Size ASTM CLASS 4 List Price List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases 100 g 100 g 100 g - 1 mg $ $ $ g - 5 mg $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ g 50 g 50 g - 1 mg $ $ $ g - 5 mg $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ */ */ */ */ */ g 20 g 20 g - 1 mg $ $ $ g - 5 mg $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $85.00 *11596 is replacement case for configuration 11596*/ */ */ */ */ List Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $32.00 *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 173

175 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g ( configuration) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 100 g-1 mg 100 g x 5 mg 100 g-10 mg 100 g-100 mg 100 g-1 g 50 g - 1 mg 50 g x 5 mg Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 100 g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g g g g 221 g g g ASTM 174 PrecisionSolutions

176 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g ( configuration) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 50 g x 10 mg 50 g - 1 g 50 g mg 20 g - 1 mg 20 g x 5 mg 20 g x 10 mg 20 g - 1 g 20 g mg Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 100 g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g 121 g g g g g 41 g g ASTM PrecisionSolutions 175

177 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 5 mg ( configuration) WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 100 g-1 mg 100 g-5 mg 100 g-10 mg 100 g-100 mg 100 g-1 g 50 g-1 mg 50 g-5 mg Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 1 Weight Kit Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 100 g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g g g 211 g 210 g g g ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 50 g - 10 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g ( configuration) ASTM Weight Kit Wt. Value WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 50 g-10 mg 50 g-100 mg 50 g-1 g 20 g-1 mg 20 g-5 mg 20 g-10 mg 20 g-100 mg 20 g- 1 g Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 100 g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g 111 g 110 g g g 41.1 g 41 g 40 g 176 PrecisionSolutions

178 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 200 g - 1 mg through g - 1 g ( configuration) ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 0** Set Size List Price* Calibration Report Replacement cases List Price 200 g - 1 mg $2, $ $ g x 1 mg* $2, $1, $ g - 10 mg $2, $ $ g x 10 mg* $2, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g x 100 mg* $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g x 1 g* $1, $ $ Case Insert Class Configuration Set Size List Price ( ) 200 g - 1 mg ( ) 200 g - 1 g $ $44.00 Case Insert Class Configuration Set Size List Price g - 1 mg $ g - 10 mg $ g mg $ g - 1 g $ Case Insert Classes 1,2,3, Configuration Set Size List Price ( ) 200 g - 1 mg $77.00 Set Size ASTM CLASS 1 List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 200 g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g x 1 mg* $ $1, $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ $ g x 10 mg* $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g x 100 mg* $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g x 1 g* $ $ $ $ Set Size ASTM CLASS 2 List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 200 g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g x 1 mg* $ $1, $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ $ g x 10 mg* $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g x100 mg* $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g x 1 g $ $ $ $ *Note: Denotes configuration Case Insert Classes 1,2,3, Configuration Set Size List Price g - 1 g $ g - 1 mg $ **Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 177

179 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 200 g 1 mg through g 1 g ( configuration) ( configuration) Set Size ASTM CLASS 3 List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 200 g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g x 1 mg* $ $1, $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ $ g x 10 mg* $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g x 100 mg* $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g - 1 g* $ $ $ $ Case Insert Class Configuration Set Size List Price ( ) 200 g - 1 mg ( ) 200 g - 1 g $ $44.00 Case Insert Class Configuration Set Size List Price g - 1 mg $ g - 10 mg $ g mg $ g - 1 g $ Case Insert Classes 1,2,3, Configuration Set Size List Price ( ) 200 g - 1 mg $77.00 ASTM CLASS 4 Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases List Price 200 g - 1 mg $ $ $ g x 1 mg* $ $ $ g - 10 mg $ $ $ g x 10 mg* $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ g x 100 mg* $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ g x 1 g* $ $ $ *Note: Denotes configuration ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight forceps, plastic $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Lifter bar $13.00 *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM Case Insert Classes 1,2,3, Configuration Set Size List Price g - 1 g $ g -1 mg $ PrecisionSolutions

180 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont 200 g 1 mg through g 1 g ( configuration)( configuration) Weight Kit Wt. Value WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 200 g-1 mg g-1mg g-10 mg 200 g-10 mg 200 g-100 mg g-100 mg 200 g-1 g g-1 g Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 200 g g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g g g g g 611 g 421 g 610 g ASTM PrecisionSolutions 179

181 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 500 g 1 mg through 500 g 100 g ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 0* Set Size List Price* Calibration Report Replacement cases List Price 500 g g $1, $1, $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g mg $3, $1, $ g - 1 mg $4, $1, $ *Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 Case Insert Class 0 Set Size List Price 500 g - 1 mg $ g g $49.00 Case Insert Classes 1, 2, 3 & 4 Set Size List Price 500 g - 1 mg $ ASTM CLASS 1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g g $ $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g mg $2, $1, $ $ g - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $ ASTM CLASS 2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g g $ $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g mg $1, $1, $ $ g - 1 mg $1, $1, $ $ ASTM CLASS 3 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g g $ $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g mg $1, $1, $ $ g - 1 mg $1, $1, $ $ ASTM ASTM CLASS 4 Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g g $ $ $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight forceps, plastic $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Lifter bar $13.00 *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 *Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class PrecisionSolutions

182 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 500 g 1 mg through 500 g 100 g ( configuration) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 500 g-1 mg 500 g-100 mg 500 g-1 g 500 g-100 g Class class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 500 g g g g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg 1.1 kg ASTM PrecisionSolutions 181

183 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 500 g -1 g; 200 g -1 g ( ) ; 300 g - 1 g ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ ASTM CLASS 2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ Case Insert Classes 1,2,3,4 Set Size List Price 500 g - 1 g $ g - 1 g $ g - 1 mg $ ASTM CLASS 3 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ ASTM ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below Weight lifter bar, plexiglas, for weights 200 g - 3 kg and 8 oz - 5 lb (screw knob weight only) List Price $3.00 $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 ASTM CLASS 4 Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases List Price 500 g - 1 g $1, $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 500 g-1 g 300 g-1 g 200 g-1 g Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. 500 g g g g g g g g g g g g Total kg 721 g 410 g 182 PrecisionSolutions

184 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg 100 g ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 0* Set Size List Price* Calibration Report Replacement cases List Price 1 kg - 1 mg $3, $1, $1, kg mg $2, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $1, kg g $2, $ $1, *Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 ASTM CLASS 1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 1 kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg g $1, $ $ $1, Secondary Case Class 0 Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Secondary Case Classes 1, 2, 3 & 4 Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Case Insert Classes 1, 2, 3 & 4 Set Size List Price 100 g $88.00 ASTM CLASS 2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 1 kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg g $1, $ $ $1, ASTM CLASS 3 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 1 kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg g $1, $ $ $1, ASTM CLASS 4 Set Size List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases List Price 1 kg - 1 mg $1, $ $1, kg mg $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $1, $ $1, kg g $1, $ $1, ASTM PrecisionSolutions 183

185 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg 100 g ( configuration) ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing (Class 0) Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $56.00 $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Lifter bar $ *Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 *Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 ASTM Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 1 kg-1 mg 1 kg-100 mg 1 kg-1 g 1 kg-100 g Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class 4 Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 1 kg g g g g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg 2.1 kg 184 PrecisionSolutions

186 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 5 kg 1 mg through 5 kg 100 g and 2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg g ( configuration) ASTM CLASS 0** Set Size List Price* Calibration Report Replacement cases 5 kg 5 kg List Price 5 kg - 1 mg $7, $1, $1, kg mg $6, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $6, $1, $1, kg g $5, $1, $1, kg 2 kg 2 kg - 1 mg $4, $1, $1, kg - 1 mg $5, $1, $1, kg - 10 mg $5, $1, $1, kg mg $5, $ $1, kg mg $5, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $5, $ $1, kg x 1 g $5, $ $1, kg g $5, $ $1, Secondary Case Set Size Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg 100 g - 1 mg Configuration Configuration Secondary Case Class 0 $ $ Set Size Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Configuration 100 g - 1 mg Configuration $ Case Insert (Wooden) Set Size Set Size List Price 100 g $88.00 Set Size 5 kg - 1 mg 5 kg mg 5 kg - 1 g 5 kg g 3 kg - 1 g 2 kg - 1 mg 2-2 kg x 1 mg 2-2 kg x 10 mg 2 kg mg 2-2 kg mg 2 kg - 1 g 2-2 kg - 1 g 2 kg g 1 kg - 1 g List Price ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases 5 kg 5 kg List Price $4, $1, $ $1, $4, $1, $ $1, $3, * $3, $1, $ * $1, $3, $1, $ $1, $3, $1, $ $1, kg 2 kg $2, $1, $ $1, * $3, $1, $ $1, * $3, $1, $ $1, $3, $ $ $1, * $3, $1, $ $1, $2, $2, $ $ / 11583* $1, * $3, $ $ $1, $3, $ $ $1, $2, $ $ $1, ASTM **Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 * Configuration replacement case PrecisionSolutions 185

187 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 5 kg 1 mg through 5 kg 100 g and 2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg g Set Size 5 kg - 1 mg 5 kg mg List Price ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases 5 kg 5 kg List Price $3, $1, $ $1, $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $3, $3, $1, $ kg g 11605/ 11581* $1, $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg 2-2 kg - 1 mg 2-2 kg - 10 mg 2 kg mg 2-2 kg mg 2 kg 2 kg $2, $1, $ $1, $3, $1, $ $1, $2, $1, $ $1, $2, $ $ $1, $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $2, $ $ kg - 1 g 2 kg g 11604/ 11583* $1, $2, $ $ $1, $2, $ $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, ASTM Set Size List Price ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases 5 kg 5 kg List Price 5 kg - 1 mg $3, $1, $ $1, kg mg $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $3, $3, $1, $ / 11581* $1, kg g $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $1, $ $1, kg 2 kg 2 kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg - $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 10 mg - $2, $1, $ $1, kg mg $2, $ $ $1, kg mg - $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $2, $ $ / 11583* $1, kg - 1 g - $2, $ $ $1, kg g $2, $ $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, * Configuration replacement case 186 PrecisionSolutions

188 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 5 kg 1 mg through 5 kg 100 g and 2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg g ( configuration) Secondary Case Class 0 Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Secondary Case Classes 1, 2, 3, & Configuration Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Secondary Case Classes 1, 2, 3, & Configuration Set Size ASTM CLASS 4 List Price List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases 5 kg 5 kg List Price 5 kg - 1 mg $3, $ $1, kg mg $3, $ $1, kg - 1 g $3, $3, $ / 11581* $1, kg g $2, $ $1, kg 2 kg 2 kg - 1 mg $2, $ $1, kg - 1 mg - $2, $ $1, kg - 10 mg $2, $ $1, kg mg $2, $ $1, kg mg $2, $ $1, kg - 1 g $1, $1, $ / 11583* $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $1, kg g $2, $ $1, kg - 1 g $1, $ $1, ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing (Class 0 & OIML) $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Lifter (Class 0 & OIML 2 kg & 5 kg) $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Lifter bar $ Lifter with large handle (Class 1-4/4 kg - 25 kg) $56.00 *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 * Configuration replacement case Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Case Insert Classes 1, 2, 3, & 4 Set Size List Price 100 g $88.00 ASTM PrecisionSolutions 187

189 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 5 kg 1 mg through 5 kg 100 g;2 kg - 1 mg through 2-2 kg - 1 mg Weight Kit Wt. Value 5 kg-1 mg 5 kg-100 mg WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 5 kg-1 g 5 kg-100 g 3 kg - 1 g 2 kg-1 mg 2-2 kg-1 mg kg - 1g 1 kg - 1 g Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty. 5 kg kg kg kg g g g g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg kg 12.1 kg kg kg 4.11 kg Qty. ASTM 188 PrecisionSolutions

190 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 2-2 kg- 10 mg through 2 kg g WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 2-2 kg - 10 mg 2 kg mg 2-2 kg mg 2-2 kg - 1 g 2 kg g Weight Kit Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 2 kg kg g g g g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg kg 4.1 kg ASTM PrecisionSolutions 189

191 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets 20 kg 1 mg through 20 kg 1 kg and 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg - 1 kg Set Size List Price Set Size ASTM CLASS 0** List Price* Calibration Report Replacement cases 20 kg 20 kg List Price 20 kg - 1 mg $13, $1, $1, kg mg $12, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $12, $1, $1, kg g $11, $1, $1, kg - 1 kg $10, $1, $1, kg 10 kg 10 kg - 1 mg $9, $1, $1, kg mg $9, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $9, $1, $1, kg g $8, $1, $1, kg - 1 kg $6, $1, $1, **Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0 ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 25 kg - 1 g $11, $1, $ $1, kg 20 kg 20 kg - 1 mg $8, $1, $ $1, kg mg $8, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $8, $8, $1, $ / 11579* $1, kg g $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $7, $1, $ $1, kg 10 kg 10 kg - 1 mg $6, $1, $ $1, kg mg $6, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $6, $6, $1, $ / 11580* $1, kg g $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $5, $1, $ $1, * Configuration replacement weight case ASTM 190 PrecisionSolutions

192 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg 1 mg through 20 kg 1 kg and 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg - 1 kg Set Size List Price ASTM CLASS List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases List Price 25 kg - 1 g $10, $1, $ $1, kg 20 kg 20 kg - 1 mg $7, $1, $ $1, kg mg $7, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $7, $7, $1, $ / 11579* $1, kg g $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $6, $1, $ $1, kg 10 kg 10 kg - 1 mg $5, $1, $ $1, kg mg $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $5, $5, $1, $ / 11580* $1, kg g $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $4, $1, $ $1, ASTM CLASS 3 Set Size List Price List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate Replacement cases 20 kg 20 kg List Price 25 kg - 1 g $10, $1, $ $1, kg 20 kg 20 kg - 1 mg $7, $1, $ $1, kg mg $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $7, $7, $1, $ / 11579* $1, kg g $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $6, $1, $ $1, kg 10 kg 10 kg - 1 mg $5, $1, $ $1, kg mg $5,77500 $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $5, $5, $1, $ / 11580* $1, kg g $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $4, $1, $ $1, * Configuration replacement weight case ASTM PrecisionSolutions 191

193 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg 1 mg through 20 kg 1 kg and 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg - 1 kg Secondary Case Class 0 Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Secondary Case Class 0 Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ Insert, 100 g $ Secondary Case Classes 1, 2, 3 & 4 Set Size List Price 100 g - 1 mg ( ) $ Set Size ASTM CLASS 4 List Price List Price Traceable Certificate Replacement cases List Price 25 kg - 1 g $9, $ $1, kg 20 kg - 1 mg $6, $ $1, kg mg $6, $ $1, kg - 1 g $6, $6, $ / 11579* $1, kg g $6, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $5, $ $1, kg 10 kg - 1 mg $5, $ $1, kg mg $5, $ $1, kg - 1 g $5, $5, $ / 11579* $1, kg g $4, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $4, $ $1, * Configuration replacement weight case ` ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight forceps, plastic (for Class 0 & OIML) $ Weight tweezers, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Lifter bar $ Lifter with larger handle (Class 1-4/4 kg - 25 kg) $ Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing (for class 0 & OIML) $56.00 *36092 Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 Insert, 100 g $ g - 1 mg ( ) $ ASTM 192 PrecisionSolutions

194 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg 1 mg through 20 kg 1 kg and 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg - 1 kg Weight Kit Wt. Value 20 kg-1 mg 20 kg- 100 mg WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 20 kg-1 g 20 kg-100 g 20 kg- 1 kg 10 kg-1 mg 10 kg- 100 mg 10 kg-1 g 10 kg- 100 g Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 20 kg kg kg kg kg kg g g g g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg 42.1 kg 41 kg kg kg kg 22.1 kg 21 kg 10 kg- 1 kg ASTM PrecisionSolutions 193

195 ASTM ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 25 kg 1 g through 20 kg 1 g through 10 kg - 1 g Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 25 kg - 1 g 20 kg - 1 g 10 kg - 1 g Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. 25 kg kg kg kg kg kg g g g g g g g g g Total kg kg kg ASTM 194 PrecisionSolutions

196 OIML Metric Grip Handle Weights 50 kg - 5 kg OIML CLASS M1 Weight Dimensions Slot Width Slot Depth* List Price Traceable Certificate 50 kg /4" W x 7"L x 8 3/8 H 4 1/2" 1 5/8" $ $ kg /4" W x 5 5/8" L x 5 7/8" H 4 1/2" 1 1/2" $ $ kg /8" W x 4 9/16" L x 5" H 3 5/8" 1" $ $ kg /16" W x 3 1/4" L x 3 15/16" H - - $85.00 $70.00 OIML OIML Metric Leaf Weight Kits 500 mg - 1 mg OIML E2 Weight List Price Calibration Report 500 mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $ mg $70.00 $45.00 OIML F1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 500 mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $ mg $35.00 $45.00 $35.00 OIML F2 Weight List Price W/Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 500 mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $ mg $33.00 $45.00 $35.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Vial $ Certificate of Accuracy, not available for Class E2 $ Gel Capsule $5.00 PrecisionSolutions 195

197 OIML OIML Metric Individual Cylindrical Weight Kits 100 g - 1 g OIML OIML E2 Weight List Price Calibration Report 100 g $ $ g $86.00 $ g $77.00 $ g $75.00 $ g $73.00 $ g $73.00 $ g $73.00 $45.00 OIML F1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 100 g $72.00 $50.00 $ g $62.00 $50.00 $ g $57.00 $50.00 $ g $55.00 $50.00 $ g $49.00 $50.00 $ g $49.00 $50.00 $ g $49.00 $45.00 $35.00 OIML F2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 100 g $68.00 $50.00 $ g $56.00 $50.00 $ g $48.00 $50.00 $ g $47.00 $50.00 $ g $47.00 $50.00 $ g $47.00 $50.00 $ g $47.00 $45.00 $35.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy $45.00 Note: Replacement cases are available as special order items only. Please call for details. 196 PrecisionSolutions

198 OIML OIML Metric Individual Cylindrical Weight Kits 20 kg g OIML E2 Weight List Price Calibration Report 20 kg $3, $ kg $2, $ kg $1, $ kg $ $ kg $ $ g $ $ g $ $ OIML OIML F1 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 20 kg $2, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ g $ $ $ g $ $ $55.00 OIML F2 Weight List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate 20 kg $2, $ $ kg $1, $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ kg $ $ $ g $ $ $ g $ $ $55.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Certificate of Accuracy, not available for Class E2 $45.00 Note: Replacement cases are available as special order items only. Please call for details. PrecisionSolutions 197

199 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets 100 g 1 mg through 100 g 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 500 mg - 1 mg through 500 mg mg ( configuration) OIML OIML E2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report replacement cases List Price 100 g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ mg - 1 mg $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $93.00 OIML F1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ mg - 1 mg $ $ $ $ mg mg $ $ $ $93.00 OIML F2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ mg - 1 mg $ $ $ $ mg -100 mg $ $ $ $93.00 ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Forceps, 100 g - 1 mg $ Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy, not available for Class E2 $ PrecisionSolutions

200 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g 1 mg through 100 mg 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 500 mg - 1 mg through 500 mg mg ( configuration) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 100 g - 1 mg 100 g mg 100 g - 1 g 50 g - 1 mg 50 g - 1 g 500 mg - 1 mg 500 mg mg Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 100 g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g 211 g 210 g g 108 g 1.11 g 1 g OIML PrecisionSolutions 199

201 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets g 1 mg through 200 g 100 g ( configuration) OIML OIML E2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report replacement cases List Price g - 1 mg $1, $1, $ g - 1 mg $1, $ $ g mg $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g g $ $ $ Case inserts Weight List Price 200 g - 1 mg $ g g $ /200-1 g $ /200-1 mg $ OIML F1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price g - 1 mg $1, $1, $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g g $ $ $ $ OIML F2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate replacement cases List Price g - 1 mg $ $1, $ $ g - 1 mg $ $ $ $ g mg $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g - 1 g $ $ $ $ g g $ $ $ $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Forceps, 100 g - 1 mg $ Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy, not available for Class E2 $ PrecisionSolutions

202 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets cont g 1 mg through 200 g 100 g ( configuration) WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) Class g-1 mg 200 g - 1 mg 200 g-100 mg g-1 g 200 g - 1 g 200 g-100 g E Weight Kit F F Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 200 g OIML 100 g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total g g 611 g 610 g 410 g 500 g PrecisionSolutions 201

203 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets 500 g 1 mg through 500 g 100 g ( configuration) OIML OIML E2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 500 g - 1 mg $2, $1, $ g mg $2, $1, $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ g g $1, $1, $ OIML F1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 500 g - 1 mg $1, $1, $ $ g mg $1, $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g g $ $1, $ $ Case Inserts Weight List Price 500 g - 1 mg $ g g $ OIML F2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 500 g - 1 mg $1, $1, $ $ g mg $1, $1, $ $ g - 1 g $1, $ $ $ g g $ $1, $ $ ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing, 1 kg g $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for leaf weights only $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy, (not available for Class E2) $ Forceps, 100 g - 1 mg $ PrecisionSolutions

204 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 500 g 1 mg through 500 g 100 g ( configuration) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) Class 500 g-1 mg 500 g-100 mg 500 g-1 g 500 g-100 g E F F Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 500 g OIML 200 g g g g g g g g mg na/ 200 mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg 1.11 kg 1 kg PrecisionSolutions 203

205 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets 2-2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 1 g/1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg g ( configuration) OIML OIML E2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 2-2 kg -1 mg $4, $1, $1, kg - 1 mg $3, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $4, $ $1, kg - 1 g $3, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $1, kg mg $2, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $1, kg g $2, $ $1, Secondary cases Weight List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ OIML F1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 2-2 kg - 1 mg $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg g $2, $ $ $1, OIML F2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 2-2 kg -1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $2, $1, $ $1, kg -1 g $2, $ $ $1, kg - 1 g $1, $ $ $1, kg - 1 mg $1, $1, $ $1, kg mg $1, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $1, $ $ $1, kg g $1, $ $ $1, ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing, 1 kg g $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 1 kg g, $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Lifter, 5 kg & 2 kg $ Leaf weight lid, (not available for Class E2) $ Certificate of Accuracy, (not available for Class E2) $ PrecisionSolutions

206 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 2-2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 1 g/1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg g ( configuration) Weight Kit WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) Class 2-2 kg - 1 mg 2 kg - 1 mg 2-2 kg - 1g 2 kg - 1g 1 kg-1 mg 1 kg-100 mg 1 kg-1 g 1 kg-100 g E F F Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 2 kg OIML 1 kg g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg 6.11 kg 4.11 kg kg kg 2.11 kg 2 kg PrecisionSolutions 205

207 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets 20 kg - 1 mg through 20 kg - 1 kg; 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg -1 kg 5 kg - 1 mg through 5 kg - 1 kg ( configuration) OIML OIML E2 REPLACEMENT CASES Set Size List Price Calibration Report List Price 20 kg - 1 mg $12, $1, $1, kg mg $11, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $11, $1, $1, kg g $10, $1, $1, kg - 1 kg $9, $1, $1, kg - 1 mg $8, $1, $1, kg mg $8, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $7, $1, $1, kg g $7, $1, $1, kg - 1 kg $6, $1, $1, kg - 1 mg $5, $1, $1, kg mg $5, $1, $1, kg - 1 g $5, $1, $1, kg g $4, $1, $1, kg - 1 kg $3, $1, $1, Secondary Case Weight List Price 100 g - 1 mg $ g (insert) $ OIML F1 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 20 kg - 1 mg $8, $1, $ $1, kg mg $8, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $8, $1, $ $1, kg g $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $6, $1, $ $1, kg mg $7, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $6, $1, $ $1, kg g $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $4, $1, $ $1, kg mg $4, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $3, $1, $ $1, kg g $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $3, $1, $ $1, PrecisionSolutions

208 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg - 1 mg through 20 kg - 1 kg; 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg -1 kg 5 kg - 1 mg through 5 kg - 1 kg ( configuration) OIML F2 Set Size List Price Calibration Report Mass Value Certificate REPLACEMENT CASES List Price 20 kg - 1 mg $6, $1, $ $1, kg mg $6, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $6, $1, $ $1, kg g $6, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $5, $1, $ $1, kg mg $5, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $5, $1, $ $1, kg g $4, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $4, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 mg $3, $1, $ $1, kg mg $3, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 g $3, $1, $ $1, kg g $2, $1, $ $1, kg - 1 kg $2, $1, $ $1, OIML PrecisionSolutions 207

209 OIML OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg - 1 mg through 20 kg - 1 kg; 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg -1 kg 5 kg - 1 mg through 5 kg - 1 kg ( configuration) WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight) 20 kg- 1 mg 20 kg mg 20 kg - 1 g 20 kg g 20 kg - 1 kg 10 kg - 1 mg 10 kg mg 10 kg - 1 g OIML Weight Kit Wt. Value Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. 20 kg kg kg kg kg g g g g g g g g g mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg Total kg kg kg 41 kg 40 kg kg kg kg ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES Description List Price Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing, 1 kg g $ Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below $ Lifter, 5 kg - 2 kg $ Weight gloves, white, cotton $ Leaf weight lid $ Certificate of Accuracy, (not available for Class E2) $ PrecisionSolutions

210 Weight Accessories Weight Accessories Weight Accessories SEALING PLUGS Diameter (MM) List Price Lead Plugs /4" (69.8) $ /8" (47.6) $ " (25.4) $ /2" (12.7) $ /4" (31.7) $ /16" (14.3) $ /8" (15.9) $ /4" (19.1) $ /8" (22.2) $3.35 Aluminum Plugs /8" (9.5) $ /2" (12.7) $ /8" (15.9) $ " (25.4) $ /16" (14.3) $ /8" (22.2) $ /4" (19.1) $3.35 Back-up Plugs /4" (69.8) $ /4" (19.1) $ " (25.4) $ /8" (47.6) $3.35 Stainless Steel Plugs /10" (23.0) $ PrecisionSolutions

211 Weight Accessories Weight Accessories cont. Clean Room Cases Clean Room Cases These cases are ideal for all clean room environments. Made of tough, clear acrylic, these attractive cases protect your valuable investment while allowing you to comply to even the most stringently clean room requirements. Inserts are made of either acrylic or PVC depending on the number and configuration of weights being stored. Please note that acrylic weight cases have been developed for storage of your weights only. They are not designed for shipping purposes. Acrylic weight cases are available as an accessory only. Weight sets will be shipped in our standard wood or PVC cases for the ultimate in protection during transportation. You will find these cases convenient, attractive, effective and economical. Please call for a quotation. Weight Accessories cont. Replacement Cases Weight Accessories (Length) (Width) REPLACEMENT CASES Width ** Length ** Closed Height ** List Price Leatherette /4" 1 7/8" 1 1/16" $ /16" 2 1/2" 7/8" $ " 4" 4 1/2" $39.00 Plastic /2" 6" 3 1/2" $59.00 ABS Plastic /2" 7 5/8" 6" $ /8" 9 3/8" 7 5/8" $ /8" 6 1/2" 7 1/8" $ Sealers Cube Wt -- Foam-lined* /8" 9 3/8" 7 5/8" $ * No storage pocket ** Inside case dimensions pelican cases Width Length Closed Height List Price " 17" 8" $ " 11 3/4" 6" $ PrecisionSolutions 211

212 Weight Accessories Weight Accessories cont. Transfer Carts TRANSFER CART Width (MM) Handle Width (MM) Height List Price /2" (927.1) 74 1/2" (1892.3) 29" (736.6) $1, For use on smooth, level surfaces especially for moving 500 lb or 1000 lb heavy-capacity weights. Cart can be sealed to a specified weight. TRANSFER CART Width (MM) Length (MM) Height List Price " (609) 35" (889) 14" (355) $1, For use on smooth, level surfaces for holding up to fifteen 50 lb grip handle weights. Cart can be sealed to a specific weight. Weight Accessories Weight Accessories cont. Touch-Up/Repair Paint TOUCH-UP/REPAIR PAINT Color List Price Gold Sierra $132.00/gal Silver Sierra $100.00/gal Gold Primer $116.00/gal Aerosol Spray (Gold) $ Aerosol Spray (Silver) $ Sliver Primer $79.00/gal Thinner $68.00/gal. Specially developed metallic paint to keep your cast iron weights looking like new. Weight Accessories cont. Canvas Dust Cover DUST COVERS Capacity Weight Cover List Price 200 lb (12890) $ lb (12844) $ lb (12880) $ lb (12850) $ lb (12858) $ lb (12866) $ lb (12860) (slab) $ lb (12888) $ kg (12775) $ kg (12803) $ kg (12817) $ kg (12782) $ kg (12797) $ kg (12801) $ kg (12821) $ PrecisionSolutions

213 Weight Accessories Weight and Balance Accessories Gloves GLOVES Description List Price White Cloth (pair) $ Plastic (each) $1.50 Weight and Balance Accessories Transfer Equipment TRANSFER Equipment Description List Price Forceps, 3 5/8" 100 g - 1 mg $ Forceps, 4 3/4" $ Plastic Bar 200 g - 4 kg $ Metal Handle 5 kg + $ * Metal Forceps $11.00 * Not recommended for use with polished weights. Weight Accessories Weight and Balance Accessories Slabs and Tables STANDARD BALANCE SLAB Description List Price " x 20" x 3" 100 lb $ CLEAN ROOM TABLE Description List Price " x 35" x 32" 600 lb $2, Standard Balance Slab Kasota Stone STANDARD BALANCE TABLE Description List Price " x 35" x 32" 700 lb $ ANTI-VIBRATION Description List Price Anti-vibration pad 4 x 4 1/4 Thick $15.00 Clean Room Table Granite Standard Balance Table Kasota Stone Anti-Vibration PrecisionSolutions 213

214 Notes: 214 PrecisionSolutions

215 Reference Contents Reference Ordering Mass Standards and Test Weights Accuracy Classes for Mass Standards and Test Weights NIST Handbook 44 Accuracy Classes International Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification U.S. Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification Metric Weight Tolerances U.S. Field Standard Weight Classifiction Avoirdupois Tolerance Conversion Weight Tolerances: Metric and Avoirdupois Ordering Weights and Weight Sets Metric Weight Tolerances Conversion Factors for Units of Measure Calibration Service Selection Guide Documentation TMAP Calibration Report TMAP Traceable Report RLWS Traceable Mass Value Certificate Certificate of Accuracy How Will a NVLAP-Accredited Calibration Lab Benefit Me? Traceability Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards Weight Cleaning Procedures Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights Weights, Balances and Uncertainty Factors in the Environment Ordering Laboratory Documentation Glossary of Terms Returns and Warranties Critical Specification and Ordering Information Shipping Services...254

216 Reference Ordering Mass Standards and Test Weights The following pages of this catalog contain all the information you ll need to place your mass standard or test weight order. If you re new to the specialized field of metrological weights, the ordering process can be broken into five simple steps: 1. Determine the regulatory standard that applies to your application. The international standard (OIML) is summarized on pages ; the U.S. standard (ASTM E 617) is summarized on pages 283; the U.S. commercial standard for Legal-for-Trade applications (NIST Handbook 105-1) is summarized on page Determine the accuracy class appropriate for your application by reviewing the accuracy and tolerance information below and on pages , as well as your internal ISO documentation and any applicable manufacturer s instructions. 3. Determine the type of laboratory documentation you require using the information on pages Using the information from steps 1 3 to select the weight or weight set and appropriate laboratory documentation for your application as listed on pages If your weights will require Legal-for-Trade certification prior to placing them in service, decide if you would like the certification to be handled by Rice Lake Weighing Systems metrology lab, accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or sent to your state lab. For information on the certification process of NVLAP-accredited labs, see page 293. Accuracy Classes for Mass Standards and Test Weights Reference Current Standard and Test Weight Accuracy Classes Typical Use OIML* ASTM E617* NIST 105-1* Weight Calibration Certificate Essential Primary Laboratory Reference Standard High precision standards for calibration of weights and special precision analytical balances accuracy Classes I and II (class number depending on precision). Weight Calibration Certificate Recommended High Accuracy Balances Working standard for precision analytical work, built-in weights and external weights used to calibrate moderate precision balances Traceable Certificate Acceptable Industrial Scales and Balance Accuracy Class III industrial scales, dial scales, trip balances, platform scales. Also used for accuracy Class IIIL and IIII, and weights used to calibrate scales in Legal-for-Trade applications. 5 E1 E2 Obsolete Standard NBS CIR. 547* 0,1 M,S F1 2 3 S1 F2 4 P M1 5 Q M2 6 F T M3 7 1 See pages for more information on OIML weight classifications 2 See pages 283 for more information on ASTM E617 weight classifications 3 See page 285 for more information on NIST Class F weight classification 4 Listed for reference only. NBS Cir. 547 has been superseded by ASTM E 617 classifications 5 Please refer to page 279 for accuracy class definitions 216 PrecisionSolutions

217 Reference NIST Handbook 44 Accuracy Classes Class Value of the verification scale division (d or e 1 ) SI Units Number of scale 4 divisions (n) Minimum Maximum I Equal to or greater than 1 mg 50,000 - II III 22 1 to 50 mg, inclusive Equal to or greater than 100 mg 0.1 to 4 g, inclusive Equal to or greater than 5 g ,000 10,000 III L 33 Equal or greater than 2 kg ,000 IIII Equal to or greater than 5 kg 100 1,200 III lb to lb, inclusive oz to oz inclusive Equal to or greater than 0.01 lb Equal to or greater than 0.25 oz Inch-Pound Units ,000 III L 33 Equal to or greater than 5 lb ,000 IIII Greater than 0.01 lb Greater than 0.25 lb 1 For Class I and II devices equipped with auxiliary reading means (i.e., a rider, a vernier, or a least significant decimal differentiated by size, shape, or color), the value of the verification scale division e is the value of the scale division immediately preceding the auxiliary means. 2 A scale marked For prescription weighing only may have a scale division not less than 0.01g ,200 Reference 3 The value of a scale division for crane and hopper (other than grain hopper) scales shall be not less than 0.2 kg (0.5 lb). The minimum number of scale divisions shall be not less than On a multiple range or multi-interval scale the number of divisions for each range independently shall not exceed the maximum specified for the accuracy class. The number of scale divisions, n, for each range is determined by dividing the scale capacity for each range by the verification scale division, e for each range. On a scale system with multiple load receiving elements and multiple indications, each element considered shall not independently exceed the maximum specified for the accuracy class. If the system has a summing indicator, the n max for the summed indication shall not exceed the maximum specified for the accuracy class. PrecisionSolutions 217

218 Reference International Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification Excerpts from the Standard Specification for Laboratory Weights and Precision Mass Standards as Regulated by the Organization Internationale De Metrologie Legale (OIML): 2004 Edition (E) Publication OIML R 111 This specification covers various classes of weights and mass standards used in laboratories, and weights used for field standards and commercial measurement. Reference OIML Weight Classification and Selection OIML is a worldwide, intergovernmental organization whose primary aim is to harmonize the regulations and metrological controls applied by national metrological services, or related organizations of member states. The two main categories of OIML publications are: International Recommendations (OIML R), which are model regulations that establish the metrological characteristics required of certain measuring instruments and which specify methods and equipment for checking their conformity; the OIML Member States shall implement these Recommendations to the greatest possible extent. International Documents (OIML D), which are informative in nature and intended to improve the work of metrological services. International Recommendations and International Documents are published in French (F) and English (E), and are subject to revision. OIML publications may be obtained from the Organization s headquarters: Bureau International de Metrologie Legale 11 Rue Turgot Paris France Telephone: 33 (1) and Fax: 33 (1) Telex: SVP SERV F ATTN. OIML General Information on Weight Classes: E1, E2, F1, F2, M1, M2 This Recommendation contains the principle physical characteristics and metrological requirements for weights which are used: For the verification of weighing instruments, For the verification of weights of a lower class of accuracy. The nominal values of mass of the weights covered by this Recommendation range from 1 milligram (mg) to 50 kilograms (kg). This recommendation applies to weights in classes of accuracy as follows: E1, E2, F1, F2, M1, M2 and M3. Weights used for the verification of weighing instruments The classes of accuracy of the weights used for the verification of weighing instruments shall be specified in the appropriate International Recommendations relating to these instruments. Weights used for the verification of weights of a lower class of accuracy E1 Weights intended to ensure traceability (see OIML R 33, paragraph A.3) between national mass standards (with values derived from the International Prototype of the kilogram) and weights of class E2 and lower. Class E1 weights or sets of weights shall always be accompanied by a calibration certificate. E2 F1 F2 Weights intended to be used for the initial verification of weights of class F1. They may be used as class E1 weights if they comply with the requirements for surface roughness and magnetic susceptibility of class E1 weights and if their calibration certificate gives the appropriate data. Weights intended to be used for the initial verification of weighs of class F2. Weights intended to be used for the initial verification of weights of class M1 and possibly M2. M1 weights intended to be used for the initial verification of weights of class M2. F1, F2 Weights used with instruments of accuracy class I. F2 M1 M2 M3 Weights intended to be used for important commercial transactions (e.g. gold and precious stones) on weighing instruments of accuracy class II. Weights intended to be used with weighing instruments of accuracy class II. Weights intended to be used in normal commercial transactions and on weighing instruments of accuracy class III. Weights intended to be used on weighing instruments of accuracy classes III and IIII. The accuracy of weights used with weighing instruments shall be chosen in accordance with the requirements of OIML R 76 Nonautomatic weighing instruments. 218 PrecisionSolutions

219 Reference International Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification Excerpts from the Standard Specification for Laboratory Weights and Precision Mass Standards as Regulated by the Organization Internationale De Metrologie Legale (OIML): 2004 Edition (E) Publication OIML R 111 This specification covers various classes of weights and mass standards used in laboratories, and weights used for field standards and commercial measurement. Construction Class E1 and E2 Weights Class E1 and E2 weights shall be solid and have no cavity open to the atmosphere. They shall have an integral construction, i.e., consist of a single piece of material. Class F1 and F2 Weights Class F1 and F2 weights from 1g to 50 kg may be one or more pieces from the same material. Class F1 and F2 weights may contain an adjusting cavity; however, the volume of this cavity shall not exceed one-twentieth of the total volume of the weight, and the cavity shall be closed either by means of the lifting knob or by any other suitable device. Calibration or Initial Verification Certain categories of new weights may either be calibrated individually or be subject to initial verification, depending on their intended use and the national legislation of the country. Calibration weights shall be accompanied by a certificate which gives at least the conventional mass of each weight, its expanded uncertainty and the value of the coverage factor k (see coverage factor k). Class E1 weights shall always be accompanied by certificates. The certificate for class E1 weights shall mention at least the values of conventional mass, the expanded uncertainty and the coverage factor k, and the density or volume for each weight. The optional certificate for class E2 weights shall mention at least: The values of conventional mass of each weight and the extended uncertainty and the coverage factor k, or The information required for class E1 weights certificates (under the conditions of the above paragraph). Recalibration or Periodic Verification The categories of weights which are subject to calibration or initial verification should either be recalibrated or have a periodic verification. This makes it possible to verify that the weights maintain their metrological properties. Any weights found defective at the time of the periodic verification shall be discarded or readjusted. Uncertainty of Measurement Standard uncertainty Uncertainty of the result of a measurement expressed as an estimated standard deviation. Combined standard uncertainty Standard uncertainty of a measurement result. When that result is obtained from the values of a number of quantities, it is equal to the positive square root of the appropriate sum of the variances and covariances of these quantities. The variance of quantity is the square of its standard deviation. Expanded uncertainty The expanded uncertainty U is obtained by multiplying the combined standard uncertainty by the coverage factor k. U = k. uc Coverage factor k level of confidence In most cases, it is appropriate to use the factor k = 2. For the normal distribution, the factor k = 2 signifies that the limits of expanded uncertainty apply when the confidence level is approximately 95%. Uncertainties for Weights u2 = u2 u2 with ua, ub: standard uncertainties of category A and B, respectively. Reference PrecisionSolutions 219

220 Reference U.S. Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification Application Table Class Type Application 0 I Primary Laboratory Reference Standards 0 I Reference standards used for calibrating Class 1 weights 0 I Reference standards used for calibrating Class 2 weights 1 I Reference standards used for calibrating Class 3 weights 1 II Calibration weights used with calibration Class I balances 1 I or II Built in weights for high quality analytical balances 1,2 I or II Calibration weights used with calibration Class II balances, laboratory weights for routine analytical work 2 I or II Standards used for calibratingclass 4 weights 3 I or II Standards used for calibrating Class 5 weights 4 I or II Standards used for calibrating Class 6 weights 4,5,6 I or II Student laboratory use 5,6 I or II Student laboratory use 7 I or II Rough weighing operations in physical and chemical laboratories such as force measuring apparatus Reference Term Abbreviations Name of Unit Accepted Abbreviation Conversion Factor (g/unit of measure) Assay Ton AT g Carat c 0.2 g Dram, apothecaries dr ap g Grain, Troy GN g Gram g 1 g Kilogram kg 1000 g Milligram mg g Ounce, apothecaries (480 grains) oz ap g Ounce, avoirdupois (437.5 grains) oz g Ounce, troy (480 grains) oz t g Pennyweight dwt g Pound avoirdupois lb g Scruple, apothecaries s ap g 220 PrecisionSolutions

221 Reference U.S. Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification (continued) Excerpts from the Standard Specification for Laboratory Weights and Precision Mass Standards: ASTM E This specification covers various classes of weights and mass standards used in laboratories, and weights used for field standards and commercial measurement are excluded, as NIST Handbook and NIST Handbook 44 cover those classes of weights. Weight Classification and Selection Selection of type and class depends upon the application of the weights. For pr mary standards, stability and information about the values of the weights is more important than the closeness of the values to nominal. Weights to be used with balances of low precision do not require small tolerances nor need the choice of materials to be limited to those of high stability. The suggested application table should serve as a guide in selecting weights for specific applications. Type Weights are divided into two types based upon the design: Type I These weights are of one-piece construction and contain no added adjusting material. They should be specified when weights are to be used as standards of the highest order and where maximum stability is required. A precise measurement of density can be made only for one-piece weights. Type II Weights of this type can be of any appropriate design such as screw knob, ring, or sealed plug. Adjusting material can be used as long as it is of a material at least as stable as the base material and is contained in such a way that it will not become separated from the weight. Physical Characteristics Class 0 must be Type I, one-piece construction, and classes 1 7 can be either Type I or II depending on the application. All weights must meet other design requirements for density, hardness, permitted surface area, surface finish, magnetic properties, corrosion resistance, surface protection and markings. Class selection depends upon the degree of stability required. Density limitations are important in minimizing the effects of air buoyancy in high precision measurements. Class 0 weights shall not bear any indication of nominal value. Class Tolerance limitations are described in Classes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 as shown in the weight tolerance tables. Classes with small numerical designations represent smaller tolerances. Classes 0, 1 and 2 are used primarily in metric but are also available in avoirdupois denominations. Classes 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 include tolerances for metric, avoirdupois pound, avoirdupois ounce, troy ounce, pennyweight, and grain weights. Class 1 through 7 tolerances are comparable to those in the obsolete NIST Circular 547, Section 1, with the following exception: Class 1 replaces the smaller tolerances of Classes M and S, while Class 2 replaces the larger tolerances of Classes M and S. Reference PrecisionSolutions 221

222 Reference Metric Weight Tolerances E 617* INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION OF LEGAL METEROLOGY RECOMMENDATIONS OIML R111 Denomination Metric E1 mg E2 mg F1 mg F2 mg M1 mg M2 mg M3 mg 0 mg 1 mg 2 mg 3 mg 4 g & mg 5 g & mg 6 g & mg 7 g & mg Reference 5000 kg 100 g 250 g 750 g 3000 kg 60 g 150 g 450 g 2000 kg 40 g 100 g 300 g 1000 kg 20 g 50 g 150 g 500 kg 10 g 25 g 50 g 75 g 300 kg 6.0 g 15 g g 200 kg 4.0 g 10 g g 100 kg 2.0 g 5 g g 50 kg , g 2.5 g g 30 kg mg 1.5 g g 25 kg mg 1.2 g 4.5 g 20 kg , mg 1.0 g g 10 kg mg 500 mg g 5 kg mg 250 mg 500 mg 1.4 g 3 kg mg 150 mg 300 mg 1.0 g 2 kg mg 100 mg 200 mg 750 mg 1 kg mg 50 mg 100 mg 470 mg 500 g mg 30 mg 50 mg 300 mg 300 g mg 20 mg 30 mg 210 mg 200 g mg 15 mg 20 mg 160 mg 100 g mg 9 mg 10 mg 100 mg 50 g mg 5.6 mg 7 mg 30 g mg 4.0 mg 5 mg 44 mg 20 g mg 3.0 mg 3 mg 33 mg 10 g mg 2.0 mg 2 mg 21 mg 5 g mg 1.3 mg 2 mg 13 mg 3 g mg 0.95 mg 2 mg 9.4 mg 2 g mg 0.75 mg 2 mg 7.0 mg 1 g mg 0.50 mg 2 mg 4.5 mg 500 mg mg 0.38 mg 1 mg 3.0 mg 300 mg mg 0.30 mg 1 mg 2.2 mg 200 mg mg 0.26 mg 1 mg 1.8 mg 100 mg mg 0.20 mg 1 mg 1.2 mg 50 mg mg 0.16 mg 0.88 mg 30 mg mg 0.14 mg 0.68 mg 20 mg mg 0.12 mg 0.56 mg 10 mg mg 0.10 mg 0.4 mg 5 mg mg mg 3 mg mg mg 2 mg mg 0.06 mg 1 mg mg 0.05 mg Tolerance for weights of denominations between those listed can be determined as follows: If the unit of measure is non-metric, convert the nominal value to a metric unit. For weights that are between those listed, the tolerance for the next lower weight shall be applied. Reprinted, with permission from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Copyright American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA NIST Class F Tolerances are based on the 1990 revised tolerance structure used by State Weights & Measures. 222 PrecisionSolutions

223 Reference U.S. Field Standard Weight Classification Specification and Tolerances for Field Standard Weights (NIST Handbook 105-1, Class F, Revised 1990) These specifications and tolerances are minimum requirements for standards used primarily to test weighing devices. Key words: Field standard weights, specifications, test weights, tolerances, weights and measures inspection. Introduction A Class F field standard weight (after this, called weight ) is intended to be used primarily to test commercial weighing devices for compliance with the requirements of NIST Handbook Class F weights may be used to test most accuracy Class 2 III scales, all scales of Class IIIL or IIII, and scales not marked with a class designation. A weight shall be verified to be within-tolerance prior to use. The within-tolerance status of a weight shall be rechecked as often as regulations or circumstances require, especially when damage to it is known or suspected. General These specifications apply to new weights placed in service after the publication of this standard; the tolerances apply to all weights in service. A weight in service prior to the publication of this standard that has maintained Class F tolerances between verification tests shall continue to be acceptable. The specifications permit the use of a weight at its nominal value in normal testing operations, where the tolerance on the item under test is at least three times as great as the tolerance of the weight 3. A partial list of specifications from Handbook Material 1.1 A weight made of brass or a fabricated weight (such as a laminated weight or a weight of nonuniform density) shall not be placed in service after the publication date of this standard (1990). 1.2 A weight smaller than 5 grams/0.01 lb shall be constructed of stainless steel, tantalum, nickelchromium alloy, aluminum alloy, or other material sufficiently resistant to corrosion and oxidation that the surface need not be protected or coated. 1.3 A weight of 5 grams/0.01 lb up to and including 5 kg/10 lb shall be constructed of material having a hardness of Rockwell B 80 or greater (such as 300-series stainless steel), and be resistant to abrasion, corrosion, denting, and chipping. 1.4 A weight larger than 5 kg/10 lb shall be constructed of materials such as iron, steel, or stainless steel, have a hardness of Rockwell B 80 or greater, and be resistant to abrasion, corrosion, denting, and chipping. Cast iron may be used for weights 10 kg/20 lb and larger. Body filler (e.g., fiberglass, putty, or plaster) shall not be used to correct a poor casting or finish. 2. Finish 2.1 The surface finish of a new weight machined from round bar stock shall have a roughness average of 0.80 micrometers (32 microinches) or better, determined by use of a hand-held surface roughness indicator (available from several manufacturers) or more accurate method, and be free of scratches, dents, and chipped corners or edges, determined by visual examination. A beaded or blasted finish (with roughness average 1.25 micrometers (50 microinches) or better) is acceptable on a cube weight to facilitate gripping. 2.2 A weight 5 kg/10 lb or less shall not have a surface coating. 2.3 A weight larger than 5 kg/10 lb constructed of materials susceptible to corrosion or tarnishing shall have a protective surface coating. A light coat of sprayed-on flat aluminum paint is recommended. Lacquer is also acceptable. Epoxy paint or plated surfaces are not acceptable. A coating is recommended for the bottom of a weight, particularly if the bottom is recessed. If paint or lacquer is used, it shall be hard and resistant to chipping. Cast metric and avoirdupois field standards shall be color coded (i.e. gold for metric and silver for avoirdupois) to differentiate the weights. Reference 1 NIST Handbook 44, Specifications Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices. (See current edition.) 2 See Handbook 44, Section 2, Scales Code. 3 See Handbook 44, Appendix A, par PrecisionSolutions 223

224 Reference Avoirdupois Tolerance Conversion Reference Nominal Size Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4 Class 5 Class 6 Class 7 lb mg mg mg mg mg mg mg ` oz 1/ / / / / PrecisionSolutions

225 Reference Weight Tolerances Metric Denomination Metric F g & mg 5000 kg 500 g 3000 kg 300 g 2000 kg 200 g 1000 kg 100 g 500 kg 50 g 300 kg 30 g 200 kg 20 g 100 kg 10 g 50 kg 5.0 g 30 kg 3.0 g 25 kg 2.5 g 20 kg 2.0 g 10 kg 1.0 g 5 kg 500 mg 3 kg 300 mg 2 kg 200 mg 1 kg 100 mg 500 g 70 mg 300 g 60 mg 200 g 40 mg 100 g 20 mg 50 g 10 mg 30 g 6.0 mg 20 g 4.0 mg 10 g 2.0 mg 5 g 1.5 mg 3 g 1.28 mg 2 g 1.12 mg 1 g 0.90 mg 500 mg 0.72 mg 300 mg 0.61 mg 200 mg 0.54 mg 100 mg 0.43 mg 50 mg 0.35 mg 30 mg 0.29 mg 20 mg 0.26 mg 10 mg 0.21 mg 5 mg 0.17 mg 3 mg 0.14 mg 2 mg 0.12 mg 1 mg 0.10 mg Avoirdupois Weight Tolerances Pounds Denomination Metric F g & mg 10,000 lb 450 g 5000 lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb 30 lb lb lb 910 mg 15 lb 10 lb lb 8 lb 7 lb 6 lb 5 lb lb 3 lb lb 91 1 lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb Ounces Handbook Denomination F Metric mg 12 oz 10 oz 8 oz 45 6 oz 5 oz 4 oz 23 3 oz 2 oz 11 1 oz 5.4 1/2 oz 2.8 1/4 oz 1.7 1/8 oz 1.3 1/16 oz 1.1 1/32 oz /64 oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz oz NIST Handbook 44 & NIST Circular 3 Tolerances have been converted from avoirdupois to metric and rounded to two significant figures. NIST Class F Tolerances are based on the 1975 revised tolerance structure used by State Weights & Measures. Reference PrecisionSolutions 225

226 Reference Ordering Weights and Weight Sets Reference 1. Please describe your application and tell us what you need to accomplish with these weight(s) or weight set. 2. What is the maximum amount of weight you will need at any one time? 3. What is the minimum amount of weight you will need at any one time? 4. What tolerance are you looking for? 5. Is your tolerance driven by the equipment under test; the application; an internal specification document; or another source? 6. What style (ASTM, OIML, NIST) is required or preferred? 7. What configuration do you need ( or )? 8. Do you need something that is custom manufactured? 9. What is your budget for this project? 10. Tell us about the environment. Is it a. Indoor/outdoor? b. Wet/dry? c. Windy/still? d. Corrosive, hazardous, or explosive? e. A clean room? f. Are there biohazard, electrostatic, or magnetic conditions to consider? g. What else is noteworthy? 11. Are you replacing an existing weight or weight set? 12. If the answer to question number 11 is yes, then: a. What do you like/dislike about the existing devices? b. What configuration is the existing set? c. What style is the existing set? d. What laboratory documentation is needed for the existing set? 13. Does this weight set need to be legal-for-trade? 14. Do you need ISO/IEC & ISO 9000 laboratory documentation? 15. If you do not need ISO/IEC and ISO 9000 laboratory documentation, do you need traceability to NIST? 16. Do you need true mass value? 17. Do you need a book version of the Calibration Report? 18. Do you know how we send out laboratory documentation? Please refer to page 229. Is this acceptable? 19. Do you need a different option? 20. If you are getting any of the laboratory documentation above, do you need a recall date? 21. Would you like a complimentary precision measurement poster with your order? 22. What other precision services/equipment (recalibration, balances, accessories, liquid handling, static electricity, containment) do you use? 226 PrecisionSolutions

227 Reference Metric Weight Tolerances Conversion Factors for Units of Measure All shaded figures are exact. To convert one unit of measure to another, use our online conversion calculator at Units of Mass not greater than Pounds and Kilograms UNITS GRAINS APOTHECARIES AVOIRDUPOIS APOTHECARIES AVOIRDUPOIS PENNYWEIGHTS ACRUPLES DRAMS DRAMS OUNCES 1 grain = apoth. scruple = pennyweight = avdp. dram = apoth. dram = avdp. oz = apoth. or troy ounce = apoth. or troy pound = avdp. lb = milligram = gram = kilogram = Units of Mass not greater than Pounds and Kilograms UNITS APOTHECARIES OR TROY OUNCES APOTHECARIES OR TROY POUNDS AVOIRDUPOIS POUNDS MILLIGRAMS GRAMS KILOGRAMS 1 grain = apoth. scruple = pennyweight = avdp. dram = apoth. dram = avdp. oz = apoth. or troy ounce = apoth. or troy pound = avdp. lb = milligram = gram = kilogram = ,000, Reference Units of Mass not greater than Avoirdupois Ounces UNITS AVOIRDUPOIS OUNCES AVOIRDUPOIS POUNDS SHORT HUNDRED- WEIGHTS SHORT TONS LONG TONS KILOGRAMS METRIC TONS 1 avdp. oz = avdp. lb = short hundredweight = short ton = 32, long ton = 35, kilogram = metric ton = Based on National Institute of Standards and Technology LC-1071, Factors for High-Precision Conversions, July 1976 PrecisionSolutions 227

228 Reference Calibration Service Selection Guide Answer 2 Questions to determine the calibration service you need 1 2 Need NVLAP accredited* laboratory certificate or report to meet ISO/IEC & ISO 9000 requirements? ASTM 0, 1, 2, 3; OIML E2, F1, or F2 YES What Weight Class? ASTM 4, 5, 6, 7; NIST F; OIML M1, M2, M3 NO Traceability to NIST? YES NO Reference TMAP Calibration Report Weight classes: ASTM 0 3, OIML E2, F1, F2 Meets all the requirements of the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) Provides traceability to NIST Meets requirements for ISO/IEC and ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 Lists the environmental conditions present at time of calibration TMAP Traceable Certificate Weight classes: ASTM 4 7, NIST F, OIML M1, M2, M3 Meets all the requirements of the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) Provides traceability to NIST Meets requirements for ISO/IEC and ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 Lists the environmental conditions present at time of calibration RLWS Mass Value Certificate Weight classes: ASTM 1 3, OIML, F1, F2 Uncertainty to tolerance ratios are not guaranteed to be met Lists actual weight values, uncertainties, and tolerances Measurements are traceable to NIST Not an accredited certificate Certificate of Accuracy (Only applicable to new weights). All weight classes Tolerance statement of the weight Nominal value of the weight is listed Tolerance for the specific weight class is noted Does not give traceability to NIST Before, after, or uncertainties values are not listed Report cites that the test was done by RLWS, a NVLAP-accredited laboratory Certificate cites that the test was done by RLWS, a NVLAP-accredited laboratory Not an accredited certificate Report states that RLWS is ISO 9001 registered Report states that RLWS is ISO 9001 registered * Accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for the specific scope of accreditation under Lab Code PrecisionSolutions

229 Reference Documentation TMAP Calibration Report This document conforms to ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and the superseded Military Standard Spec 45662A. The weighing designs used for this calibration are extensive and consist of repeated comparisons, the same as those used at the national level (NIST). When these calibrations are performed, the 4-to-1 uncertainty to tolerance ratio is met for a weight range of 10 kg to 1 mg, thus giving the most accurate values of the weights as possible. Weights that include this document are traceable to NIST. TMAP Traceable Certificate This document conforms to ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and includes all the necessary information that is required by the superseded Military Standard Spec 45662A. We use a modified weighing design, and provide the following information: nominal and correction values, tolerance for the specific class, assumed density, and the environmental conditions present at the time the tests were performed. Weights that include this certificate are traceable to NIST. RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report This document witnesses actual weight values, as well as uncertainties and tolerances. Weights carrying this documentation are traceable to NIST. However, the uncertainty to tolerance ratios are not guaranteed. This is not an accredited document. Certificate Of Accuracy This is neither a traceable nor accredited document. This document states that the mass (weight) has been compared to a known standard. The standards used must have traceability to NIST and the certificate will list the report number, nominal value, description of weight (or kit), serial number, class and tolerance. TMAP Traceable Certificate vs. TMAP Calibration Report The major difference between the two is the method in which the weights are compared to the known standard. They both give the actual values and uncertainties. The TMAP Calibration Report will, however, give a smaller uncertainty and a more precise value of the actual mass due to the multiple measurements that are made during the calibrating process. Both the TMAP Traceable Certificate and TMAP Calibration Report will include the following information: Actual mass values or the corrections to the nominal mass of the weight being calibrated vs. 8 grams/cm 3. The uncertainty of the measurement process as it relates to the item being calibrated. The environmental conditions present during the test. The assumed density of the weight being tested so that atmospheric buoyancy corrections can be applied. Which Document Do I Need? This is one of the most frequently asked questions we hear at our Mass Metrology Laboratory and often times, the decision has already been made for you depending on the class of weight being evaluated. Sometimes the answer is obvious, as when a company has legal or contractual requirements that mandate a specific document. Government contracts may dictate a document to meet certain Military Standard specifications. Often the need for quality control requirements for ISO-9000 guidelines specify that certain standards be met in their weight documentation. In the absence of any programs or guidelines within your company, the Accuracy Classes for Mass Standards and Test Weights chart on page 247 can be used as a guide to define whether a TMAP Calibration Report or TMAP Traceable Certificate is required. A Certificate of Accuracy is adequate if the actual values and stated uncertainties of the weights are not necessary, and only the tolerances of the specific class are needed. These documents are normally adequate for weights used to calibrate industrial balances and scales more than 6 kg in capacity. The mass standards used by Rice Lake Weighing Systems are used to verify that those weights are within the necessary tolerances and are traceable to NIST. Weights with this document do not meet the requirements needed in legal-for-trade scale applications. Legal-for-Trade Weight Applications NIST Class F weights are required for all legal-for-trade applications which include any product that is sold by weight. This would include all retail scales and floor and truck scales. For these applications we recommend a traceable certificate, which will give actual values and uncertainties of the weights. Most State Weights and Measures Departments require this information as a minimum to allow weights to be put into field service. This is usually the same information that the state gives when they certify weights. Check with your state and local Weights and Measures Department for acceptance of our documentation. Reference PrecisionSolutions 229

230 Reference TMAP Calibration Report Reference A customer requesting a TMAP (Total Measurement Assurance Program) Calibration Report needing traceability to NIST is looking for actual weight readings, corrections and uncertainty values. To produce this document, a calibration laboratory must maintain a statistical measurement process acceptable by NIST. Also, depending on the weight class and the accuracy required, different standards and procedures need to be incorporated to make sure the level of uncertainty is appropriate for the item being tested. The Weight Calibration Report is in compliance with ISO International Standard and ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 requirements. The special software used to produce the TMAP Calibration Report was developed specifically for Rice Lake Weighing Systems. These programs and procedures allow Rice Lake Weighing Systems to achieve and help maintain lower uncertainties. The TMAP Calibration Report includes the following information: 1 Name and address of` the calibration laboratory 2 Identification of the calibrated item and serial number, if applicable 3 Nominal mass value 14 4 As found condition of the weight 5 As left condition of the weight 6 A statement of the estimated value of uncertainty 1 7 Tolerance for the specific class 8 Your Traceable Report Number 9 NIST Certificate number 10 Environmental condition at time of test 11 Procedure used 12 NVLAP Accreditation logo 13 Calibration and due date of RLWS standards. This represents the date that RLWS standard is due for recalibration. This RLWS standard was used to check the performance of your weight. This date in no way reflects an expiration date of the certificate, nor does it infer or specify a recall date. The expiration of the certificate and the specification of a recall date are user assigned responsibilities under NIST H Contractor name and address 15 Client name and address 16 Record of the weighing equipment 17 Assumed density of the weight being tested Refer to page 228 for Calibration Service Selection Guide. 1 A reported value without all required parameters cannot be used in any link of traceability. Therefore, a calibration report without an uncertainty statement is useless. 230 PrecisionSolutions

231 Reference TMAP Traceable Report A customer requesting a TMAP Traceable Certificate, needs proof of traceability to NIST, actual mass values and uncertainties. Comparisons must be made between the item being tested and a known standard being used. The laboratory performing the testing must verify that the proper procedures and standards are being used so that the uncertainties are suitable for the test that is required. The known standard and procedure used for the tolerance test is essential to the traceable document. Prior to the comparison between the known standard and the item(s) submitted for test, the known standard must be sufficiently tested over time to produce predictable measurements. Also, the procedure used to do the comparison must be accurate enough so the uncertainty of the measurement is small enough to generate a valid report. This report should contain all of the data related to the tolerance test. After testing, a TMAP Traceable Certificate is issued and will include: 1 Name and address of` the calibration laboratory 2 Identification of the calibrated item and serial number, if applicable 3 Nominal mass value 4 As found condition of the weight 5 As left condition of the weight 6 Tolerance for the specific class 7 A statement of the estimated value of uncertainty 1 8 Your Traceable Report Number 9 NIST Certificate number 10 Environmental condition at time of test 11 Procedure used In addition, our NVLAP-accredited lab will also include: 12 The NVLAP official logo will be displayed when the documentation meets the scope of accreditation under Lab Code Record of the weighing equipment 14 Calibration and due date of RLWS standards. This represents the date that the RLWS standard is due for recalibration. This RLWS standard was used to check the performance of your weight. This date in no way reflects an expiration date of the certificate, nor does it infer or specify a recall date. The expiration of the certificate and the specification of a recall date are user assigned responsibilities under NIST H Assumed density of the weights being tested 16 Contractor name and address 17 Client name and address Reference 1 A reported value without all required parameters cannot be used in any link of traceability. Therefore, a traceable report without an uncertainty statement is useless. PrecisionSolutions 231

232 Reference RLWS Traceable Mass Value Certificate Reference A customer requesting a RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report, needs proof of traceability to NIST, and actual values and uncertainties. Comparisons must be made between the item being tested and the standard being used. The known standard used for the tolerance test is essential to the traceable document. Prior to comparison between the known standard and the item submitted for testing, the known standard must be sufficiently tested over time to produce predictable measurements. This report should contain all of the data related to the test. After testing, a RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report is issued. Although the RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report provides traceability to NIST, it is not a NVLAP accredited document. If an accredited document is required, please refer to the TMAP Traceable Certificate and/or TMAP Calibration Report. The RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report includes the following information: 1 Name and address of` the calibration laboratory 2 15 Identification of the calibrated item and serial number, if applicable 3 Nominal mass value 16 4 As found condition of the weight 5 As left condition of the weight 6 Tolerance for the specific class 7 A statement of the estimated value of uncertainty 1 8 Your Traceable Report Number 9 NIST Certificate number 10 Environmental condition at time of test 11 Procedure used 12 Record of the weighing equipment 13 Calibration and due date of RLWS standards. This represents the date that RLWS standard is due for recalibration. This RLWS standard was used to check the performance of your weight. This date in no way reflects an expiration date of the certificate, nor does it infer or specify a recall date. The expiration of the certificate and the specification of a recall date are user assigned responsibilities under NIST H Assumed density of the weights being tested 15 Contractor name and address 16 Client name and address A reported value without all required parameters cannot be used in any link of traceability. Therefore, a traceable report without an uncertainty statement is useless. 232 PrecisionSolutions

233 Reference Certificate of Accuracy* A customer requesting a Certificate of Accuracy, needs proof that the nominal values represented by the mass in question have been designed and manufactured to within exacting specifications. The Certificate of Accuracy provides just such a document when and where traceability to NIST, and/or the need for a NVLAP accredited document is not a concern. The Certificate of Accuracy is the lowest level of documentation offered by Rice Lake Weighing Systems. Check with your internal procedures and policies to determine what type of documentation you require and thoroughly review the RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report, TMAP Traceable Certificate, and TMAP Calibration Report options prior to selecting this laboratory documentation. The Certificate of Accuracy includes the following information: 1 Name and address of` the company that adjusted the weights 2 Part number 3 Description/Serial number 4 Tolerance for the specific class 5 Name and address of company that items were sold to 6 Name and address of company that items are shipped to *Only applicable to new weights. Not a legal-for-trade or traceable document. 5 6 Reference PrecisionSolutions 233

234 Reference How Will a NVLAP-Accredited Calibration Lab Benefit Me? NVLAP Lab Code Reference While the present benefits of using a NVLAP-accredited lab for your weight calibration services are readily apparent, the future benefits both in the U.S. and abroad when the NVLAP program gains widespread approval, will be truly exciting. Rice Lake Weighing Systems is proud to have its mass calibration laboratory awarded the NIST/NVLAP recognition of excellence. Its metrology staff has participated in basic, intermediate, and advanced NIST/OWM training seminars, regional metrology groups such as MidMAP, and round-robin measurement programs with state labs since regional groups were established in the early 1980s. Now, with the NVLAP program in place, Rice Lake Weighing Systems has demonstrated its ability to meet accreditation requirements equal to the state calibration labs. For international customers, NVLAP-accredited calibration validates the traceable link to the BIPM international standard so often required by ISO-9000 registered companies. In the very near future, the NVLAP program should bring a measure of reciprocity and universal standardization that the weights and measures industry has long sought. The NVLAP standards were tailored to the calibration requirements of the major European accreditation bodies, so ready acceptance of calibrations from American NVLAP-accredited labs is expected by the European community. Acceptance of NVLAP by individual states in the U.S. is currently under way. If your state recognizes NVLAP accreditation and grants reciprocity, Rice Lake Weighing Systems can calibrate and ship certified test weights to any location in your state. If your state has not granted reciprocity for NVLAP-accredited calibrations, we will continue to send commercial test weights and mass standards to your local state lab for certification (or to another state lab with a reciprocity agreement). You may place your legal-for-trade test weights into service only after that official lab performs its tests. Check with your state or local Weights and Measures officials to determine the approval status of legal-for-trade weights in your state before ordering certification by Rice Lake Weighing Systems. Rice Lake Weighing Systems NVLAP-accredited lab can certify weights to accuracy echelon I, II, and III, and ship them directly to customers. See page 286 for typical uses of these accuracy classes. International Standard: BIPM NVLAP Lab and Acceptance by State W & M No NVLAP Lab and/or No Acceptance by State W & M Weight Supplier with NIST/ NVLAP-Accredited Calibration Lab US Standard: NIST Weight Supplier Refer to page 228 for Calibration Service Selection Guide. Customer State Lab 234 PrecisionSolutions

235 Reference Traceability What is Traceability? Traceability is documentation essentially a pedigree showing a direct link to the official U.S. 1 kg weight standards housed at the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in Gaithersburg, MD. These NIST standards are in turn calibrated to the international 1 kg standard maintained at the BIPM lab in Sevres, France. Traceability not only means that a weight or mass standard has links to the NIST 1 kg standard, but also that the measurements were appropriate for the accuracy class required for the application. Traceability also requires proof that all environmental factors affecting accuracy were considered at the lab doing the measurement. There are two types of traceability: direct and indirect. Direct Traceability Direct traceability means a weight or mass standard has been tested by NIST. NIST then issues a report number to the organization for whom they have performed measurements. Because the report is valid only for the items tested by NIST, a calibration lab such as Rice Lake Weighing Systems must submit its set of mass standards to NIST for testing. This report provides direct traceability for the lab s mass standards, which can then be used in calibrating weights for clients. Indirect Traceability Indirect traceability exists when a client s weight or mass standard is tested by a metrology lab that has direct traceability and has the necessary measurement control program in place. An important aspect of this measurement control and testing program is the participation in a NIST-certified measurement assurance program, which reduces the possibility of errors. To clarify the two types of traceability, remember that direct traceability comes directly from NIST. For example, Rice Lake Weighing Systems Calibration Lab has direct traceability, as shown in the diagram below. The calibrations we perform for our customers provide indirect traceability. Likewise, when that customer uses its Rice Lake Weighing Systems calibrated test weights to calibrate a balance or scale, it is providing indirect traceability. When is Traceability Necessary? Federal agencies require measurement traceability to national standards for contract work. Military contracts invariably require traceability. Pharmaceutical, scientific, and medical products manufacturers usually specify traceability. ISO-9000 registered companies nearly always require proof of traceability to the international standard. Reference Direct Relationship Indirect Relationship PrecisionSolutions 235

236 Reference Reference Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards Editor s Note Since this article was first published, the concern over magnetism in test weights has evolved to a new level. Unfortunately, a number of issues surrounding the measurement of magnetism in mass measurement has created frustration for mass calibration laboratories and for accreditation bodies. NCSLI recently met to bring together interested parties to discuss issues with the intent of coming to some resolutions on how to handle the various issues. As a result of these discussions a number of resolutions was adopted. 1. Laboratories should not include an uncertainty component for magnetism measurements in mass calibrations. 2. NVLAP s position is that for Echelon I and II measurements (corresponding to OIML R 111 classes E1, E2, F1, and F2) laboratories should 1) State on their reports whether or not they are screening for magnetism 2) State that no component is included in their uncertainty statement for magnetism effects 3) Include a discussion/written agreement as to the laboratory s practice regarding magnetism screening (or lack of screening) as a part of normal contract review with laboratory customers. So then, why does RLWS screen test weights for magnetic influences? Our dedication to provide you with the utmost value for your dollar. Should we fail to test for magnetism, we could inadvertently provide you with erroneous calibration data. This data would not be repeatable in your facility. Therefore the assurance and traceability of your own work could be jeopardized. Our philosophy always has been and will always be to take care of the customer first. By testing for magnetic influences prior to executing a test weight calibration, we continue to provide you with a quality of work unparalleled within the industry, keeping your needs first. What Problems Can Magnetic Balances Cause? When working with balances, magnetic field strength can be increased in a standard that has high susceptibility, even if the standard previously had a low or insignificant magnetic field strength. The solution seems obvious: don t expose the standard to a balance with magnetic properties. This is easier said than done. A balance with magnetic properties will reproduce its measurements as long as there are no other magnetic fields intersecting the balance s own field; thus, the magnetic field of the balance goes undetected. Introducing a standard into the balance s magnetic field, even one with very low field strength, has the potential to increase the magnetism of the standard. In this manner, a standard that formerly had no problems could potentially accumulate serious problems. To avoid this situation, the magnetic field of the balance and the magnetic susceptibility of the standard must be measured. In 1994, a Magnetic Round Robin was performed by several metrology laboratories to test the effect magnetism has on weight measurements. This round robin was designed to show how close the laboratories results would be after performing a calibration on 1 kg standards with known magnetic properties. The balances compared and the approximate standard deviation of observed differences for these tests are shown below. These tests show that a balance responds to magnetic properties of a mass regardless of the type of force the magnetic properties are exerting. However, the magnetic fields which are present Balance Comparison Results of magnetic round robin. Deviation of Observed Differences (mg) mg magnetic vs. 800 mg magnetic 400 mg magnetic vs. a non-magnetic Magnetic RR 400 mg magnetic vs. a different non-magnetic Standards 800 mg magnetic vs. a non-magnetic 800 mg magnetic vs. a different non-magnetic Standard Deviation 400 mg magnetic vs. 800 m non-magnetic 0.09 mg 400 mg magnetic vs. a non-magnetic 0.14 mg 400 mg magnetic vs. a different non-magnetic 0.14 mg 800 mg magnetic vs. a non-magnetic 0.2 mg 800 mg magnetic vs. a different non-magnetic 0.2 mg Non-magnetic vs. another non-magnetic 0.3 mg in one balance are not necessarily reproduced in a different balance. Because of this phenomenon, it is difficult to reproduce the measurements from one facility to another. If this theory is true, the link of traceability for standards with magnetic properties is obviously broken because the magnetism causes an inability to reproduce consistent measurement results. The graph below shows the results of the magnetic round robin, clearly showing the inconsistencies that can occur. 2 non-magnetic standards How Does Magnetism Develop During the Manufacturing of Mass Standards? The existence of magnetic properties during the manufacturing of mass standards warrants careful consideration. Due to the numerous possibilities of creating magnetic properties, it is difficult to produce a mass standard from austenitic (virtually non- 236 PrecisionSolutions

237 Reference Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards (continued) magnetic, highly corrosion resistant) stainless steel completely free of magnetic properties. On April 11, 1946, F. A. Gould from the National Physical Laboratory wrote in the Journal of Scientific Instrumentation: Analytical weights of stainless steel have been on the market for several years. The kind of stainless steel used for their construction is one which purports to be reasonably non-magnetic, being of the austenitic variety; and up to the present time the 18/8 type of austenitic steel, that containing 18% chromium and 8% nickel, has been employed for this purpose in this country. The quality of the finished weights, however, has not been very satisfactory in regard to their magnetic properties, and some have been found permanently magnetized to an appreciable extent. Mass standards are manufactured through a variety of methods, including turning, milling, and casting. Before beginning the manufacturing process, it is imperative to choose the proper materials. When choosing materials, the most important factors to consider are machinability, corrosion resistance, porosity, and magnetic properties. The magnetic properties generally develop when austenitic stainless steel is cold worked. Although cold working adds tensile strength, mass standards do not normally require added tensile strength. Which Materials are Best for Manufacturing Mass Standards? Three hundred (300) series stainless steels are often used to manufacture mass standards because their chemical composition is highly resistant to corrosion. Certain materials found within 300 series stainless steels such as iron, cobalt, and nickel may possess ferromagnetism. Ferromagnetism occurs when a small external magnetic field produces an alignment of atomic magnetic dipole moments, which in some cases can persist even when there is no external magnetic field. This occurs because the magnetism of these substances exerts such a strong force over a small region of space that the magnetism is found on surrounding materials, even when no external magnetic field exists. In addition, cold working these materials often changes the austenite to ferrite in the material. Several tests were conducted by the National Physical Laboratory, United Kingdom, to evaluate the materials used for manufacturing weights. In one of these tests, finished weights of 18/8 steel obtained from several sources of supply were tested. About half of the weights in these tests exhibited a magnetic permeability of 1.02 or less, but the remainder of the weights showed higher magnetism. Several weights showed a permeability value of 1.1, and one showed a high permeability value of 2.6. Some of this material was found to have become permanently magnetized to an elevated extent. Because of the variety of austenitic steel which is available, additional tests were performed to help in the selection of a material with nonmagnetic properties. These tests found that 18/8 materials were not satisfactory with respect to magnetic properties. Figure 3 depicts the magnetic permeability of different stainless steel compositions. When comparing the processes required to manufacture mass standards or to manufacture the stainless steel to produce the standards, this chart provides a general idea of the magnetism problems which may occur. Most purchasing personnel are not aware of the problems of magnetism, so when the purchase of materials takes place, materials are requested by their manufacturing names, such as 310, 304, and 316. These names are like recipes in that they give a process for heat treating the material and a range for the chemical composition. Most of these materials have a heat treating process that returns the materials to an austenite state after any cold working process. However, sometimes this heat treating process may leave the materials bent or twisted. So in order to supply vendors with the proper materials, a secondary process to straighten the materials must be performed. This process is still within the requirements for the materials, but the cold working during the straightening process leaves the materials with magnetic properties. This is most common in smaller size diameters. Aside from the risk of the materials having magnetic properties from the start, weight manufacturers add to the possibility of elevating magnetism during the series of cold working processes necessary to produce the mass standard. Manufacturers must use either a saw or lathe operation to start the process. The removal of any metal in this fashion is considered a cold working process. Polishing and stamping are also cold working processes. These operations can and do produce magnetic properties in the standards. Reference Chemical Composition C Si Mn S P Cr Ni W Cu Magnetic Permeability Magnetic Permeability After Cold Rolled to give a 33% Reduction in Area PrecisionSolutions 237

238 Reference Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards (continued) Reference What are the Requirements for Magnetic Properties in Mass Standards? The United States uses the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) specification E for specifying the requirements of magnetic properties in laboratory weights and precision mass standards. This specification was replaced by the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Circular 547, Section 1 in 1978 and recognizes the international recommendations of the Organization Internationale De Metrologie Legale (OIML) R111, edition According to the ASTM E 617 specification, magnetic properties must be measured in magnetic field gradients because unshielded devices in the vicinity of the measurement can affect the accuracy of measurements. Higher grades of weights have lower magnetic susceptibility. Grades S, S, O, and P should not be more magnetic than 300 stainless steel. The OIML international recommendations include requirements for magnitude of magnetic susceptibility. They state that the metal or alloy used for weights of classes E1 and E2 shall be practically nonmagnetic (magnetic susceptibility K not to exceed K=0.01 for class E1, K=0.03 for class E2, and K=0.05 for classes F1 and F2). How Can Magnetism be Avoided? Although magnetism cannot be completely avoided, steps can be taken to control the effects of magnetism on the accuracy of weight measurements. The area where the weighing occurs should be tested with a gaussmeter for magnetism created by electrical wiring, motors, and any other components in the area. If the testing shows magnetism is present in the area, another location should be chosen for the measuring process. A gaussmeter should also be used to test the balances for magnetism. Even if the standards have very low magnetic strength, the internal components of a balance may cause varying results. For example, if the components of the balance have a magnetic charge, the standard introduced to the balance will change the force exerted on the load device, causing inconsistent results from one device to another. Balances should be tested whenever there is any suspicion of magnetic problems, such as erratic weight measurements. The gaussmeter shows which part or parts of the balance are magnetized and need to be replaced. The elimination of magnetism in mass standards is not likely to happen. However, if the proper steps are taken, the magnetism in mass standards can be significantly reduced. Starting with the manufacturing process, the proper methods and materials must be chosen. Then, the mass standards should be tested for magnetic properties. Finally, remember that the magnetism inherent in the environment, balances, and standards will cause some degree of inconsistency in mass measurements, no matter what preventive steps are taken. How are the Magnetic Properties of Mass Standards Measured? Although specific requirements for magnetic susceptibility are a good start, magnetic field strength is also a very important factor that needs to be measured. Susceptibility adds to the potential of an item becoming magnetized or further charged. Measuring the magnetic field strength of the standard shows whether or not the magnetism is significant enough to cause mass measurement errors. Richard Davis of Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (BIPM) wrote an article entitled, New Method to Measure Magnetic Susceptibility, in which he describes a process he developed for measuring magnetic susceptibility. The following pieces of equipment are used to perform the measurements: Balance The balance must have a 5 g capacity (to leave enough range in the balance to place the column and magnet on it and perform the measurement) and a resolution of 1 micrograms. The weighing chamber is a glass tube with a removable glass top. The original top is replaced with one made of an aluminum alloy because aluminum contains very little magnetism. Magnets Two high quality cylindrical magnets (constructed of neodymiumiron-boron) are used in this measuring process. Each magnet has a height of 2.5 mm and a diameter of 5 mm. The axis of magnetization coincides with the geometric axis of the cylinder. Two such magnets are combined to produce a cylinder of height equal to diameter. Pedestal The magnet sits on a tubular pedestal that is centered on the balance pan. Holes drilled through the wall of the tube ensure that the total mass of the magnet and pedestal is well within the capacity of the balance. Bridge Samples are centered on an aluminum alloy bridge that straddles the weighing chamber of the balance. The bridge must be designed so the span can be made level with respect to the balance pan. The span should be as thin as possible, with adequate mechanical rigidity. If the span sags in the middle, samples with a large diameter will be farther from the magnet than samples with a small diameter. Gauge Blocks It is convenient to place the bridge on non-magnetic gauge blocks so that it may be raised or lowered in precise 5 mm increments. Magnetic Susceptibility Standard The magnetic susceptibility standard can be the identical shape of the item being tested or a cylindrical shape that has been calibrated by known standards. Once all of the equipment has been assembled, the distance from the center of the magnets to the top of the bridge must be calculated to determine the magnetic force. This can be done by using the known magnetic standard. After the distance is calculated, the samples that need to be tested may be introduced. The samples are calculated based on the distance from the magnets and the response of the balance. If the samples have different geometrical values, additional calculations must be performed to solve for the volume of magnetic susceptibility. 238 PrecisionSolutions

239 Reference Weight Cleaning Procedures The following GMP No. 5 is an excerpt from NBS Handbook 145, Handbook for the Quality Assurance of Metrological Measurements, November, 1986 and is provided for informational and reference use only. It is essential that weights being calibrated as well as the standards used be clean if the calibration is to be accurate and meaningful. Therefore, a cleaning procedure should be considered as a part of every calibration. Categories of Weights For cleaning purposes, weights may be divided into four categories: 1. One-piece weights: This category will include all one-piece weights except lacquered weights, sheet metal weights, and small wire weights. 2. Screw-knob weights: This category will include all weights with adjusting cavities except lacquered weights. 3. Lacquered weights: This category includes all lacquered or painted weights. 4. Sheet metal weights and wire weights. Cleaning Procedures One-piece weights One-piece weights, one gram and larger, are steam cleaned. The weights are either held or placed in a jet of steam and manipulated so that the entire surface of the weight is subjected to the cleaning action of the steam long enough to clean it. A superficial steaming is not enough. The weight is then dried, either by evaporation or careful wiping with a soft non-abrasive material such as high grade cheesecloth, free from oil and other substances that could leave a residue on the weights. Care must be exercised that no water spots are left on the weights as they dry. Visible particles on the weights should be brushed or wiped off before steam cleaning them. If a steam generator is not available, one-piece weights may be cleaned either by immersing them in a hot or boiling distilled water bath in a nonmetallic container, or according to the procedures for screw-knob weights. Occasionally, a weight will have foreign material adhering to it that requires the use of solvents. Ethyl alcohol is a good general solvent. If alcohol does not remove the material, other solvents may be used. Alcohol is then used to remove any film left by the other solvents. The weights are then steam cleaned as outlined above. Screw-knob weights Weights in this category are usually cleaned by wiping with a soft non-abrasive material such as high-grade cheesecloth, free from oils or other substances that would leave a residue of any kind on the surface. Occasionally, a weight will have foreign matter adhering to it that requires cleaning by using solvents, applied with a cloth. Ethyl alcohol is a good general solvent. If alcohol does not remove the foreign material, other solvents may be used. Alcohol is then used to remove any film left by the other solvents. Lacquered weights The cleaning of lacquered weights requires special care because their protective lacquer coating is soluble in most solvents. Lacquered weights are cleaned by wiping with a soft non-abrasive material, free from oils and other substances that would contaminate the weights, or by brushing with a soft brush such as a camel hair brush, or both. A rubber bulb type syringe may be used to blow off lint or other small particles, however, be careful not to touch the weights with the nozzle. An electrostatic charge may be placed on the surfaces of the weights during the cleaning process or while handling them. This could be especially troublesome in a very dry atmosphere. If reliable mass values are to be obtained, the charge must be bled off the weights before calibration. Sheet metal weights Either of the following two procedures may be used in cleaning sheet metal and other small one-piece weights. Two-step method First, the weights are placed in an acetone bath agitated to help loosen any foreign material. A soft brush, such as a camel hair brush, may be used to agitate the weights. The weights are removed from the acetone, allowed to dry and then steam cleaned. For steam cleaning, the weights are held in front of a jet of steam with forceps until the entire surface has been covered with steam. (See note on the next page). In order that the portion of the surface under the forceps may be steamed, the weight is set down and picked up again with the forceps holding the weight at a different spot than the first time; the weight is again steamed. Do not allow the weights to touch the steam nozzle. A low ash filter paper should be used for drying the sheet metal weights. A circular disk is folded unsymmetrically. The main body of the weight is placed between the folds of the paper with the turned up edge of the weight protruding. The main body of the weight is dried by pressing lightly on the top of the paper. The turned up edge is brushed lightly with a piece of filter paper. In some cases, it may be necessary to brush the body of the weight with filter paper to remove drops of water. Care must be exercised that no water spots are left on the weights as they dry. Three-step method First, the weights are placed in an acetone bath and agitated with a soft brush to help loosen any foreign material adhering to the weights. The weights are removed from the acetone, allowed to dry, then placed in an ethyl alcohol bath and agitated. The weights are removed from the alcohol bath, allowed to dry, and then steam cleaned and dried as outlined in the two step procedure. Note: The smaller fractional weights, say smaller than 1 g, may be placed in a hot or boiling distilled water bath for the final cleaning instead of steam cleaning them. A hot or boiling distilled water bath also may be used for the final cleaning of all sheet metal weights when a steam generator is not available. Cleaning Interval Weights under test The weights under test are cleaned before calibration. Standards Standards need not be cleaned every time they are used. If the standards are handled carefully, and kept under a reasonable dust tight cover, when not in use, in a clean atmosphere, the interval between cleanings may be several months, or until the calibration procedure checks indicate that the standards are changing and may need cleaning. Under less favorable conditions the interval may be only a few weeks. Reference PrecisionSolutions 239

240 Reference Weight Cleaning Procedures (continued) The following GMP No. 5 is an excerpt from NBS Handbook 145, Handbook for the Quality Assurance of Metrological Measurements, November, 1986 and is provided for informational and reference use only. It is essential that weights being calibrated as well as the standards used be clean if the calibration is to be accurate and meaningful. Therefore, a cleaning procedure should be considered as a part of every calibration. Reference Temperature Equilibrium Newly cleaned weights should be allowed to come to temperature equilibrium before they are calibrated. This may take several hours for the larger weights that have been steam cleaned. Generally, laboratory weights will come to temperature equilibrium over night. Storage Usually, weights are not placed in the balance immediately after cleaning, but are stored for varying periods. The weights should be stored under cover so that they will stay clean. Weights, one gram and larger, may be stored on a tray lined with filter paper and covered with an inverted glass dish. The smaller weights may be stored in a small glass dish covered with a watch glass. In both cases, the container should be labeled with the weight identification. When the weights are to be moved, carry the tray or dish in a level position so that the weights do not slide around. When the weights are placed in the balance, they should be carefully brushed to remove any particles that may be on them. A small bulb type rubber syringe is useful in removing lint and other small particles from weights. The particles are blown off the weights. Therefore, neither the nozzle nor any other part of the syringe need touch the weights, and care must be taken that they do not. Brushes All of the equipment used in cleaning and handling weights should, of course, be clean. But, brushes require special attention because they are easily contaminated and often are the last cleaning device used before the weights are calibrated. Only soft brushes, such as camel hair brushes, should be used on weights. The brushes are cleaned by washing with soap and water, then rinsing in ethyl alcohol and allowed to dry in air. When drying the brushes, place them so that the bristles do not touch anything. New brushes are cleaned before using to remove any oil or other matter that might contaminate the weights. Used brushes are cleaned as often as necessary to be sure that the brushes themselves do not contaminate the weights. Store cleaned brushes in containers that will keep them clean until needed. When handling the brushes, do not touch the bristles, as oil from the skin will contaminate them. When the brushes are laid down, place them so that the bristles do not touch anything. The apparatus consists of a stainless steel cylinder placed on a hot plate. The cylinder has several loops of copper tubing coiled around the outside center of the cylinder as cooling coils. The cylinder also has a cover to minimize the escape of vapors of the solvents used in the cleaning process. A basket is suspended from the cover inside the cylinder. A single weight or several small weights are placed in the basket. Solvent (e.g. ACS grade trichloro-ethylene) is placed in the cylinder to a depth of about 2.5 cm. The solvent is heated to boiling. Cold water is circulated through the cooling coils. The solvent condenses on the weight, thereby cleaning the weight, and drops off into the liquid at the bottom of the cylinder. The cleaning process is run for minutes. The standards are then air dried and allowed to return to room temperature. The weights, when removed from the degreaser, are hot so that residual solvent evaporates in a few seconds. (Caution: Weights should be removed from the degreaser immediately after cleaning to prevent possible electrolytic corrosion.) Figure 1. Steam Generator A steam generator may be purchased from a laboratory supply house or one can be constructed. A simple steam generator may be constructed from a 500 ml wash-bottle, a two hole stopper, some glass tubing, a hot plate for the heat source, a large graduate, and some flexible tubing. Vapor Degreaser Weights may be cleaned by vapor degreasing, using an apparatus such as shown in Figure 1 below. 240 PrecisionSolutions

241 Reference Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights The following is an example of how to use test weights with the appropriate pedigree to calibrate and verify an electronic weighing device such as an electromagnetic force restoration balance. Manufacturer s operating and maintenance instructions should always be referenced prior to performing a test or making adjustments. Pay exceptional attention to the manufacturer s discussion on the environment suitable for the device. At the end of these procedures, refer to page 251 for information regarding weighing influence factors. Failure to consider these specifications and conditions will invalidate this procedure. Please contact us if you cannot locate the operating instructions for your device. We may be able to provide a duplicate. Equipment required: Balance Accessory printer (to document calibration changes and results*) Cotton gloves Tweezers Tongs (as appropriate to handle the test weights) Test weight calibration report, or traceable certificate. 1. Using the manufacturer s operating instructions, set up the balance in the environment in which it is intended for use. Allow the balance to soak in the environment for a minimum of 24 hours prior to any testing. This is a critical step. Many of the mechanical structures in a balance are affected by the changes in environment. To ensure a proper test with definable results, the device must be allowed to equalize within its environment. 2. If the balance is equipped with an internal calibration feature, activate that feature and allow the printer, if so equipped, to document the results. 3. If the balance is not equipped with an internal calibration feature, use an external electronic balance calibration weight and, following the manufacturer s recommendations, calibrate the balance. Many electronic balances deployed in the field allow you to select the size of calibration weight you wish to use. To minimize the impact of hysteresis on linearity, it is strongly recommended that you use a weight that represents 100% of the rated capacity of the device. 4. Weight Selection Criteria. Selecting the appropriate size and class of an electronic balance calibration weight is not a difficult process. Option 1: Refer to the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the balance or other weighing device. Generally, the size (capacity) and class of the recommended test weight will be included for your reference. Option 2: Manually calculate the test weight needed based on the best performance from a device with a specific capacity and readability. a. Record the capacity of the balance b. Record the minimum increment (readability) of the balance c. Divide the result from step 2. above by a factor of four. This number results in the appropriate tolerance for the test weight required. For example, if the balance in question has a capacity of 120 g and a displayed resolution of 0.1 mg ( g), the result of the calculation would be 0.25 mg ( g). d. Refer to the ASTM Weight Tolerance Table on page 251 e. In the column titled Metric Denomination find the weight value closest to the capacity of the balance. If the exact number is not available, select the next smallest value. For example, a balance has a capacity of 120 g. The closest value but smaller than the rated capacity of the balance is 100 g. f. Read across the table to the right to locate the tolerance that is closest to, but smaller than the value of 0.25 mg calculated in step three. The first value that meets this criteria is 0.13 mg, Class 0 g. To assure the most error-free results, an ASTM Class 0 test weight should be used for this calibration exercise. However, because the value in the next column is.025 mg exactly, an ASTM Class 1 device could be selected with satisfactory results. h. Now we know that every test weight we purchase for this device must be a minimum of ASTM Class 1. Option 3: Manually calculate the test weight based on the tolerance of the procedure or methodology. a. Given - your balance has a capacity of 120 g b. Given - your balance has a readability of g (0.1 mg) c. Given - you wish to check your balance at weighing capacities of 5 g, 10 g, and 15 g. d. To get the proper results, weights with the following capacities are required: 1 ea 5 g, 1 ea 10 g You will be able to use the 5 g test weight alone to test the device at 5 g; the 10 g weight alone to test the device at 10 g; and the 5 g and 10 g test weights together to test the device at 15 g. e. Given ~ the tolerance you are looking for in your procedure is 0.5 mg f. Divide your tolerance of 0.5 mg by a factor of 4. This results in a tolerance of mg g. Refer to the ASTM Weight Tolerance Table on page 251. h. Because more than one weight is being used to accomplish this test, cumulative tolerance will need to be applied considering the tolerances of both a 5 g and 10 g test weight together to insure that they do not exceed mg. i. Find the first 10 g weight value in the column titled Metric Denomination. Read across the chart to find the value that is closest to but smaller than the calculated tolerance of 0.25 mg from step 4c above. This would be the value of under ASTM Class 2. ASTM Class 3 cannot be used since that value 0.25 mg is larger than the calculated tolerance of mg. j. Follow the ASTM Class 2 column until you are across from the 5 g test weight, which is the next test weight being used. As listed on the chart, the tolerance for a 5 g ASTM Class 2 test weight is mg. k. Add this to the tolerance of the 10 g ASTM Class 2 test weight from step 4 above. The result is 0.74 mg mg = mg. This value is larger than the stated tolerance of mg. Because of this, tolerances for ASTM Class 1 need to be used to improve performance. l. The tolerance for an ASTM Class 1 10 g test weight is mg. The tolerance for an ASTM Class 1 5 g test weight is mg. When combined, the total accumulated tolerance of mg of is well within the stated tolerance of mg. Therefore, for this procedure, ASTM Class 1 test weights should be used. Reference PrecisionSolutions 241

242 Reference Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights (continued) Reference 5. When external (preferred) or internal calibration has been successfully accomplished, select a verification weight that is representative of a typical sample used on a daily basis. If the weighing device is used for samples of exceptionally different values, consider the number of transactions with each typical sample. Develop a representative sample size for this test. The test weights you use for this test should not only be representative of the sample size, but also have the appropriate laboratory documentation and traceability to ensure test validity. 6. Tare or zero the balance and verify that the display reads a stable zero value 7. With the device reading zero, apply the sample test weight to the balance. 8. Wait until the balance indicates that it is no longer in-motion. 9. Write down the reading on the display. 10. Remove the test weight from the balance. 11. Wait until the balance is no longer in motion and the display has returned to a stable 0 value. 12. Repeat steps times. 13. Using the results from step 11, calculate a standard deviation 14. Multiply the answer in step 13 by 3. This is the random error that is expected for the balance with a 99% confidence level. This number now becomes the upper and lower limits for the performance verification. In other words, the balance is performing satisfactorily when the results of a balance reading compared to the practical test weight (PTW) are no more than PTW + STDV and no less than PTW STDV. 15. It is important to now verify the results of the standard deviation against the repeatability specification for the weighing device under test. If the standard deviation value is greater than the repeatability factor of the balance under test consider the following. Recheck the installation parameter of the balance. Be acutely aware of environmental influences on the balance under test as these can have a significant impact on the device s performance. If you are confident that all preventative measures have been taken to insure optimal balance performance, contact the manufacturer of the device for additional recommendations. 16. Determine the correction value from the laboratory documentation that accompanies the test weight used to calibrate the balance at 100% from step 3. The correction value is the error that was introduced into the balance mechanism and algorithms when the balance was calibrated in step 3. The calibration function in most electronic balances of recent manufacture compensates and sets the linearity of the device from the point in the weighing range representing the calibration load down through and including zero. It is critical that the calibration be performed as close as possible to 100% of the balance s rated capacity. Perform balance calibration with an external calibration test weight since the linear error cannot be deduced by using an internal calibration weight. If the balance was calibrated at 100% of its rated load, 100% of the error in the calibration weight was also introduced at that point. This error is reduced to half its original value at the 50% load point. It is further reduced to 75% at the 25% load point. It is possible to make an estimation of the linear error of the calibration by the equation in figure 2. A. LE = Linear Error B. ECW = Rated Error of the Calibration Weight C. L = Load D. CL = Calibration Load 17. A study of the points presented so far explains the fallacy of attempting to calibrate a balance at less than 100% of its rated capacity. Failure to do so can make the device s performance completely theoretical and destroy the intent of uncertainty budgets. 18. Using all of this information, it is now possible to determine the anticipated result for the verification process. 19. Using the laboratory documentation for the test weight that represents the typical sample weight, determine the error or correction of the weight. Also, check the uncertainty of the weight that you will use for this process. The uncertainty must be no greater than 25% of the random error of the balance being examined from step 15. If the uncertainty of the weight is greater than 25% of the random error of the balance, select a test weight of equivalent value but with a higher accuracy class. In the event that the correction on your laboratory documentation is a negative number, the weight in question is below nominal value by that amount. A positive value means the weight is heavier than nominal by that amount. 20. Calculate the anticipated value for performance verification using the following formula where: EV = Expected Value; AMV = Actual Mass Value and LE = Linear Error (from step 14) Figure 1 Figure PrecisionSolutions

243 Reference Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights (continued) Where AMV = Actual Mass Value; NV = Nominal Value and AM = Apparent Mass vs. 8.0 correction in the following formula: 21. Verification: Zero the balance and place the verification weight on the balance. If the actual reading is within the random error range established in the calculation of the anticipated value, the verification passes. Example: Balance specification 100 g x 0.1 mg Calibration load 100 g (100% of rated capacity) Test weight specifications 100 g Class 1 electronic balance calibration weight with a correction of mg 10 g Class 1 electronic balance calibration weight with a correction of mg Typical sample value 10 g Following the instructions above (step 14), 20 measurements are taken and the standard deviation is found to be 0.3 mg. Applying a factor of 3 (3 x 0.3 mg), the value calculates to 0.9 mg. To calculate the Linear error = Epected value = OR OR = 10 + (-0.01 mg) Verification range = g +/- (-0.9 mg) The actual verification is performed and the reading on the balance results in a value of grams. Since this value is within the control limit, the results of the test is a pass, as relative to a pass/fail rating system. Refer to the chart below. 22. In the chart below, the methodology explained in this section has been followed. A weight of 10 g is applied to the balance. The reading on the balance is This value has been plotted on the chart as X. It falls within the upper and lower limits and therefore, this verification observation passes. Further Suggestions Perform verifications at different times of the day. If you notice that the results are significantly different at these different times, it may suggest that the environmental conditions within the work space are changing and may have unforeseen impact on the work being conducted. Constantly monitor the condition and weight value of your test weights. Under the auspices of NIST H-150, laboratories providing recalibration services are prohibited from recommending or establishing scheduled recall dates without your explicit instructions. To learn more about how to determine when and if a weight is due for recalibration, please contact us. We will be happy to discuss the process with you. Keep a constant running record of your test results and chart these results using a program such as Microsoft Excel. This record can help you understand the data being recorded as well as help you gain additional insight into your laboratory conditions. From time to time, recalculate the random error to see if your balance is performing consistently. Have your balance serviced according to the manufacturer s instructions or recommendations by your dealer to ensure it maintains optimum operational parameters. Reference Microsoft is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation PrecisionSolutions 243

244 Reference Weights, Balances & Uncertainty Reference The factors that can influence which balance is appropriate for your application are: 1. Capability the need for multiple balances 2. Readability 3. Capacity 4. Accuracy vs. readability 5. Repeatability and linearity 6. Units of measure 7. Platform dimensions 8. Environmental consideration 9. Communications interface CFR Part 11 compliance 11. Data reporting 12. Legal-for-trade requirements As with any other testing device or sensor in the laboratory, a complete understanding of the factors that can influence proper weighing/test results is very important. For proper installation and maintenance of a balance, it is important to limit uncertainty. Uncertainty can be defined as a statistical estimated amount or percentage by which an observed or calculated value may differ from the true value. Determining Uncertainty For this exercise, presume that the balance indication, the sensitivity of the weighing device, the application of the load, and the proper zero setting of the device are all operating without question and those elements under the original control of the device manufacturer (i.e., overall design, accuracy readability, sensitivity, drift, and off-center loading characteristics) are within the device s design specifications. What needs to be determined is the impact of other influences on the uncertainty of test results. Examining the design of the balance s installation is a critical step in the use of a precision weighing device and is often overlooked. The installation is the most imperative step in preparing for reliable results. If this area of use is understood and secure, reliable test results are more likely to be achieved. Electro-Magnetic Force Restoration In an electro-magnetic force restoration balance, a current is regulated by a servo amplifier in a way that the electro-magnetically generated force and the weight force applied to the platform by the object being weighed are in equilibrium (balanced). Maintenance of the equilibrium is controlled by a small sensor known as a position sensor. If weight is added to the weighing pan, this destabilizes the state of equilibrium and the overweight load causes the force-transmitting lever to move upward into the range of the position sensor. This in turn generates an input signal at the servo amplifier, causing a greater amount of current to flow through the coil and therefore increase the counter force until equilibrium is restored. The current simultaneously flows through a resistor where it causes a drop in voltage proportional to the change in weight on the platform. This voltage drop is digitized in an analog/digital converter so that the result is processed in a digital signal-processing unit (microprocessor), which can then in turn be indicated on a digital display with the appropriate mass indicator. Leveling the Balance Most balances available today include a bubble level or bull seye-level on the device. Along with this feature, two or more of the legs on the balance are adjustable, allowing for adjustment of the horizontal plane of the device to compensate for an outof-level working surface. Use the bubble level and adjusting legs to insure the balance is properly leveled. An out-of-level balance will add uncertainty to test results. Room Conditions Ideally, the laboratory should have the following characteristics at a minimum: 1. Only one door to prevent air drafting. 2. Limited personnel access to prevent drafting and other changes to the environment in the areas of temperature, relative humidity, and atmospheric pressure. 3. A limited number of windows, if any at all. If there are windows, a northern exposure is ideal so that exposure to direct sunlight is limited. 4. The work surface that is dedicated to the balance should be located at a corner of the room, immediately opposite to the wall containing the door. Also, the door should swing inward into the laboratory with a balance table positioned so that the door can act as a shield against drafting from sources external to the laboratory. Working Surface Insure that the working surface is clean, firm, and stable. Make sure that it does not feature dual or tandem connection to the floor and a wall. If at all possible, the working surface should be used only for work involving test measurements with the balance. Ergonomics Insure that the balance does not need to be moved to meet the various requirements induced by testing and user parameters. Balances are not designed to be relocated between applications, technicians, and laboratories. If a balance is moved after installation, the results of your installation and calibration work are no longer valid. Reinstallation should be performed before the balance is used again. 244 PrecisionSolutions

245 Reference Weights, Balances & Uncertainty (continued) Wind Currents Inherent with the sensitivity of most balances is the ability to be affected by even the slightest of air movements. There are two simple ways to evaluate the impact of air currents surrounding the balance. Option 1: A simple device known as a smoke tube will generate a harmless trail of smoke that will follow an ambient air current. Although this is a good visual indication, this method is sufficient only for the time that the test is being conducted. Option 2: Use the balance as a breeze sensor. To conduct this test, complete the balance installation and set-up following the manufacturer s instructions. Connect the balance to a computer (according to manufacturer s instructions). Configure the balance to interval print every 10 seconds. Configure the computer so that the information from the balance is imported into a spreadsheet, such as Microsoft Excel. Begin the test by activating the print sequence on the balance. Interval printing will continue at 10-second intervals for a set period of time to secure an evaluation of the environment surrounding the balance. Once the test has been completed, turn off the interval testing. Chart the results of the data now resident in your spreadsheet. Evaluate the results to determine if there are factors in the environment that you wish to avoid. An optional breeze-break will modify the unwanted behavior. If you are using an analytical-style balance (those devices with an integral breeze-break), this observation should not be overlooked. Vibration This contaminant can result from something as subtle as a person walking by or a constant low-frequency hum of a large piece of manufacturing equipment located several work-areas away from where the balance is located. Anti-vibration pads placed under the feet of the balance can be a low-cost solution. Magnetism Magnetic fields within close proximity to the balance may cause weighment errors. Sources of magnetic fields range from small motors, computer displays, and test weights and mass standards. Magnetism in mass standards and test weights cannot be completely eliminated once the device is in the field. The proper care and handling of test weights and mass standards is equally important to minimizing uncertainties as the proper installation and use of a balance. Powerline Noise If possible, insure that the balance is connected to a dedicated power circuit. At a minimum, use a conditioned powerstrip to insure against errors in repeatability. RFI/EMI Common devices used in work environments can interfere with the proper operation of a weighing system. These include twoway radios, wireless telephones, cordless phones, and wireless LAN communications. With the balance operating and presenting a stable zero reading, use a two-way radio, cell phone, or any other electronic device within close and various proximity to the balance. Any sudden change in reading may indicate some level of interference and corrective action should be considered. Another option is to contract a professional experienced with detecting, measuring, and compensating for RFI and EMI. Fluctuations in Temperature Ideally, lab temperature does not change over the course of a normal 24-hour period more than one to two degrees Celsius. Realistically, however, many factors prevent this ideal except in the most controlled environments. To compensate for this, many balances have an internal automatic temperature-sensitive calibration. It is important to purchase and use devices with this feature. When a change in temperature that could affect the outcome of a weighment is detected, the operator is notified that recalibration is required, or, on some units, the device s own internal calibration routine automatically compensates for the temperature change. The laboratory should be as free from windows and direct sunlight as possible. If such a consideration is impossible, keep weighing areas away from windows, direct sunlight, and heat and refrigeration sources. The ideal humidity range for most balances is between 45% and 60% non-condensing RH. To maintain the balance s optimal internal thermal equilibrium, the balance should not ever be turned off. When using a balance with an enclosed weighing chamber, always use a tweezers or other mechanical gripping device to place things in or remove things from the weighing chamber. When choosing a container to hold a weighing sample, select one with a small surface area. NOTE: If using a device with an integral breeze-break, note the difference between the environment inside and outside the weighing chamber. If unsure about the weight vs. temperature properties of the commodities being tested, prepare two identical samples of the commodity. These identical samples should have the same weight value. Leave one sample outside the weighing chamber next to the balance. Place the other sample inside the weighing chamber, but not on the weighing platform. Add the second sample inside the chamber to equalize to the weighing chamber s temperature. Weigh the sample inside the weighing chamber once it has equalized to the chamber temperature. Immediately weigh the sample that was outside of the weighing chamber. If there is any difference in weight, you will need to achieve temperature equilibrium between the sample and the weighing chamber before making future weighing transactions. Reference PrecisionSolutions 245

246 Reference Weights, Balances & Uncertainty (continued) Reference Sample Conditions The weight of a sample will increase or decrease depending on its exposure to volatile substances. Similarly, the sample will behave differently dependent on the evaporation of water or the absorption of moisture by the sample itself. Always use clean and dry weighing containers to hold the sample(s) under test. Keep the weighing platform and/or weighing chamber clean and free from foreign substances that may interfere with the testing results. Use weighing containers with as narrow an opening as possible and keep these containers covered unless direct and specific work is being done with the samples. Condition of Electro-static Discharges ESD usually demonstrates itself in one of two ways: 1. Repeated weighments of the same sample return dissimilar results. 2. The reading on the weight display is unusually unstable even though all other environmental concerns seem to be accounted for. The following procedures can help counteract ESD. In some instances, following more than one of these procedures may be necessary: a. Avoid weighing vessels made of plastic. Glass is preferable. b. Ground the device. This can be achieved by running a wire from the chassis of the device to a direct ground connection. c. Ground the technician. These solutions include ESD wrist straps, ESD-proof laboratory coats, anti-static hand soap, etc. d. Use anti-static brushes to discharge ESD within the weighing chamber. e. Discharge ESD in the balance s immediate environment. f. There are a number of solutions that provide a constant stream of neutralized ion air that eliminates anti-static build-up. g. If the above procedures fail to correct the ESD problem, consider using only metal sample containers. Installation Who is doing the installation? There are basically three types of installers for precision weighing equipment: laboratory technicians, maintenance staff, or a dealer technician. If you have purchased your balance directly from one of the major catalog suppliers, your options for installation and maintenance are limited to either a laboratory technician or the in-house maintenance staff. Find the individual with the most experience and insure they thoroughly follow the instructions that come with the device. If you have purchased your balance from a local scale or balance dealer, you have the benefit of requesting installation by a dealer technician. This is the preferable option. A scale or balance dealer s technician is a trained professional, who, by definition, is sensitive to all of the factors that we have discussed in this article. Additionally, you have the benefit of being able to call them back and troubleshoot either the device or the environment if you have difficulty. Operator Training and Certification Who is going to use the balance? Operator training and certification on a weighing device cannot be overstated. Operator errors are not only a result of individuals being inadequately trained, they also add untold degrees of uncertainty to valuable test results. Every operator should have at least a background in weighing technology, even if it is limited only to the device in question. Additionally, they should have a thorough understanding of the test process and the necessity to correctly record data thus preventing an erroneous influence in the significant process evaluation. In summary, careful planning and/or suitable corrective action will minimize and possibly even eliminate many sources of uncertainty within your weighing process. It is possible that you will determine the need to test the balance at its planned location, and perhaps other alternative working sites in order to arrive at the best performance parameters. This will exclude influences of the surroundings or the operating personnel. By controlling the optimum performance of the balance based on its location and proper installation, you can significantly reduce uncertainties in your weighing processes. With all of these factors under control, you should be able to proceed now using good laboratory weighing practices to determine the standard deviation of your device, as well as the uncertainty of your process. 246 PrecisionSolutions

247 Reference Factors in the Environment To be able to conduct more precise measurements, it is necessary to minimize the factors that contribute to measurement errors. There are a great variety of such error-inducing factors, which can be linked to machine error and performance of the balance itself, as well as the properties and condition of sample being measured, and the measuring environment (e.g.., vibration, temperature/ humidity). These factors can readily affect the results of measurement on a balance. This material includes some precautionary notes that the user should bear in mind to eliminate error factors and ensure accurate measurement results. 1. Precautions in the Measuring Room 1.1 Temperature/Humidity Try to maintain constant room temperature as much as possible to prevent condensation and unstable indications due to fluctuations in temperature. Low relative humidity tends to induce static electricity. (Relative humidity of about 60% is considered ideal). 1.2 Vibration/Shaking The measuring room should preferably be located on the ground floor or in the basement. Higher floors are more susceptible to heavy vibration and shaking, which make such locations less suitable for measurement. A room facing a railway or road with heavy traffic should also be avoided as much as possible. 1.3 Drafts Avoid choosing a location subject to a direct draft of airflow from an air-conditioning unit or exposed to direct sunlight, which may cause abrupt fluctuation in temperature. Avoid a room subject to a heavy flow of people, since fluctuations in drafts and temperature are likely to occur in such a location. 1.4 Gravity The gravity acting on a sample varies depending on the latitude or height of the location where measurement is being conducted. For this reason, the same sample may show different weight indications from one place to another. Therefore, make it a rule to calibrate the balance every time it is relocated. 1.5 Electromagnetic Waves When the balance is located near an object that generates intense electromagnetic waves, it may be hindered from showing accurate weight due to the effects of such waves. 2. Precautions on the Measuring Bench 2.1 Vibration/Shaking If the balance is subjected to vibration during measurement, its indications will become unstable, thus preventing accurate measurement from being conducted. To avoid this situation, select a solid measuring bench that is less susceptible to vibration. (A bench in vibration-proof structure or one made of concrete or stonework will be suitable). Moreover, do not conduct measurement with a soft cloth or paper placed under the balance, since the balance my be rocked out of precise level positioning. Place the measuring bench in a location free from vibration as much as possible. It is a good idea to install the measuring bench in a corner of the measuring room, where less vibration is likely to occur than in the center of the room. 2.2 Magnetism/Static Electricity Avoid operating the balance on a bench that is susceptible to the effects of magnetism or static electricity. 3. Precautions on the Samples 3.1 Static Electricity Generally speaking, objects made of synthetic resin and glass have high electric insulating properties and, therefore, are apt to be electrically charged. Measuring a charged sample may cause unstable indications. With this in mind, be sure to discharge samples before measurement. 3.2 Magnetism A sample affected by magnetism indicates different weight values depending on where it is located on the measuring pan, along with poor reproducibility of the results. When a magnetized sample must be measured, first demagnetize it or place an appropriate pedestal on the measuring pan to adequately separate the mechanism part of the balance from the magnetized sample to avoid the effects of magnetism. 3.3 Absorption/Evaporation of Moisture Measuring a sample with moisture absorbed or evaporated (volatilized) continuously increases or decreases the values indicated. In such case, measure the sample in a container with a small opening and sealed airtight with a cap. 3.4 Sample Temperature A difference in temperature between a sample and the interior of a windshield may cause convection to occur inside the windshield, resulting in erroneous measurement. Reference PrecisionSolutions 247

248 Reference Factors in the Environment (continued) Reference Therefore, measure a very hot or cold sample only after allowing time for its temperature to acclimatize to room temperature. Moreover, to prevent convection inside the windshield, allow time for the interior of the windshield to acclimatize to room temperature. The body heat of a person conducting measurement can also affect measurement results. Avoid holding the sample with bare hands, and use long tweezers or a similar tool instead. Also refrain from putting your hands inside the windshields while measurement is in progress. 4. Precautions on the Main Unit of the Balance 4.1 Precautions on Use The balance is protected with a transparent dust cover. The dust cover may be statically charged immediately after removal from the packing box or under low humidity conditions. Unstable indications by the balance may be due to a statically charge dust cover. Wipe the dust cover with a damp cloth or use a commercial antistatic agent. Simply operate the balance with the dust cover removed to assist with this problem. To achieve more accurate weighing, wait at least 30 minutes after switching on the balance, then use the balance only after loading it several times with an object of weight equal to the weighing capacity. For more precise calibration, use an external calibration weight that approximates the weighing capacity. Moreover, calibrate the balance only after allowing time for proper acclimation to ambient temperature following power-up. Wait at least 30 minutes after switching on the balance, then perform calibration only after loading the balance several times with an object of weight equal to the weighing capacity. Calibration is also required in the following cases: When operating the balance for the first time When the balance has not been used for a long time When relocating the balance When there is wide fluctuation in temperature, humidity or atmospheric pressure 4.3 Maintenance When the measuring pan or pan base is contaminated with powder or liquid, erroneous weight values may result or indications may remain unstable. Therefore, be sure to frequently clean the balance. When cleaning the balance, be very careful not to allow dirt or liquid to penetrate inside the mechanism. 4.2 Calibration Periodically calibrate the balance to ensure accurate measurement at all times. Balance Measuring Room Maintenance Calibration Temperature Vibration/Shaking Gravity Humidity Drafts Electromagnetic Waves Measurement Errors Static Electricity Temperature Vibration/Shaking Absorption/Evaporation of Moisture Magnetism Magnetism Static Electricity Sample Measuring Room 248 PrecisionSolutions

249 Reference Ordering Laboratory Documentation New Weights Traceable and Weight Calibration Certificates can be purchased with every weight we sell. To order either document with your purchase of a new weight or weight set, you should: 1. Note on your purchase order to add these services. 2. Call or fax the order and we will quote you the additional price immediately. Existing Weights Your existing weights and weight sets should be recertified on a managed periodic basis determined by a number of factors, including but not necessarily limited to: the environment, frequency of use, demands of the process, quality of the weighing devices in question, age of the weights in question, and handling during use. Our state-of-the-art metrology lab is equipped to calibrate your existing weights and mass standards and can provide either a Traceable or Weight Calibration Certificate at your request. When calibrating existing weights there are many factors that affect the cost: age, design, abuse, required finish, tolerance and class needed. To accurately estimate the cost of our calibration service, we offer the following four-hour* response options: Complete the Weight Recalibration Request form available online at com/recalibration or on page 257 Return the Weight Recalibration Request form with the weights and we will evaluate the weights and phone you with a quote. Call and tell us what weights you have and what service you need and we will give you a quote over the phone. Reference Calibration Turnaround in 4 Days or Less 4-Day Turnaround for Weights and Calibration Services If you have a specific date that you need the weights back, call ahead and schedule an appointment. Our metrology lab will then schedule your work before we receive your weights. Please call to receive a copy of the Weight Recalibration Request to schedule a time for certification of your weights. Weight Recalibration Request form must be received at RLWS during the hours of 6:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Monday through Friday and on Saturday from 8:00 a.m. to Noon Central Standard Time. PrecisionSolutions 249

250 Reference Glossary of Terms Standard Specification for Laboratory Weights and Precision Mass Standards Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards. ASTM Reference Accuracy Class of Weights A class of weights that meets certain metrological requirements intended to keep the errors within specified limits (definition from OIML R 111). Adjustment The process of changing the mass either by polishing or adding and subtracting material, to bring the mass within the tolerance of a specified class. As Found The value of the mass recorded by Rice Lake Weighing Systems after cleaning and before any adjustment based on a density of 8 g/cm3 at 20 C. As Left The value of the mass after any necessary adjustments are made based on a density of 8 g/cm3 at 20 C. Buoyancy Correction The calculation needed to compensate for the varying air density in order to ascertain the true mass value. Calibration The acts of determining the mass difference between a standard of known mass value and an unknown test weight or set of weights, establishing the mass value and conventional mass value of the unknown, and of determining a quantitative estimate of the uncertainty to be assigned to the stated mass or conventional mass value of the unknown, or both. Set of operations that establish, under specified conditions, the relationship between values of quantities indicated by a measuring instrument or measuring system, or values represented by a material measure or a reference material, and the corresponding values realized by standards (definition from International Vocabulary of Basic and General Terms in Metrology). Certificate of Tolerance Test Document that certifies that the subject weights are within specified tolerances. Referred to as an RLWS Certificate of Accuracy or RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report. Certificate or Report of Calibration Document that presents calibration results and other information relevant to a calibration (definition from NCSL Z ). Referred to as an RLWS Calibration Report or RLWS Traceable Certificate. Conventional Mass Conventional value of the result of weighing in air, in accordance to International Recommendation OIML R 33. For a weight taken at 20º C, the conventional mass is the mass of a reference weight of a density of 8000 kg/m3 which it balances in air of density of 1.2 kg/m3 (definition from OIML R 33). Correction Mass values are traditionally expressed by two numbers, one being the nominal mass of the weight, and the second being a correction. The mass of the weight is the assigned nominal value plus the assigned correction. Positive corrections indicate that the weight embodies more mass than is indicated by the assigned nominal value. Density The unit of mass divided by its volume. For a precision calibration, density testing is required to calculate buoyancy correction.international Prototype Kilogram The platinum iridium cylinder maintained at the International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM), at Sevres, France with an internationally accepted defined mass of 1 kg. Reference Standard A standard, generally of the highest metrological quality available at a given location, from which measurements made at that location are derived (definition from NIST/NVLAP Handbook 150). Set of Weights A series of weights, usually presented in a case so arranged to make possible any weighing of all loads between the mass of the weight with the smallest nominal value and the sum of the masses of all weights of the series with a progression in which the mass of the smallest nominal value weight constitutes the smallest step of the series (definition from OIML R 111). Tolerance (adjustment tolerance or maximum permissible errors) The maximum amount by which the conventional mass of the weight is allowed to deviate from the assigned nominal value.tolerance test Verification that the conventional mass of the weights and their corresponding uncertainties as tested are correct within the maximum permissible errors of the respective weight class. Traceability Property of the result of a measurement or the value of a standard whereby it can be related to stated references, usually national or international standards, through an unbroken chain of comparisons all having stated uncertainties (definition from International Vocabulary of Basic and general Terms in Metrology). Uncertainty Parameter associated with the result of a measurement that characterizes the dispersion of the values that could reasonably be attributed to the measured (definition from NCSL Z ). The range of values within which the true value is estimated to lie. U.S. National prototype standard Platinum iridium kilogram identified as K20, maintained at the National Institute of Standards and Technology, with value assigned relative to the International Prototype Kilogram provides the United States access to the mass unit. Weight (mass standard) A material measure of mass, regulated in regard to its physical and metrological characteristics: shape, dimension, material, surface quality, nominal value, and maximum permissible error (definition from OIML R 111). 250 PrecisionSolutions

251 Reference Returns and Warranties Equipment Return Information Standard Catalog Equipment At Rice Lake Weighing Systems, we want you to be completely satisfied with any product purchased from us. If it does not work, or is not right, return it for full credit or replacement within 30 days of shipment. We may, at our option, assess a restocking charge if the equipment was: 1. Not correctly specified for the application intended, and/or 2. Damaged beyond reasonable recovery. The restocking charge is directly proportional to the amount of time and material expense required by us to return the item to resaleable condition. If an item was held or in use in excess of 30 days, a restocking charge, not to exceed 10%, will be assessed. Special Order, Modified, Non-Catalog, Unusual or Non-Stock Items We will repair or replace, at our option, equipment which is defective by nature of poor quality materials or substandard workmanship, within the specified warranty period. No returns will be accepted for any special order equipment, or for equipment physically modified or altered in the field. Additionally, no returns will be accepted for items that are specifically modified for the customer s requirements. For example, test weights that have been specifically built to the customer s specifications or standard product so modified, or standard weights that have been engraved with the serial numbers at the customer s request, as well as laboratory procedure charges, documentation fees, etc. Items that were quoted with the following statement affixed to the quotation, sales order and/or invoice cannot be considered for return This quote contains special products that would be uniquely designed for this order. Because these would be NON STANDARD products, we would not accept returns. Return Procedure: When returning equipment for repairs or warranty reimbursement, these simple steps will help expedite your request: 1. Call (715) , extension 5348, and ask for a return coordinator. You will then be issued a return authorization number. 2. When preparing equipment for return shipment, complete a Return Authorization (RA) form and provide a description of the problem you are experiencing. Be sure to include the Return Authorization number we provided and enclose the form with the shipment. For additional forms, ask the return coordinator to send you a supply. 3. Please write the Return Authorization number on the outside of the package to help us speed your package through our receiving process. Reference Limited Warranty Seller warrants that the products contained in this catalog will conform to written specifications, drawings, and other descriptions made by the manufacturer, including any modification thereof. The Seller warrants the goods against faulty workmanship and defective materials. If any goods fail to conform to these warranties, Seller will, as its sole and exclusive liability hereunder, repair or replace such goods if they are returned within the following warranty period: Twelve (12) months from date of shipment from manufacturer for test weight products. These warranties are made upon the express condition that: 1. Rice Lake Weighing Systems is given prompt written notice upon discovery by Buyer of such nonconformity, with a detailed explanation of the alleged deficiencies; 2. Such goods are returned to the Seller at the expense of the Buyer; 3. Examination of such goods by Seller discloses that the nonconformity actually exists and was not caused by accident, misuse, neglect, alteration, improper installation, improper or unauthorized repair, or improper testing; and 4. Such goods have not been modified, altered, or changed by any person other than the Seller or its duly authorized repair agents. Rice Lake Weighing Systems will have a reasonable time to repair or replace such goods. THESE WARRANTIES EXCLUDE ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SELLER WILL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. IN ACCEPTING THIS WARRANTY, THE PURCHASER OR BUYER AGREES TO WAIVE ANY AND ALL OTHER CLAIM OR RIGHT TO WARRANTY, OR IF SUCH BE THE CASE, ANY CLAIM OF WARRANTY FROM RICE LAKE WEIGHING SYSTEMS, INCORPORATED. SHOULD THE SELLER BE OTHER THAN RICE LAKE WEIGHING SYSTEMS, INCORPORATED, THE BUYER AGREES TO LOOK ONLY TO THE SELLER FOR ITS WARRANTY CLAIM OR CLAIMS. No terms, conditions, understanding, or agreements purporting to modify the terms of this warranty shall have any legal effect unless made in writing and signed by a corporate officer of the Seller. PrecisionSolutions 251

252 Reference Critical Specification and Ordering Information Reference ASTM General Due to varying configurations, the actual appearance of your product may be slightly different than shown on the catalog page Laboratory documentation is forwarded unless otherwise specified at time of order with the weights Lost documentation fees: - Replacement documentation is provided free of charge if reported lost within six months of the date of the original document - If reported lost after six months from the date of the original document, a fee of $50.00 plus shipping will be charged Documentation shown available with each set reflects the appropriate test designs for that class of device Additional lead time for ASTM Class 0 laboratory testing may be necessary ASTM Classes 0 7 are manufactured in accordance with ASTM E specifications and tolerances ASTM Class 0 weight sets and individual weights are of onepiece construction. Per ASTM E , Class 0 weights are not individually marked with their weight value and can not be individually serialized ASTM Weight Sets Weight sets are serialized at no extra charge when ordered with lab documentation Each weight set consists of the weights, a case and/or small weight case (as appropriate), lifter and/or tweezers as appropriate, and white cotton gloves Denominations of 5 mg 1 mg, if present, are of aluminum material (Class 0 only) sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified for the set sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified for the set except for two weights per set of each weight value that begins with the number 2 (i.e., 2 kg, 200 g, 20 g, 2 g, etc.) (There are no denomination 3 weights) Weight sets with weights larger than 500 g or 1 lb include a hardwood case with velvet-lined pockets Weight sets with the largest weight 500 g include a precisionmachined polyvinyl, crush resistant case ASTM Electronic Balance Calibration Weights All cylindrical weights (excluding grip handle weights) include their own protective case and glove set for safe handling Grip handle weights are stackable and include a glove for proper handling All weights feature a highly buffed satin-finish surface except where noted ASTM Individual Weights Serial numbers are available for an additional $15.00 each when ordered without laboratory documentation Class 0 weights include their own protective case OIML General Due to varying configurations, the actual appearance of your product may be slightly different than shown on the catalog page Laboratory documentation is forwarded unless otherwise specified at time of order with the weights Lost documentation fees: - Replacement documentation is provided free of charge if reported lost within six months of the date of the original document - If reported lost after six months from the date of the original document, a fee of $50.00 plus shipping will be charged Documentation shown available with each set reflects the appropriate test designs for that class of device OIML weights are manufactured to the specifications of the International Recommendation, OIML R 111, 1994 Edition OIML Weight Sets Weight sets are serialized at no extra charge when ordered with lab documentation Each weight set consists of the weights, a case and/or small weight case (as appropriate), lifter and/or tweezers as appropriate, and white cotton gloves Denominations of 5 mg 1 mg, if present, are of aluminum material sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified for the set sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified for the set except for two weights per set of each weight value that begins with the number 2 (i.e., 2 kg, 200 g, 20 g, 2 g, etc.) 252 PrecisionSolutions

253 Reference Critical Specification and Ordering Information continued Weight sets with weights larger than 500 g or 1 lb include a hardwood case with velvet-lined pockets Weight sets with the largest weight 500 g include a precisionmachined polyvinyl, crush resistant case OIML Individual Weights Serial numbers are available for an additional $15.00 each Serial numbers are not stamped on polished weights Individual weights include their own protective case and glove set for safe handling These devices may be used for testing and calibrating devices placed in commercial use (NIST H-44 classes I, II, III, IIIL, and IV) as well as other weighing devices. Please refer to pages 94 and 95 for additional information NIST Individual Weights Serial numbers are available for an additional $15.00 each when ordered without laboratory documentation Leaf weights are shipped in a protective vial NIST General Due to varying configurations, the actual appearance of your product may be slightly different than shown on the catalog page Laboratory documentation is forwarded as follows unless otherwise specified at time of order with the weights Lost documentation fees: - Replacement documentation is provided free of charge if reported lost within six months of the date of the original document - If reported lost after six months from the date of the original document, a fee of $55.00 plus shipping will be charged Documentation shown available with each set reflects the appropriate test designs for that class of device NIST Weight Sets Weight sets are serialized at no extra charge, when ordered with lab documentation Each weight set consists of the weights, a case and/or small weight case (as appropriate), lifter and/or tweezers as appropriate, and white cotton gloves sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified for the set sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified for the set except for two weights per set of each weight value that begins with the number 2 (i.e., 2 kg, 200 g, 20 g, 2 g, etc.) NIST Class F weights are manufactured to the specifications of NIST H as appropriate? Need help deciding which laboratory documentation is appropriate for your application? Please refer to our Calibration Service Selection Guide on page 228. Reference PrecisionSolutions 253

254 Reference Shipping Services Reference Standard Courier Service Determining Air Shipping Rates When shipping via air services, couriers require that the shipping weight be determined by the greater of the actual weight of the boxed product or its dimensional shipping weight. The formula for calculating dimensional shipping weight is as follows: L x W x H/194 for domestic air shipments and L x W x H/166 for international air shipments. RLWS takes the added precaution of double boxing some of our products. This may result in dimensional weight charges by the carrier when shipping by air. Even with this added precaution, we suggest that you always ship high precision and fragile products via air service. Federal Express (FedEx) Type Delivery Times Weekends First Overnight 8 A.M.* Priority Overnight 10:30 A.M.* Saturday Standard Overnight 3 P.M.* 2nd Day 4:30 P.M. Saturday Express Saver Ground 4:30 P.M. within 3 days 1 5 day guarantee (depending on distance) * Where available All FedEx overnight, 2nd Day and Express Saver deliveries available in the contiguous United States only. United Parcel Service (UPS) Next-day delivery on all stock items anywhere in the contiguous USA when UPS Next-Day Air is specified, and ordered prior to 6:00 p.m. Central Time. Type Red Blue Orange Ground Early A.M.* 8:30 a.m. (9:30 Sat.) 2nd Day Air A.M.* 10:30 a.m. 3 Day Select 3 day delivery Delivery Times Next Day Air* 10:30 a.m. 2nd Day Air 2 day delivery Next Day Air Saver 4:30 a.m. Next Day Air Sat.* extra charge Guaranteed delivery to commercial address on promised date (see map) * Where available All UPS deliveries available in the contiguous USA only Truck Service ABF, Yellow, Roadway, FedEx Freight, CCX. and Mid-States LTL Stan Koch & Sons Trucking Truckload only J&R Schugel, Roehl Flatbed Truckload Domestic Courier Service UPS, FedEx, DHL-Collect Service Only Overnight UPS, Supply Chain Solutions Delivery by Noon next business day (Gold Priority Plus) Delivery by 9:30 A.M. next business day (0930) Delivery by 5:00 P.M. 2nd business day (Gold Priority Second Day) Saturday delivery (all Menlo Worldwide where available) BAX Global & Expeditors Overnight (Guaranteed, Standard) Second Day (Guaranteed, Standard) 1 3 days (BAX Saver) International Courier Service DHL Worldwide Priority Express (Collect Service Only) UPS, Supply Chain Solutions Puerto Rico (A.M. and Second Day) Express (Door to Door) Standard Plus (Door to Door) Preferred (Airport to Airport) Standard (Airport to Airport) BAX Global Bax Guaranteed (Door to Door) Overnight and Second Day Bax Standard (Door to Door) Overnight and Second Day Bax Saver (Door to Door) 1-3 days International (Aiport to Door) Expeditors International (Door to Port) FedEx Priority (includes Canada) Expedited (includes Canada) International Ground (Canada & Puerto Rico only) UPS Express (Includes Canada) Expedited (Includes Canada) Standard (Ground Canada only) Estimated days for UPS ground delivery from our plant in Rice Lake, Wisconsin. 1 Day 2 Days 3 Days 4 Days 5 Days I Forwarders We can provide service through a forwarder of your choice, or select one of our preferred forwarders. BAX Global, UPS, Supply Chain Solutions & Expeditors Air Freight Expeditors Overseas Ocean Freight (Call for estimated delivery) 254 PrecisionSolutions

255 Weight Re-Calibration Request *Company: Customer #: *Billing Address: *City: *State: *Zip/Postal Code: *Country: *Contact: Phone: Fax: Shipping Address (if different from above billing address) *Company: *Address: *City: *State: *Zip/Postal Code: *Country: *Shipping Method: *Purchase Order #: Credit Card #: If replacing weights or cases: Return old Expiration Date: Dispose of old Cardholder s Name: *Recall Date: Yes If yes, date/number of years: No *Documentation Required (select only one type of documentation): NVLAP Weight Calibration Certifi cate (Traceable to NIST) Mass Value RLWS Certifi cate (Not an accredited certifi cate) NVLAP Traceable Certifi cate (Traceable to NIST, Classes 4, 6, 7 and F) Specify name and address to be printed on certificate: *Company: *Address: *City: *State: *Zip/Postal Code: *Country: *Range and Density of Weights *Class of weight(s) described in table to left: ASTM: *Number of Weights Serial Number(s) Prior Cert. Number(s) OIML: NIST: E2 F1 F2 M1 M2 M3 Class F Other: *Range and Density of Weights *Class of weight(s) described in table to left: ASTM: *Number of Weights Serial Number(s) Prior Cert. Number(s) OIML: E2 F1 F2 M1 M2 M3 NIST: Class F Other: * Required Information Have these weights been exposed to hazardous materials? **Yes No Signature: Title: Date: Print Name: Print Title: **If yes, please complete Statement of Decontamination form and include a copy of this form and your order along with your weights. If weights have been exposed to hazardous materials, service will not be performed without a completed Decontamination Form. Additional Services/Products? - New Weight Case, Weight Forceps, Weight Lifters, Gloves, etc. To receive a quote for re-calibration, return this form with purchase order via one of the following methods: to orderdesk@ricelake.com Fax to Mail along with weights to Metrology Lab For questions, please contact our weights specialists at ext Rice Lake Weighing Systems Specifi cations subject to change without notice. 230 W. Coleman St. Rice Lake, WI USA TEL: FAX: #0048 Rev 6, 09/08

256 Notes: 256 PrecisionSolutions

257 Welcome to one-stop shopping! Busy laboratory buyers save time when they make all their purchases from one source: Rice Lake. We have all the equipment and supplies you need plus the service and speed you want. Liquid Handling, Consumables, Mass Measurement, Static Control, Precision Weighing it s all in this catalog, and also online at Or call :30AM-6:30PM Monday through Friday, 8AM-Noon Saturday Custom fit Making weights to fit your needs We ve solved the game of fitting a round peg in a square hole by making custom weights to fit your unique applications. No more guessing at which weight you should use. We ve delivered specialized forklift weights, small custom leaf weights and even weights in unique colors, shapes and dimensions. Rice Lake custom builds a weight to your application. Visit us at or call to speak with a helpful customer service representative in-person.